WO2022113756A1 - Coloring composition, cured product, color filter, solid state imaging element, image display device, and compound - Google Patents

Coloring composition, cured product, color filter, solid state imaging element, image display device, and compound Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022113756A1
WO2022113756A1 PCT/JP2021/041590 JP2021041590W WO2022113756A1 WO 2022113756 A1 WO2022113756 A1 WO 2022113756A1 JP 2021041590 W JP2021041590 W JP 2021041590W WO 2022113756 A1 WO2022113756 A1 WO 2022113756A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
pigment
compound
coloring composition
formula
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2021/041590
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
拓也 鶴田
和也 尾田
宏明 出井
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to KR1020237017426A priority Critical patent/KR20230096017A/en
Priority to JP2022565211A priority patent/JPWO2022113756A1/ja
Publication of WO2022113756A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022113756A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07FACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F1/00Compounds containing elements of Groups 1 or 11 of the Periodic System
    • C07F1/08Copper compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B47/00Porphines; Azaporphines
    • C09B47/04Phthalocyanines abbreviation: Pc
    • C09B47/06Preparation from carboxylic acids or derivatives thereof, e.g. anhydrides, amides, mononitriles, phthalimide, o-cyanobenzamide
    • C09B47/067Preparation from carboxylic acids or derivatives thereof, e.g. anhydrides, amides, mononitriles, phthalimide, o-cyanobenzamide from phthalodinitriles naphthalenedinitriles, aromatic dinitriles prepared in situ, hydrogenated phthalodinitrile
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/0001Post-treatment of organic pigments or dyes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/0033Blends of pigments; Mixtured crystals; Solid solutions
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/006Preparation of organic pigments
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/0005Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
    • G03F7/0007Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/105Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having substances, e.g. indicators, for forming visible images
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L27/00Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
    • H01L27/14Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation
    • H01L27/144Devices controlled by radiation
    • H01L27/146Imager structures
    • H01L27/14601Structural or functional details thereof
    • H01L27/1462Coatings
    • H01L27/14621Colour filter arrangements

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to a coloring composition, a cured product, a color filter, a solid-state image sensor, an image display device, and a compound.
  • a color filter is an indispensable component of a solid-state image sensor or an image display device.
  • a color filter usually includes pixels of the three primary colors of red, green, and blue, and plays a role of decomposing transmitted light into the three primary colors.
  • Each color pixel of the color filter is manufactured by using a coloring composition containing a coloring agent, a polymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator.
  • a coloring composition containing a coloring agent, a polymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator.
  • a colorant a phthalocyanine compound and the like are known.
  • the phthalocyanine compound for example, those described in Patent Documents 1 to 3 are known.
  • Patent Document 1 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6-328856
  • Patent Document 2 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 9-279050
  • Patent Document 3 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-124888
  • An object to be solved by the embodiment according to the present disclosure is to provide a coloring composition excellent in dispersibility of a pigment and spectral characteristics of the obtained film. Further, a problem to be solved by another embodiment according to the present disclosure is to provide a cured product of the coloring composition, a color filter including the cured product, or a solid-state image sensor or an image display device including the color filter. It is to be. Further, a problem to be solved by other embodiments according to the present disclosure is to provide a novel compound.
  • M represents two hydrogen atoms or a metal atom to which a counter ion or an oxygen atom may be bonded
  • aromatic rings A to D each independently have a substituent. May represent an aromatic ring or a heteroaromatic ring, at least one of the aromatic rings A to D is a structure represented by the formula 2, where X 1 represents a nitrogen atom or CR 1 and X 2 is a nitrogen atom or CR 2 is represented, X 3 represents a nitrogen atom or CR 3 , and R 1 to R 3 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or -OR 4- (NR 5 R 6 ) n , and R 4 Represents an n + 1 valent linking group, R 5 and R 6 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R 2 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , and R 5 and R 6 bond to each other.
  • n independently represents an integer of 1 to 5, and the two carbon-carbon bonds represented by * are common to the nitrogen-containing 5-membered aromatic ring in Equation 1.
  • the structure represented by the formula 2 is 6 even if R 1 and R 2 are bonded so as to be at the 3rd and 4th positions of the phthalocyanine structure. They may be combined so as to be in the positions of the 5th position and the 5th position.
  • R 7 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • R 8 represents a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group
  • # represents a bond position with an oxygen atom in formula 2
  • # # Represents the bond position with the nitrogen atom in Equation 2.
  • ⁇ 5> The coloring composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4>, wherein R 5 and R 6 in the above formula 2 are independently hydrogen atoms or aliphatic hydrocarbon groups.
  • R 5 and R 6 in the above formula 2 are independently hydrogen atoms or aliphatic hydrocarbon groups.
  • M in the above formula 1 is Cu, Zn, Fe, Mg or Al.
  • M in the above formula 1 is Cu.
  • pKa of the conjugated acid of the nitrogen atom in the group represented by the above formula 2 is a value exceeding 7.
  • the green pigment is C.I. I. Pigment Green 36, C.I. I. Pigment Green 58, and C.I. I.
  • the coloring composition according to ⁇ 9> which comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of Pigment Green 63.
  • the yellow pigment is C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150, C.I. I.
  • Pigment Yellow 185 C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 213 and C.I. I.
  • the coloring composition according to ⁇ 11> which comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of Pigment Yellow 215.
  • the content of the compound represented by the above formula 1 is 1 part by mass to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment content, whichever is one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 13>.
  • ⁇ 15> A cured product obtained by curing the coloring composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 14>.
  • ⁇ 16> A color filter comprising the cured product according to ⁇ 15>.
  • ⁇ 17> A solid-state image sensor having the color filter according to ⁇ 16>.
  • ⁇ 18> An image display device having the color filter according to ⁇ 16>.
  • ⁇ 19> A compound represented by the following formula 1.
  • M represents two hydrogen atoms or a metal atom to which a counter ion or an oxygen atom may be bonded
  • aromatic rings A to D each independently have a substituent. May represent an aromatic ring or a heteroaromatic ring, at least one of the aromatic rings A to D is a structure represented by the formula 2, where X 1 represents a nitrogen atom or CR 1 and X 2 is a nitrogen atom or CR 2 is represented, X 3 represents a nitrogen atom or CR 3 , and R 1 to R 3 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or -OR 4- (NR 5 R 6 ) n , and R 4 Represents an n + 1 valent linking group, R 5 and R 6 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R 2 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , and R 5 and R 6 bond to each other.
  • n independently represents an integer of 1 to 5, and the two carbon-carbon bonds represented by * are common to the nitrogen-containing 5-membered aromatic ring in Equation 1.
  • the structure represented by the formula 2 is 6 even if R 1 and R 2 are bonded so as to be at the 3rd and 4th positions of the phthalocyanine structure. They may be combined so as to be in the positions of the 5th position and the 5th position.
  • a coloring composition having excellent dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film. Further, according to another embodiment according to the present disclosure, there is provided a cured product of the coloring composition, a color filter including the cured product, or a solid-state image sensor or an image display device including the color filter. Further, according to other embodiments according to the present disclosure, novel compounds are provided.
  • the amount of each component in the composition is the total amount of the plurality of applicable substances present in the composition when a plurality of the substances corresponding to each component are present in the composition, unless otherwise specified. Means.
  • the notation that does not describe substitution or non-substitution includes those having no substituent as well as those having a substituent.
  • the "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • Me is a methyl group
  • Et is an ethyl group
  • Pr is a propyl group
  • Bu is a butyl group
  • Ph is a phenyl group, unless otherwise specified.
  • (meth) acrylic is a term used in a concept that includes both acrylic and methacrylic
  • (meth) acryloyl is a term that is used as a concept that includes both acryloyl and methacrylic. be.
  • the term "process” is included in this term not only as an independent process but also as long as the intended purpose of the process is achieved even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. Is done.
  • the "total solid content” means the total mass of the components excluding the solvent from the total composition of the composition.
  • the “solid content” is a component excluding the solvent as described above, and may be, for example, a solid or a liquid at 25 ° C.
  • “% by mass” and “% by weight” are synonymous, and “parts by mass” and “parts by weight” are synonymous.
  • a combination of two or more preferred embodiments is a more preferred embodiment.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) in the present disclosure unless otherwise specified, columns of TSKgel GMHxL, TSKgel G4000HxL, and TSKgel G2000HxL (all trade names manufactured by Toso Co., Ltd.) are used.
  • the molecular weight is detected by the solvent THF (tetratetra) and the differential refractometer by the gel permeation chromatography (GPC) analyzer and converted using polystyrene as the standard substance.
  • the term pigment means a compound that is difficult to dissolve in a solvent.
  • the term dye means a compound that is easily soluble in a solvent.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure contains a pigment, a compound represented by the following formula 1, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator.
  • M represents two hydrogen atoms or a metal atom to which a counter ion or an oxygen atom may be bonded
  • aromatic rings A to D each independently have a substituent. May represent an aromatic ring or a heteroaromatic ring, at least one of the aromatic rings A to D is a structure represented by the formula 2, where X 1 represents a nitrogen atom or CR 1 and X 2 is a nitrogen atom or CR 2 is represented, X 3 represents a nitrogen atom or CR 3 , and R 1 to R 3 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or -OR 4- (NR 5 R 6 ) n , and R 4 Represents an n + 1 valent linking group, R 5 and R 6 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R 2 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , and R 5 and R 6 bond to each other.
  • n independently represents an integer of 1 to 5, and the two carbon-carbon bonds represented by * are common to the nitrogen-containing 5-membered aromatic ring in Equation 1.
  • the structure represented by the formula 2 is 6 even if R 1 and R 2 are bonded so as to be at the 3rd and 4th positions of the phthalocyanine structure. They may be combined so as to be in the positions of the 5th position and the 5th position.
  • the present inventors may not have sufficient dispersibility of the pigment in the coloring composition in the conventional coloring composition containing a pigment, and a large amount of aggregation and precipitation of the pigment may occur. It was also found that the spectral characteristics of the obtained film were not sufficient.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure contains a compound represented by the above formula 1.
  • the compound represented by the above formula 1 is one of the pigment derivatives having a phthalocyanine structure, and it is presumed that the compound is attached to the pigment to improve the dispersibility of the pigment.
  • the compound represented by the above formula 1 is preferably a compound having absorption in the visible light region (wavelength 400 nm to 700 nm) from the viewpoint of the spectral characteristics of the obtained film.
  • the compound represented by the above formula 1 can be suitably used as a dispersant for dispersing the pigment.
  • the metal atom in M of the formula 1 is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film, a divalent or higher valent metal atom to which a counterion or an oxygen atom may be bonded may be bonded. It is more preferable that it is a divalent to tetravalent metal atom to which a counterion or an oxygen atom may be bonded, and it is particularly preferable that it is a divalent metal atom.
  • M in the formula 1 may be two hydrogen atoms, Cu, Zn, Fe, VO or AlX (X represents a halogen atom) from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film. It is preferably Cu, Zn, Fe, VO or AlCl, more preferably Zn or Cu, and particularly preferably Cu.
  • At least one of the aromatic rings A to D has the structure represented by the above formula 2, and at least of the aromatic rings A to D from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film.
  • the two are preferably structures represented by the above formula 2, and it is particularly preferable that all of the aromatic rings A to D are structures represented by the above formula 2.
  • the structure represented by the formula 2 in each of the aromatic rings A to D, is at the 6-position even if R 1 and R 2 are bonded so as to be at the 3-position and the 4-position of the phthalocyanine structure. And may be combined so as to be in the 5th position.
  • the 3-position of the phthalocyanine structure is R 1
  • the 4 -position is R 2
  • the 5-position is -OR 4- (NR 5 R 6 ) n
  • the 6-position is R.
  • the phthalocyanine structure may be bound so as to be 3 , or the 3rd position of the phthalocyanine structure is R3 , the 4th position is -OR4- (NR 5 R 6 ) n , the 5th position is R2 , and the 6th position is R1 . It may be combined so as to be. Further, when having two or more structures represented by the above formula 2, the directions of the above bonds may be the same or different.
  • X 1 in the formula 2 is preferably CR 1 from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film.
  • X 2 in the formula 2 is preferably CR 2 from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film.
  • X 3 in the formula 2 is preferably CR 3 from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film.
  • R 1 in the formula 2 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, and more preferably a halogen atom.
  • R 2 in the formula 2 is preferably a halogen atom or —OR4 -NR 5 R 6 and more preferably a halogen atom. preferable.
  • R 2 is ⁇ OR 4 ⁇ (NR 5 R 6 ) n , it is preferable that R 2 is combined with R 4 to form a ring structure.
  • R 2 and R 4 in the formula 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
  • R 3 in the formula 2 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, and more preferably a halogen atom, from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film.
  • the halogen atoms in R 1 to R 3 are each independently preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, or a bromine atom from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film, and the chlorine atom. Is more preferable. Further, from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film, it is preferable that all of R 1 to R 3 in the formula 2 are halogen atoms, and more preferably chlorine atoms.
  • R 4 in the formula 2 is preferably a group having an aromatic ring from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film, and is a group in which the oxygen atom and the aromatic ring are directly bonded in the formula 2. It is more preferable to have. Further, R4 in the formula 2 has one or more arylene groups, one or more alkylene groups, and optionally an ether bond, a sulfonamide bond, or an amide from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film.
  • R4 in the formula 2 is preferably a group in which one or more arylene groups, one or more alkylene groups, and optionally an ether bond bond are linked, preferably a group in which a bond selected from the group consisting of a bond and an amine bond is linked.
  • an arylene group-alkylene group, or an arylene group-O-alkylene group is further preferable, and an arylene group-alkylene group is particularly preferable.
  • the number of carbon atoms (number of carbon atoms) of R4 in the formula 2 is preferably 6 to 20 and more preferably 6 to 15 from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film. , 6 to 10, more preferably 7 to 9, and particularly preferably 7 to 9. Further, R 4 and R 5 in the formula 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
  • R4 in the formula 2 is preferably a linking group represented by the following formula 3 from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film.
  • n is preferably 1.
  • R 7 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • R 8 represents a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group
  • # represents a bond position with an oxygen atom in formula 2
  • # # Represents the bond position with the nitrogen atom in Equation 2.
  • R 7 in the formula 3 is a single bond, an arylene group, an aryleneoxy group, an arylene group-SO 2 NH-, an arylene group-CONH- or from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film.
  • the arylene group-NH- is more preferable, and a single bond, an arylene group or a-arylene group-SO 2 NH- is more preferable, and an arylene group is particularly preferable.
  • a phenylene group is preferable as the arylene group.
  • R 8 in the formula 3 is preferably an alkylene group, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and 1 to 1 to 8 carbon atoms. It is particularly preferable that the alkylene group is 3.
  • n in the formula 2 is preferably 1 or 2, and particularly preferably 1 from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film, respectively. Further, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, n is preferably 2.
  • R 5 and R 6 in Formula 2 are preferably hydrogen atoms or aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, and are alkyl groups, from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film. It is more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, particularly preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and most preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.
  • R 5 and R 6 in the formula 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure, and R 5 and R 6 are preferably bonded to each other to form a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring structure. It is more preferred that R 5 and R 6 combine with each other to form a pyrrolidine ring or piperidine ring structure.
  • each group of aromatic rings A to D having no structure represented by the formula 2 in the formula 1 and R 1 to R 7 of the formula 2 may further have a substituent, if possible.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and a substituent having 0 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an amino group, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an acyl group, an alkylaminocarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkoxyalkyl group, a carboxyalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group and a halogen atom.
  • Examples thereof include a substituted alkyl group.
  • the pKa of the conjugate acid of the nitrogen atom in the structure represented by the above formula 2 is preferably a value of more than 7, preferably 9 or more, from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film. Is more preferable, and 9 or more and 14 or less are particularly preferable. Further, in the present disclosure, when the rings A to D are different, or when a plurality of basic groups are present in the formula 2, the highest pKa value is used.
  • the pKa of the conjugate acid of the nitrogen atom Dissociation of Organic Structures by Physical Methods (author: Brown, HC, McDaniel, D.H., Hafliger, O., Nachod, ed. , E.
  • the compound represented by the above formula 1 may be a compound having a single structure or a mixture of structural isomers.
  • the aromatic rings A and B have the same structure represented by the formula 2, the aromatic rings C and D are benzene rings having no substituent, and M is electronically attached to the four nitrogen atoms of the phthalocyanine ring.
  • the following three types of structural isomers can be mentioned.
  • the compound represented by the above formula 1 include, but are not limited to, the compounds shown below.
  • the aromatic rings A to D has a structure represented by the formula 2
  • all structural isomers that may be generated by the bonding direction of the structure represented by the formula 2 are also included. .. Further, Me represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.
  • Compounds A-1 to A-15 are compounds in which the aromatic rings A to D of the formula 1 have a structure represented by the formula 2-A, and may contain structural isomers. Further, n other than compound A-13 is 1, and n of compound A-13 is 2.
  • Compound A-16 is a compound having a structure in which aromatic rings A to D of the formula 1-A (where M in the formula 1 is Cu) are represented by the formula 2-B, and contains structural isomers. May be good.
  • Compounds A-17 to A-20 are compounds in which the aromatic rings A to D of the formula 1 have a structure represented by the formula 2-A, and may contain structural isomers. Further, n of the compounds A-17 to A-20 is 1.
  • Compound A-21 is a compound having a structure in which aromatic rings A to D of the formula 1-A (where M in the formula 1 is Cu) are represented by the formula 2-C, and contains structural isomers. May be good.
  • Compound A-22 is a compound having a structure in which aromatic rings A to D of the formula 1-A (where M in the formula 1 is Cu) are represented by the formula 2-D, and contains structural isomers. May be good.
  • Compound A-23 is a compound having a structure in which the aromatic rings A to D of the formula 1-A (where M in the formula 1 is Cu) are represented by the formula 2-E, and contains structural isomers. May be good.
  • the compounds A-24 to A-26 have a structure in which the aromatic rings A to D of the formula 1-A (where M in the formula 1 is Cu) are represented by the formula 2-F and the formula 2-G. It is a compound having a structure in the following molar ratio, and may contain a structural isomer.
  • the pKa of compounds A-1 to A-26 is as shown in Table 1 below.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain one kind of the compound represented by the above formula 1 alone, or may contain two or more kinds.
  • the content of the compound represented by the above formula 1 is preferably 1% by mass or more with respect to the total solid content of the coloring composition from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film. It is more preferably 3% by mass or more, further preferably 3% by mass to 40% by mass, and particularly preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass.
  • the content of the compound represented by the above formula 1 is 1% by mass to 50% by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment contained in the coloring composition from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film. It is preferably by mass%, more preferably 10% by mass to 30% by mass.
  • the method for producing the compound represented by the formula 1 is not particularly limited, and the compound may be produced by a known method or by referring to a known method.
  • a known method for synthesizing a phthalocyanine ring compound, a known method for modifying a phthalocyanine ring, or the like can be used.
  • the obtained compound represented by the formula 1 may be subjected to a known treatment such as a purification treatment.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure contains a pigment.
  • the pigment may be either an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment, but is preferably an organic pigment.
  • an inorganic pigment or a material in which a part of the organic-inorganic pigment is replaced with an organic chromophore can also be used. By replacing inorganic pigments and organic-inorganic pigments with organic chromophores, hue design can be facilitated.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure can be preferably used as a coloring composition for forming colored pixels in a color filter.
  • the colored pixel examples include a red pixel, a green pixel, a blue pixel, a magenta color pixel, a cyan color pixel, a yellow color pixel and the like.
  • green pixels are preferably mentioned.
  • the pigment used for these colored pixels include green pigment, yellow pigment, red pigment, orange pigment, blue pigment, purple pigment and the like.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain a white pigment, a black pigment, or the like.
  • the average primary particle size of the pigment is preferably 1 nm to 200 nm.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 5 nm or more, further preferably 10 nm or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 180 nm or less, further preferably 150 nm or less, and particularly preferably 100 nm or less.
  • the primary particle size of the pigment can be obtained from an image photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is obtained, and the corresponding circle-equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment.
  • the average primary particle diameter in the present disclosure is an arithmetic average value of the primary particle diameter for the primary particles of 400 pigments.
  • the primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles without aggregation.
  • the amount of the pigment dissolved in 100 g of propylene glycol methyl ether acetate at 25 ° C. is preferably less than 0.01 g, more preferably less than 0.005 g, and even more preferably less than 0.001 g.
  • Organic pigments include phthalocyanine pigments, dioxazine pigments, quinacridone pigments, anthraquinone pigments, perylene pigments, azo pigments, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, pyrolopyrrole pigments, isoindrin pigments, quinophthalone pigments, triarylmethane pigments, xanthene pigments and methine pigments. , Kinolin pigments and the like. Specific examples of the organic pigment include those shown below.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure preferably contains a green pigment as a pigment, and more preferably contains a green pigment and a yellow pigment, from the viewpoint of further exerting the effect in the present disclosure.
  • the pigment preferably contains a phthalocyanine pigment, and more preferably contains a green phthalocyanine pigment, from the viewpoint of sensitivity and spectral characteristics.
  • the green pigment is used in terms of sensitivity and spectral characteristics. I. Pigment Green 36, C.I. I. Pigment Green 58, and C.I. I. It is preferable to include at least one selected from the group consisting of Pigment Green 63, and C.I. I. Pigment Green 36 and C.I. I.
  • Pigment Green 58 It is more preferable to include at least one selected from the group consisting of Pigment Green 58, and C.I. I. It is particularly preferred to include Pigment Green 36. Further, the yellow pigment is used in terms of sensitivity and spectral characteristics. I. Pigment Yellow 129, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 213 and C.I. I. It is preferable to contain at least one selected from the group consisting of Pigment Yellow 215, and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 and C.I. I. It is more preferable to include at least one selected from the group consisting of Pigment Yellow 185.
  • the green pigment known ones can be used.
  • phthalocyanine compounds such as Color Index (CI) Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, 62, 63 can be mentioned.
  • a green pigment a halogen having an average of 10 to 14 halogen atoms in one molecule, an average of 8 to 12 bromine atoms, and an average of 2 to 5 chlorine atoms.
  • Zinc phthalocyanine compounds can also be used.
  • the compound described in International Publication No. 2015/118720, the compound described in Chinese Patent Application Publication No. 1069090227, the phthalocyanine compound having a phosphate ester as a ligand, and the like can also be used.
  • the green pigment described in JP-A-2019-8014 or JP-A-2018-180023 may be used.
  • the green pigment easily forms a film having spectral characteristics suitable for green pixels, and therefore, C.I. I. Pigment Green 58 and C.I. I. It preferably contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of Pigment Green 36, C.I. I. It is more preferable to include Pigment Green 58.
  • the green pigment may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the green pigment in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 10% by mass to 80% by mass.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 15% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 70% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • yellow pigment examples include azo compounds, quinophthalone compounds, isoindolinone compounds, isoindoline compounds, anthraquinone compounds and the like. Of these, an isoindoline compound is preferable because it is easy to form a film having spectral characteristics suitable for green pixels.
  • the color index (CI) Pigment Yellow (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “PY”) 1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15, 16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35: 1,36,36: 1,37,37: 1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166 167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,
  • the pigment described in JP-A-2017-201003 and the pigment described in JP-A-2017-197719 can be used.
  • the yellow pigment at least one anion selected from the group consisting of an azo compound represented by the following formula (Y) and an azo compound having a telecommunication structure thereof, two or more kinds of metal ions, and a melamine compound.
  • Y an azo compound represented by the following formula (Y)
  • azo compound having a telecommunication structure thereof two or more kinds of metal ions
  • a melamine compound a metal azo pigment containing the above can also be used.
  • RY1 and RY2 independently represent -OH or -NR Y5 RY6
  • Y7 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by RY5 to RY7 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 6, and even more preferably 1 to 4.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent. Preferred examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group, a cyano group and an amino group.
  • a quinophthalone dimer represented by the following formula (Q) can also be preferably used.
  • the quinophthalone dimer described in Japanese Patent No. 6443711 and the quinophthalone dimer described in JP-A-2020-033521 can also be preferably used.
  • X 1 to X 16 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, and Z represents an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the yellow pigment include JP-A-2018-203798, JP-A-2018-62578, Patent No. 6432077, Patent No. 6432076, JP-A-2018-155881, JP-A-2018-11757, and JP-A. 2018-40835, 2017-197640, 2016-145282, 2014-85565, 2014-21139, 2013-209614, 2013- 209435, 2013-181015, 2013-61622, 2013-54339, 2013-32486, 2012-226110, 2008-74987 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-81565, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-47986, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-794985, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-50420, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-31281, or JP-A-48-32765
  • the quinophthalone pigments described in the publication can also be preferably used.
  • the yellow pigment the quinophthalone compound described in paragraphs 0011 to 0034 of JP2013-54339, the quinophthalone compound described in paragraphs 0013 to 0058 of JP2014-26228, and JP-A-2019-8014.
  • the compound described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 6607427, the compound described in Japanese Patent No. 6607427, and the like can also be used.
  • the yellow pigment the compound described in JP-A-2018-62644 can also be used.
  • this compound can also be used as a pigment derivative.
  • C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129 may be added for the purpose of improving weather resistance.
  • red pigment a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound in which at least one bromine atom is substituted in the structure described in JP-A-2017-201384, a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in paragraphs 0016 to 0022 of Patent No. 6248838, internationally.
  • the red pigment described in Japanese Patent No. 6525101, and the like can also be used.
  • red pigment a compound having a structure in which an aromatic ring group having an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom bonded to the aromatic ring is bonded to a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton can also be used. can.
  • an aluminum phthalocyanine compound having a phosphorus atom can also be used. Specific examples thereof include the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0030 of JP2012-247591A and paragraphs 0047 of JP2011-157478A.
  • White pigments include titanium oxide, strontium titanate, barium titanate, zinc oxide, magnesium oxide, zirconium oxide, aluminum oxide, barium sulfate, silica, talc, mica, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, hollow. Examples include resin particles and zinc sulfide.
  • the white pigment is preferably particles having a titanium atom, and more preferably titanium oxide. Further, the white pigment is preferably particles having a refractive index of 2.10 or more with respect to light having a wavelength of 589 nm. The above-mentioned refractive index is preferably 2.10 to 3.00, and more preferably 2.50 to 2.75.
  • titanium oxide described in "Titanium Oxide Physical Properties and Applied Technology, by Manabu Kiyono, pp. 13-45, published on June 25, 1991, published by Gihodo Publishing" can also be used.
  • the white pigment is not limited to a single inorganic substance, but particles compounded with other materials may be used. For example, particles having pores or other materials inside, particles in which a large number of inorganic particles are attached to core particles, core particles composed of core particles composed of polymer particles, and core and shell composite particles composed of a shell layer composed of inorganic nanoparticles are used. Is preferable.
  • the core and shell composite particles composed of the core particles composed of the polymer particles and the shell layer composed of the inorganic nanoparticles for example, the description in paragraphs 0012 to 0042 of JP2015-047520 can be referred to. The contents are incorporated herein.
  • Hollow inorganic particles can also be used as the white pigment.
  • Hollow inorganic particles are inorganic particles having a structure having cavities inside, and refer to inorganic particles having cavities surrounded by an outer shell.
  • Examples of the hollow inorganic particles include the hollow inorganic particles described in JP-A-2011-075786, International Publication No. 2013/06621, JP-A-2015-164881, and the like, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. Is done.
  • the black pigment is not particularly limited, and known ones can be used.
  • carbon black, titanium black, graphite and the like can be mentioned, with carbon black and titanium black being preferable, and titanium black being more preferable.
  • Titanium black is black particles containing a titanium atom, and low-order titanium oxide or titanium oxynitride is preferable. Titanium black can modify the surface as needed for the purpose of improving dispersibility and suppressing cohesion.
  • Titanium black preferably has a small primary particle size and an average primary particle size of each particle. Specifically, it is preferable that the average primary particle size is 10 to 45 nm. Titanium black can also be used as a dispersion. For example, a dispersion containing titanium black particles and silica particles and having a content ratio of Si atoms and Ti atoms in the dispersion adjusted to be in the range of 0.20 to 0.50 can be mentioned. Regarding the above dispersion, the description in paragraphs 0020 to 0105 of JP2012-169556A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • titanium black products examples include titanium black 10S, 12S, 13R, 13M, 13M-C, 13RN, 13M-T (trade name: manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation), Tilac D (Tilack) D (trade name: manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation). Product name: Ako Kasei Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • a pigment having an X-ray diffraction pattern by a specific CuK ⁇ ray is preferably mentioned.
  • the phthalocyanine pigment described in Japanese Patent No. 6561862 the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment described in Japanese Patent No. 6413872, and the azo pigment described in Japanese Patent No. 6281345 (CI Pigment Red269). And so on.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain one kind of pigment alone or two or more kinds of pigments.
  • the content of the pigment is preferably 30% by mass or more, preferably 35% by mass or more, with respect to the total solid content in the coloring composition, from the viewpoints of developing residue inhibitory property, dispersion liquid stability, and adhesion. It is more preferably 40% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 45% by mass or more. Further, the upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure contains a polymerizable compound.
  • a polymerizable compound a known compound that can be crosslinked by radicals, acids or heat can be used.
  • the polymerizable compound is preferably, for example, a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group. Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated group include a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, and a (meth) acryloyl group.
  • the polymerizable compound used in the present disclosure is preferably a radically polymerizable compound.
  • the polymerizable compound may be in any chemical form such as a monomer, a prepolymer or an oligomer, but a monomer is preferable.
  • the molecular weight of the polymerizable compound is preferably 100 to 3,000.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 2,000 or less, and even more preferably 1,500 or less.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 150 or more, and even more preferably 250 or more.
  • the polymerizable compound is preferably a compound containing 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated groups, more preferably a compound containing 3 to 15 ethylenically unsaturated groups, and more preferably 3 ethylenically unsaturated groups. It is more preferable that the compound contains up to 6 compounds. Further, the polymerizable compound is preferably a trifunctional to 15-functional (meth) acrylate compound, and more preferably a trifunctional to 6-functional (meth) acrylate compound.
  • polymerizable compound examples include paragraphs 095 to 0108 of JP2009-288705, paragraphs 0227 of JP2013-029760, paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of JP2008-292970, and paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of JP2013-229970.
  • examples thereof include the compounds described in paragraphs 0034 to 0038 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 253224, paragraphs 0477 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-208494, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-048367, Japanese Patent No. 6057891 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6031807. The contents of are incorporated herein by reference.
  • dipentaerythritol triacrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-320; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
  • Dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD DPHA; Nippon Kayaku)
  • NK ester A-DPH-12E manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • Examples of the polymerizable compound include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane propyleneoxy-modified tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane ethyleneoxy-modified tri (meth) acrylate, and isocyanuric acid ethyleneoxy-modified tri (meth) acrylate. It is also preferable to use a trifunctional (meth) acrylate compound such as pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate. Commercially available trifunctional (meth) acrylate compounds include Aronix M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M-306, and M-305.
  • M-303, M-452, M-450 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
  • a polymerizable compound having an acid group can also be used.
  • the polymerizable compound having an acid group By using a polymerizable compound having an acid group, the colored composition in the unexposed portion can be easily removed during development, and the generation of development residue can be suppressed.
  • the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group and the like, and a carboxy group is preferable.
  • Examples of commercially available products of the polymerizable compound having an acid group include Aronix M-510, M-520, and Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
  • the preferable acid value of the polymerizable compound having an acid group is 0.1 mgKOH / g to 40 mgKOH / g, and more preferably 5 mgKOH / g to 30 mgKOH / g.
  • the acid value of the polymerizable compound is 0.1 mgKOH / g or more, the solubility in a developing solution is good, and when the acid value is 40 mgKOH / g or less, it is advantageous in production and handling.
  • a polymerizable compound having a caprolactone structure can also be used.
  • the polymerizable compound having a caprolactone structure is commercially available from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. as the KAYARAD DPCA series, and examples thereof include DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, and DPCA-120.
  • a polymerizable compound having an alkyleneoxy group can also be used.
  • a polymerizable compound having an ethyleneoxy group and / or a propyleneoxy group is preferable, a polymerizable compound having an ethyleneoxy group is more preferable, and 3 to 3 having 4 to 20 ethyleneoxy groups.
  • a hexafunctional (meth) acrylate compound is more preferred.
  • Commercially available products of the polymerizable compound having an alkyleneoxy group include SR-494, which is a tetrafunctional (meth) acrylate having four ethyleneoxy groups manufactured by Sartmer, and a trifunctional (meth) having three isobutyleneoxy groups. Examples thereof include KAYARAD TPA-330, which is an acrylate.
  • a polymerizable compound having a fluorene skeleton can also be used.
  • examples of commercially available products of the polymerizable compound having a fluorene skeleton include Ogsol EA-0200 and EA-0300 (manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemical Co., Ltd., a (meth) acrylate monomer having a fluorene skeleton).
  • the polymerizable compound it is also preferable to use a compound that does not substantially contain an environmentally restrictive substance such as toluene.
  • an environmentally restrictive substance such as toluene.
  • commercially available products of such compounds include KAYARAD DPHA LT and KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).
  • Examples of the polymerizable compound include urethane acrylates described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-041708, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 51-037193, Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-0322293, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 02-016765, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 58- Urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide-based skeleton described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 049860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-017654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039417, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039418, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 63-277653, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No.
  • a polymerizable compound having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in JP-A-63-260909 and JP-A No. 01-105238.
  • the polymerizable compounds include UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, and AH-600. , T-600, AI-600, LINK-202UA (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) and the like can also be used.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, further preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 45% by mass or less, further preferably 40% by mass or less.
  • the total content of the polymerizable compound and the resin in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 10% by mass to 65% by mass from the viewpoint of curability, developability and film forming property.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 15% by mass or more, further preferably 20% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 30% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 60% by mass or less, further preferably 50% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 40% by mass or less. Further, it is preferable that the resin is contained in an amount of 30 parts by mass to 300 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable compound.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 50 parts by mass or more, and particularly preferably 80 parts by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 250 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 200 parts by mass or less.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure only one type of polymerizable compound may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure contains a polymerization initiator.
  • the polymerization initiator may be either a photopolymerization initiator or a thermal polymerization initiator, but a photopolymerization initiator is preferable from the viewpoint of imparting photosensitivity.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure is preferably a photosensitive coloring composition, and more preferably a negative type photosensitive coloring composition.
  • the polymerization initiator is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected from known polymerization initiators. For example, a compound having photosensitivity to light rays in the ultraviolet region to the visible light region is preferable.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
  • photopolymerization initiator examples include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazoles, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, and thio compounds. , Ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds and the like.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is a trihalomethyltriazine compound, a benzyldimethylketal compound, an ⁇ -hydroxyketone compound, an ⁇ -aminoketone compound, an acylphosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, or a triarylimidazole.
  • a compound selected from the group consisting of a compound, an ⁇ -hydroxyketone compound, an ⁇ -aminoketone compound, and an acylphosphine compound is more preferable, and an oxime compound, that is, an oxime-based photopolymerization initiator is further preferable.
  • the photopolymerization initiator the compound described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP-A-2014-130173 and JP-A-6301489, MATERIAL STAGE 37-60p, vol. 19, No. 3, 2019 Peroxide-based Photopolymerization Initiator, International Publication No. 2018/221177, Photopolymerization Initiator, International Publication No. 2018/110179, Photopolymerization Initiator, JP-A-2019-043864.
  • ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (above, IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 184, Irgacure 1173, Irgacure27, Irgacure29. (Manufactured by the company) and the like.
  • Commercially available ⁇ -aminoketone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (above, IGM Resins BV), Irgacure 907, Irgacure 369, Irgacure 369, Irger Made) and so on.
  • acylphosphine compounds examples include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (above, manufactured by IGM Resins BV), Irgacure 819, and Irgacure TPO (above, manufactured by BASF).
  • Examples of the oxime compound include the compound described in JP-A-2001-233842, the compound described in JP-A-2000-080068, the compound described in JP-A-2006-342166, and J. Am. C. S. The compound according to Perkin II (1979, pp. 1653-1660), J. Mol. C. S. The compound described in Perkin II (1979, pp. 156-162), the compound described in Journal of Photopolisr Science and Technology (1995, pp. 202-232), the compound described in JP-A-2000-066385, the compound described in JP-A-2000-066385.
  • oxime compound examples include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentane-3-one, and the like.
  • an oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used.
  • Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorene ring include the compounds described in JP-A-2014-137466.
  • an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of the carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring can also be used.
  • Specific examples of such an oxime compound include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/083505.
  • an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom are described in the compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, compounds 24, 36-40 described in JP-A-2014-500852, and JP-A-2013-164471.
  • Compound (C-3) and the like can be mentioned.
  • an oxime compound having a nitro group can be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • the oxime compound having a nitro group is also preferably a dimer.
  • Specific examples of the oxime compound having a nitro group include the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0047 of JP2013-114249A and paragraphs 0008-0012 and 0070-0079 of JP-A-2014-137466, Patent No. Examples thereof include the compound described in paragraphs 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 4223071, ADEKA ARCLUS NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
  • an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used.
  • Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in International Publication No. 2015/036910.
  • an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxy group is bonded to the carbazole skeleton can also be used.
  • Examples of such a photopolymerization initiator include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2019/088055.
  • the oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 350 nm to 500 nm, and more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 360 nm to 480 nm.
  • the molar extinction coefficient of the oxime compound at a wavelength of 365 nm or a wavelength of 405 nm is preferably high, more preferably 1,000 to 300,000, and more preferably 2,000 to 300,000 from the viewpoint of sensitivity. Is more preferable, and 5,000 to 200,000 is particularly preferable.
  • the molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure at a concentration of 0.01 g / L using ethyl acetate with a spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian).
  • a bifunctional or trifunctional or higher photoradical polymerization initiator may be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the photoradical polymerization initiator, so that good sensitivity can be obtained.
  • the crystallinity is lowered, the solubility in a solvent or the like is improved, the precipitation is less likely to occur with time, and the stability of the colored composition with time can be improved.
  • Specific examples of the bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photo-radical polymerization initiators include Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-527339, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2011-524436, International Publication No.
  • the content of the polymerization initiator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 20% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 15% by mass or less.
  • only one kind of polymerization initiator may be used, or two or more kinds may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure preferably contains a resin.
  • the resin is blended, for example, for the purpose of dispersing particles such as pigments in a coloring composition and for the purpose of a binder (that is, a binder polymer).
  • a resin mainly used for dispersing particles such as pigments is also referred to as a dispersant.
  • such use of the resin is an example, and it can be used for purposes other than such use. Further, it is presumed that the compound represented by the above formula 1 acts as a dispersant as described above.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is preferably 3,000 to 2,000,000.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 1,000,000 or less, and particularly preferably 500,000 or less.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 4,000 or more, and particularly preferably 5,000 or more.
  • the resin examples include (meth) acrylic resin, en-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, and polyamideimide resin. , Polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin and the like. One of these resins may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be mixed and used.
  • the resin described in JP-A-2017-032685, the resin described in JP-A-2017-075248, the resin described in JP-A-2017-066240, and the polymer described in JP-A-2010-11656 may also be used. can.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure preferably contains a resin having an acid group as the resin.
  • the developability of the coloring composition can be improved, pixels having excellent rectangularity can be easily formed, and the amino group and the nitrogen atom of the phthalocyanine ring in the compound represented by the above formula 1 can be easily formed.
  • the acid group include a carboxy group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group, a phenolic hydroxy group and the like, and a carboxy group is preferable.
  • the resin having an acid group can be used, for example, as an alkali-soluble resin.
  • the resin having an acid group preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group in the side chain, and more preferably contains 5 mol% to 70 mol% of the repeating units having an acid group in the side chain in all the repeating units of the resin. ..
  • the upper limit of the content of the repeating unit having an acid group in the side chain is preferably 50 mol% or less, more preferably 30 mol% or less.
  • the lower limit of the content of the repeating unit having an acid group in the side chain is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more.
  • the resin having an acid group consists of a group consisting of a compound represented by the following formula (ED1) and a compound represented by the following formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may be referred to as "ether dimers"). It is also preferred to include repeating units derived from monomer components containing at least one selected monomer.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • the description in JP-A-2010-168539 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the resin used in the present disclosure preferably contains a repeating unit derived from the compound represented by the following formula (X).
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 2 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms
  • R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a benzene ring having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • n represents an integer from 1 to 15.
  • the acid value of the resin having an acid group is preferably 30 mgKOH / g to 500 mgKOH / g.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 40 mgKOH / g or more, and particularly preferably 50 mgKOH / g or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 400 mgKOH / g or less, further preferably 300 mgKOH / g or less, and particularly preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin having an acid group is preferably 5,000 to 100,000.
  • the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the resin having an acid group is preferably 1,000 to 20,000.
  • the method for introducing the acidic functional group into the resin is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the method described in Japanese Patent No. 6349629. Further, as a method for introducing an acidic functional group into the resin, in a dispersant (particularly a dispersant having an ethylenically unsaturated group) or an alkali-soluble resin, an acid anhydride is added to the hydroxy group generated by the ring opening reaction of the epoxy group. There is also a method of introducing an acid group by reacting with.
  • a resin having a basic group as the resin.
  • the developability of the coloring composition can be improved, and it is easy to form pixels having excellent rectangularity.
  • the basic group include an amino group and a heteroaryl group having a nitrogen atom, and an amino group is preferable, and a tertiary amino group is more preferable.
  • a resin having a basic group can be used, for example, as an alkali-soluble resin.
  • the amine value of the resin having an amino group as a basic group is preferably 30 mgKOH / g to 200 mgKOH / g.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 40 mgKOH / g or more, and particularly preferably 50 mgKOH / g or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 250 mgKOH / g or less, further preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less, and particularly preferably 150 mgKOH / g or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin having an amino group is preferably 5,000 to 100,000.
  • the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the resin having an amino group is preferably 1,000 to 20,000.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure may also contain a resin as a dispersant.
  • the dispersant include an acidic dispersant (acidic resin) and a basic dispersant (basic resin).
  • the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of acid groups is larger than the amount of basic groups.
  • the acid dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of acid groups is 70 mol% or more when the total amount of the amount of acid groups and the amount of basic groups is 100 mol%, and is substantially acid. A resin consisting only of a group is more preferable.
  • the acid group of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxy group.
  • the acid value of the acidic dispersant is preferably 40 mgKOH / g to 105 mgKOH / g, more preferably 50 mgKOH / g to 105 mgKOH / g, and even more preferably 60 mgKOH / g to 105 mgKOH / g.
  • the basic dispersant represents a resin in which the amount of basic groups is larger than the amount of acid groups.
  • the basic dispersant (basic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of basic groups exceeds 50 mol% when the total amount of the amount of acid groups and the amount of basic groups is 100 mol%.
  • the basic group of the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group.
  • the resin used as a dispersant preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group. Since the resin used as the dispersant contains a repeating unit having an acid group, it is possible to further suppress the generation of development residue when forming a pattern by a photolithography method.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is a graft resin.
  • the description in paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP2012-255128A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is a polyimine-based dispersant containing a nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain.
  • the polyimine-based dispersant has a main chain having a partial structure having a functional group of pKa14 or less and a side chain having 40 to 10,000 atoms, and basic nitrogen is contained in at least one of the main chain and the side chain.
  • a resin having an atom is preferable.
  • the basic nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it is a nitrogen atom exhibiting basicity.
  • the description in paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP2012-255128A can be referred to, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is a resin having a structure in which a plurality of polymer chains are bonded to the core portion.
  • resins include dendrimers (including star-shaped polymers).
  • specific examples of the dendrimer include the polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP2013-043962.
  • the resin having an acid group (alkali-soluble resin) described above can also be used as a dispersant.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% to 80 mol%, and 20 mol% in all the repeating units of the resin. It is more preferably mol% to 70 mol%.
  • a resin having an aromatic carboxy group (hereinafter, “resin B”) is preferably mentioned.
  • the aromatic carboxy group may be contained in the main chain of the repeating unit or may be contained in the side chain of the repeating unit.
  • the aromatic carboxy group is preferably contained in the backbone of the repeating unit because of its excellent developability and color loss. Details are unknown, but it is speculated that the presence of aromatic carboxy groups near the backbone will further improve these properties.
  • an aromatic carboxyl group is a group having a structure in which one or more carboxyl groups are bonded to an aromatic ring.
  • the number of carboxy groups bonded to the aromatic ring is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 2.
  • the resin B used in the present disclosure is preferably a resin containing at least one repeating unit selected from the repeating unit represented by the formula (b-1) and the repeating unit represented by the formula (b-10). ..
  • Ar 1 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group
  • L 1 represents -COO- or -CONH-
  • L 2 represents a divalent linking group
  • Ar 10 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group
  • L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-
  • L 12 represents a trivalent linking group
  • P 10 represents a polymer. Represents a chain.
  • Examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxy group represented by Ar 1 in the formula (b-1) include a structure derived from an aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride, a structure derived from an aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride, and the like.
  • Examples of the aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride and the aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride include compounds having the following structures.
  • Q 1 is represented by a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , and the following formula (Q-1). Represents a group to be used or a group represented by the following formula (Q-2).
  • aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride examples include benzenetricarboxylic acid anhydride (1,2,3-benzenetricarboxylic acid anhydride, trimellitic acid anhydride [1,2,4-benzenetricarboxylic acid anhydride], etc.).
  • Naphthalenetricarboxylic acid anhydride (1,2,4-naphthalentricarboxylic acid anhydride, 1,4,5-naphthalentricarboxylic acid anhydride, 2,3,6-naphthalentricarboxylic acid anhydride, 1,2,8-naphthalene Tricarboxylic acid anhydride, etc.), 3,4,4'-benzophenone tricarboxylic acid anhydride, 3,4,4'-biphenyl ether tricarboxylic acid anhydride, 3,4,4'-biphenyl tricarboxylic acid anhydride, 2,3 , 2'-biphenyltricarboxylic acid anhydride, 3,4,4'-biphenylmethanetricarboxylic acid anhydride, or 3,4,4'-biphenylsulfonatetricarboxylic acid anhydride.
  • aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydrides include pyromellitic dianhydride, ethylene glycol dianhydride trimellitic acid ester, propylene glycol dianhydride trimellitic acid ester, butylene glycol dianhydride trimellitic acid ester, 3,3.
  • group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 include a group represented by the formula (Ar-1), a group represented by the formula (Ar-2), and a group represented by the formula (Ar-3). Examples include the group.
  • n1 represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 2.
  • n2 represents an integer of 1 to 8, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 2.
  • n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 1 or 2, and preferably 1. More preferred. However, at least one of n3 and n4 is an integer of 1 or more.
  • Q 1 is a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , the above formula (Q-). It represents a group represented by 1) or a group represented by the above formula (Q-2).
  • L 1 represents -COO- or -CONH-, and preferably -COO-.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 2 in the formula (b-1) includes an alkylene group, an arylene group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S- and these.
  • a group that combines two or more of the above can be mentioned.
  • the alkylene group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the arylene group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent.
  • substituent include a hydroxy group and the like.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 2 is preferably a group represented by —OL 2a —O—.
  • L 2a is an alkylene group; an arylene group; a group in which an alkylene group and an arylene group are combined; at least one selected from an alkylene group and an arylene group, and —O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, Examples thereof include a group in combination with at least one selected from the group consisting of -NH- and -S-.
  • the alkylene group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and the like.
  • the group containing the aromatic carboxy group represented by Ar 10 in the formula (b-10) has the same meaning as Ar 1 in the formula (b-1), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-, and preferably -COO-.
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12 in the formula (b-10) includes a hydrocarbon group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S- and two of these.
  • a group that combines species or more can be mentioned.
  • the hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 10.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent.
  • substituent include a hydroxy group and the like.
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (L12-1), and more preferably a group represented by the formula (L12-2).
  • L 12a and L 12b each independently represent a trivalent linking group
  • X 1 represents S
  • * 1 represents the bonding position with L 11 in the formula (b-10)
  • * 2 represents the bonding position with L 11 in the formula (b-10).
  • -10 represents the bonding position with P10.
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12a and L 12b is a group consisting of a hydrocarbon group; a hydrocarbon group and -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and -S-.
  • a group that is a combination of at least one selected from the above can be mentioned.
  • P 10 represents a polymer chain.
  • the polymer chain represented by P 10 preferably has at least one repeating unit selected from poly (meth) acrylic repeating units, polyether repeating units, polyester repeating units and polyol repeating units.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer chain P 10 is preferably 500 to 20,000.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 500 or more, and particularly preferably 1,000 or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 10,000 or less, further preferably 5,000 or less, and particularly preferably 3,000 or less.
  • the resin B is a resin having a repeating unit represented by the formula (b-10)
  • the resin B is preferably used as a dispersant.
  • the polymer chain represented by P 10 is preferably a polymer chain containing a repeating unit represented by the following formulas (P-1) to (P-5), and is preferably a polymer chain. It is more preferable that the polymer chain contains the repeating unit represented by 5).
  • RP1 and RP2 each represent an alkylene group.
  • the alkylene group represented by RP1 and RP2 a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 16 carbon atoms is more preferable. , A linear or branched alkylene group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • RP3 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • LP1 represents a single bond or an arylene group
  • LP2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • L P1 is preferably a single bond.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L P2 includes an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), an arylene group (preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), -NH-, and -SO-. Examples thereof include -SO 2- , -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-, -NHCO-, -CONH-, and a group composed of a combination of two or more of these.
  • RP4 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • Substituents include hydroxy group, carboxy group, alkyl group, aryl group, heteroaryl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, heteroaryloxy group, alkylthioether group, arylthioether group, heteroarylthioether group and (meth) acryloyl.
  • Examples thereof include a group, an oxetanyl group, a blocked isocyanate group and the like.
  • the blocked isocyanate group in the present disclosure is a group capable of generating an isocyanate group by heat, and for example, a group in which a blocking agent and an isocyanate group are reacted to protect the isocyanate group can be preferably exemplified.
  • the blocking agent examples include oxime compounds, lactam compounds, phenol compounds, alcohol compounds, amine compounds, active methylene compounds, pyrazole compounds, mercaptan compounds, imidazole compounds, imide compounds and the like.
  • the blocking agent examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0115 to 0117 of JP-A-2017-06793, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the blocked isocyanate group is preferably a group capable of generating an isocyanate group by heat of 90 ° C to 260 ° C.
  • the polymer chain represented by P 10 has at least one group (hereinafter, also referred to as “functional group A”) selected from the group consisting of a (meth) acryloyl group, an oxetanyl group, a blocked isocyanate group and a t-butyl group. Is preferable. It is more preferable that the functional group A is at least one selected from the group consisting of a (meth) acryloyl group, an oxetanyl group and a blocked isocyanate group.
  • the polymer chain contains a functional group A, it is easy to form a film having excellent solvent resistance.
  • the above effect is remarkable when at least one group selected from a (meth) acryloyl group, an oxetanyl group and a blocked isocyanate group is contained.
  • the functional group A has a t-butyl group, it is preferable to include a compound having an epoxy group or an oxetanyl group in the composition.
  • the functional group A has a blocked isocyanate group, it is preferable to include a compound having a hydroxy group in the composition.
  • the polymer chain represented by P 10 is more preferably a polymer chain having a repeating unit containing the functional group A in the side chain.
  • the proportion of the repeating unit containing the functional group A in the side chain in all the repeating units constituting P 10 is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, and 20 It is more preferably mass% or more.
  • the upper limit can be 100% by mass, preferably 90% by mass or less, and more preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the polymer chain represented by P 10 has a repeating unit containing an acid group.
  • the acid group include a carboxy group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxy group.
  • the dispersibility of the pigment in the composition can be further improved.
  • the developability can be further improved.
  • the ratio of the repeating unit containing an acid group is preferably 1% by mass to 30% by mass, more preferably 2% by mass to 20% by mass, and further preferably 3% by mass to 10% by mass. ..
  • Resin B can be produced by reacting at least one acid anhydride selected from the group consisting of aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride and aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride with a hydroxy group-containing compound.
  • aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride and the aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride include those described above.
  • the hydroxy group-containing compound is not particularly limited as long as it has a hydroxy group in the molecule, but is preferably a polyol having two or more hydroxy groups in the molecule. Further, as the hydroxy group-containing compound, it is also preferable to use a compound having two hydroxy groups and one thiol group in the molecule.
  • Compounds having two hydroxy groups and one thiol group in the molecule include, for example, 1-mercapto-1,1-methanediol, 1-mercapto-1,1-ethanediol, 3-mercapto-1,2-.
  • Propanediol (thioglycerin), 2-mercapto-1,2-propanediol, 2-mercapto-2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-mercapto-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol, 1- Examples thereof include mercapto-2,2-propanediol, 2-mercaptoethyl-2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-mercaptoethyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol and the like.
  • Examples of other hydroxy group-containing compounds include the compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 095 of JP-A-2018-101039, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the molar ratio (acid anhydride group / hydroxy group) of the acid anhydride group in the acid anhydride and the hydroxy group in the hydroxy group-containing compound is preferably 0.5 to 1.5.
  • the resin containing the repeating unit represented by the above-mentioned formula (b-10) can be synthesized by the methods shown in the following synthesis methods (1) and (2).
  • a polymerizable monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated group is radically polymerized in the presence of a hydroxy group-containing thiol compound (preferably a compound having two hydroxy groups and one thiol group in the molecule) to form 2 in one terminal region.
  • a vinyl polymer having two hydroxy groups was synthesized, and the synthesized vinyl polymer was combined with one or more aromatic acid anhydrides selected from the group consisting of aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydrides and aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydrides.
  • a method of reacting and producing is radically polymerized in the presence of a hydroxy group-containing thiol compound (preferably a compound having two hydroxy groups and one thiol group in the molecule) to form 2 in one terminal region.
  • a vinyl polymer having two hydroxy groups was synthesized, and the synthesized vinyl polymer was combined with one or more aromatic acid anhydrides selected from the group consisting of aromatic tetracarboxylic acid
  • a polymerizable monomer having a hydroxy group may be radically polymerized, and then a compound having an isocyanate group (for example, a compound having an isocyanate group and the above-mentioned functional group A) may be reacted. .. This allows the functional group A to be introduced into the polymer chain P10 .
  • the resin B can also be synthesized according to the method described in paragraphs 0120 to 0138 of JP-A-2018-101039.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin B is preferably 2,000 to 35,000.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 25,000 or less, further preferably 20,000 or less, and particularly preferably 15,000 or less.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 4,000 or more, further preferably 6,000 or more, and particularly preferably 7,000 or more.
  • Dispersants are also available as commercial products, and specific examples thereof include DISPERBYK series manufactured by BYK Chemie (for example, DISPERBYK-111, 161 etc.) and Solsparse series manufactured by Japan Lubrizol Co., Ltd. (for example, DISPERBYK-111, 161 etc.). For example, Solsparse 76500) and the like.
  • the pigment dispersants described in paragraphs 0041 to 0130 of JP2014-130338A can also be used, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the resin described as the dispersant can also be used for purposes other than the dispersant. For example, it can also be used as a binder. Further, the dispersant described in International Publication No.
  • 2016/10403 can also be used.
  • the resin described in International Publication No. 2019/125940 can also be used.
  • the block copolymer described in JP-A-2020-06667 can also be used.
  • the block copolymer described in JP-A-2020-066688 can also be used.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure only one kind of resin may be used, or two or more kinds of resins may be used in combination. When two or more types are used in combination, the total amount thereof is preferably in the following range.
  • the content of the resin is preferably 5% by mass to 40% by mass, preferably 10% by mass, based on the total solid content of the coloring composition from the viewpoint of suppressing development residue, stability of dispersion liquid, and adhesion. It is more preferably% to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 10% by mass to 25% by mass. Further, the content of the resin used as the dispersant is preferably smaller than the content of the compound represented by the above formula 1.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain a pigment derivative (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “pigment derivative” or “derivative”) other than the compound represented by the formula 1.
  • a pigment derivative hereinafter, also simply referred to as “pigment derivative” or “derivative”
  • examples of the pigment derivative include compounds having a structure in which a part of the chromophore is replaced with an acid group or a basic group.
  • the chromogens constituting the pigment derivative include quinoline skeleton, benzoimidazolone skeleton, diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton, azo skeleton, phthalocyanine skeleton, anthracinone skeleton, quinacridone skeleton, dioxazine skeleton, perinone skeleton, perylene skeleton, thioindigo skeleton, and iso.
  • the azo skeleton and the benzoimidazolone skeleton are more preferable.
  • Examples of the acid group include a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a phosphoric acid group and salts thereof.
  • the atoms or atomic groups that make up the salt include alkali metal ions (Li + , Na + , K + , etc.), alkaline earth metal ions (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ , etc.), ammonium ions, imidazolium ions, and pyridiniums. Ions, phosphonium ions and the like can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the basic group include an amino group, a pyridinyl group and a salt thereof, a salt of an ammonium group, and a phthalimidemethyl group.
  • Examples of the atom or atomic group constituting the salt include hydroxide ion, halogen ion, carboxylate ion, sulfonic acid ion, and phenoxide ion.
  • a pigment derivative having excellent visible transparency (hereinafter, also referred to as a transparent pigment derivative) can be used.
  • the maximum molar extinction coefficient ( ⁇ max) of the transparent pigment derivative in the wavelength region of 400 nm to 700 nm is preferably 3,000 L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 or less, and 1,000 L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 . It is more preferably 100 L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 or less, and further preferably 100 L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 or less.
  • the lower limit of ⁇ max is, for example, 1 L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 or more, and may be 10 L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 or more.
  • pigment derivative examples include Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 56-118462, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 63-264674, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 01-217077, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 03-009961, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 03-026767.
  • JP-A-10-195326 International Publication No. 2011/024896, Paragraphs 0083-0098, International Publication No. 2012/102399, Paragraphs 0063-0094, International Publication No. 2017/038252, Paragraph 882 , Paragraph 0171 of JP-A-2015-151530, Paragraphs 0162 to 0183 of JP-A-2011-52065, JP-A-2003-081972, Japanese Patent No. 5299151, JP-A-2015-172732, JP-A-2014. Examples thereof include the compounds described in JP-A-1999308, JP-A-2014-085562, JP-A-2014-035351, JP-A-2008-081565, and JP-A-2019-109512.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain one kind of pigment derivative other than the compound represented by the formula 1 alone, or may contain two or more kinds.
  • the content of the pigment derivative other than the compound represented by the formula 1 is preferably 1 part by mass to 30 parts by mass, and more preferably 3 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment.
  • the pigment derivative other than the compound represented by the formula 1 only one kind may be used, or two or more kinds may be used in combination. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the content of the pigment derivative other than the compound represented by the formula 1 is preferably smaller than the content of the compound represented by the formula 1.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure can contain a compound having a cyclic ether group.
  • the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group.
  • the compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably a compound having an epoxy group.
  • the compound having an epoxy group include a compound having one or more epoxy groups in one molecule, and a compound having two or more epoxy groups is preferable. It is preferable to have 1 to 100 epoxy groups in one molecule.
  • the upper limit of the epoxy group may be, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less.
  • the lower limit of the epoxy group is preferably two or more.
  • the compound having an epoxy group may be a low molecular weight compound (for example, a molecular weight of less than 2,000, further, a molecular weight of less than 1,000), or a polymer compound (for example, a polymer having a molecular weight of 1,000 or more and a polymer).
  • a weight average molecular weight of 1,000 or more has a weight average molecular weight of 1,000 or more).
  • the weight average molecular weight of the compound having an epoxy group is preferably 200 to 100,000, more preferably 500 to 50,000.
  • the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 10,000 or less, particularly preferably 5,000 or less, and most preferably 3,000 or less.
  • an epoxy resin can be preferably used as the compound having an epoxy group.
  • the epoxy resin include an epoxy resin which is a glycidyl etherified product of a phenol compound, an epoxy resin which is a glycidyl etherified product of various novolak resins, an alicyclic epoxy resin, an aliphatic epoxy resin, a heterocyclic epoxy resin, and a glycidyl ester type.
  • the epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin is preferably 310 g / eq to 3,300 g / eq, more preferably 310 g / eq to 1,700 g / eq, and more preferably 310 g / eq to 1,000 g / eq. Is more preferable.
  • EHPE3150 manufactured by Daicel Corporation
  • EPICLON N-695 manufactured by DIC Corporation
  • Marproof G-0150M G-0105SA, G-0130SP, G. -0250SP, G-1005S, G-1005SA, G-1010S, G-2050M, G-01100, G-01758 (all manufactured by NOF CORPORATION, epoxy group-containing polymer) and the like can be mentioned.
  • the content of the compound having a cyclic ether group in the total solid content of the coloring composition is 0.1% by mass to 20% by mass. Is preferable.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 15% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or less.
  • only one compound having a cyclic ether group may be used, or two or more compounds may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain a silane coupling agent.
  • the adhesion of the obtained membrane to the support can be further improved.
  • the silane coupling agent means a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups.
  • the hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly linked to a silicon atom and can form a siloxane bond by at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction. Examples of the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group and the like, and an alkoxy group is preferable.
  • the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group.
  • the functional group other than the hydrolyzable group include a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, a mercapto group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, an amino group, a ureido group, a sulfide group and an isocyanate group.
  • a phenyl group and the like preferably an amino group, a (meth) acryloyl group and an epoxy group.
  • silane coupling agent examples include N- ⁇ -aminoethyl- ⁇ -aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-602), N- ⁇ -aminoethyl- ⁇ -amino.
  • Propyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-603), N- ⁇ -minoethyl- ⁇ -aminopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBE-602), ⁇ -Aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-903), ⁇ -aminopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBE-903), 3-methacryloxypropyl Methyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-502), 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical
  • silane coupling agent examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0018 to 0036 of JP2009-288703 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0056 to 0066 of JP2009-242604A. The contents of are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 3% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 2% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • only one kind of silane coupling agent may be used, or two or more kinds may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure preferably contains a solvent.
  • a solvent an organic solvent is preferably mentioned.
  • the organic solvent include ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, hydrocarbon-based solvents and the like.
  • paragraph 0223 of International Publication No. 2015/166779 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • an ester solvent substituted with a cyclic alkyl group and a ketone solvent substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be preferably used.
  • organic solvent examples include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2 -Heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethylcarbitol acetate, butylcarbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N , N-dimethylpropaneamide and the like.
  • aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) as organic solvents may need to be reduced for environmental reasons (for example, 50 parts by mass (parts) with respect to the total amount of organic solvent. Per millision) or less, 10 mass ppm or less, or 1 mass ppm or less).
  • an organic solvent having a low metal content it is preferable to use an organic solvent having a low metal content, and the metal content of the organic solvent is preferably, for example, 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less. If necessary, an organic solvent at the mass ppt (parts per trillion) level may be used, and such an organic solvent is provided by, for example, Toyo Synthetic Co., Ltd. (The Chemical Daily, November 13, 2015).
  • Examples of the method for removing impurities such as metals from the organic solvent include distillation (molecular distillation, thin film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter.
  • the filter pore diameter of the filter used for filtration is preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 3 ⁇ m or less.
  • the filter material is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.
  • the organic solvent may contain isomers (compounds having the same number of atoms but different structures). Further, only one kind of isomer may be contained, or a plurality of kinds may be contained.
  • the content of peroxide in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol / L or less, and more preferably substantially free of peroxide.
  • the content of the organic solvent in the coloring composition is preferably 10% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 90% by mass, and preferably 30% by mass to 90% by mass. More preferred.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure does not substantially contain an environmentally regulated substance from the viewpoint of environmental regulations.
  • substantially free of the environmentally regulated substance means that the content of the environmentally regulated substance in the coloring composition is 50 mass ppm or less, and is preferably 30 mass ppm or less. It is more preferably 10 mass ppm or less, and particularly preferably 1 mass ppm or less.
  • the environmentally regulated substance include benzene; alkylbenzenes such as toluene and xylene; and halogenated benzenes such as chlorobenzene.
  • a method for reducing the environmentally regulated substance there is a method of heating or depressurizing the inside of the system to raise the boiling point of the environmentally regulated substance or higher and distilling off the environmentally regulated substance from the system to reduce the amount. Further, when distilling off a small amount of an environmentally regulated substance, it is also useful to azeotrope with a solvent having a boiling point equivalent to that of the solvent in order to improve efficiency.
  • a polymerization inhibitor or the like is added and distilled under reduced pressure in order to prevent the radical polymerization reaction from proceeding and cross-linking between molecules during distillation under reduced pressure. You may.
  • These distillation methods include a raw material stage, a product obtained by reacting the raw materials (for example, a resin solution after polymerization or a polyfunctional monomer solution), or a colored composition stage prepared by mixing these compounds. It is possible at any stage of.
  • the use of perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and its salt may be restricted.
  • the perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid particularly the perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group
  • a salt thereof and a salt thereof
  • the content of the perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid (particularly the perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group) and its salt is 0.01 ppb to 1, with respect to the total solid content of the coloring composition.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure may be substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and salts thereof, as well as perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and salts thereof.
  • perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt and a compound that can substitute for perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salt, perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid can be used.
  • a coloring composition that is substantially free of salts thereof may be selected.
  • compounds that can substitute for the regulated compound include compounds excluded from the regulation due to the difference in the number of carbon atoms of the perfluoroalkyl group.
  • the above-mentioned contents do not prevent the use of perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and its salt.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain a perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and a salt thereof, and a perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and a salt thereof within the maximum allowable range.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain a polymerization inhibitor.
  • the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis (3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), and the like. Examples thereof include 2,2'-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol) and N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salt, first cerium salt, etc.). Of these, p-methoxyphenol is preferable.
  • the content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.0001% by mass to 5% by mass.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicone-based surfactant can be used.
  • the surfactant the surfactant described in paragraphs 0238 to 0245 of International Publication No. 2015/166779 is mentioned, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
  • the surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based surfactant.
  • the liquid characteristics particularly, fluidity
  • the liquid saving property can be further improved. It is also possible to form a film having a small thickness unevenness.
  • the fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3% by mass to 40% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7% by mass to 25% by mass.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity of the thickness of the coating film and liquid saving, and has good solubility in the coloring composition.
  • fluorine-based surfactant examples include the surfactants described in paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of JP-A-2014-014318 (corresponding paragraphs 0060-0064 of International Publication No. 2014/017669) and the like, JP-A-2011-132503.
  • the surfactants described in paragraphs 0117 to 0132 of the publication are mentioned and their contents are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Commercially available products of fluorine-based surfactants include, for example, Megafax F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F-143, F-144.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant has a molecular structure having a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and an acrylic compound in which a portion of the functional group containing a fluorine atom is cut off and the fluorine atom volatilizes when heat is applied.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant include the Megafuck DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (The Chemical Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)), for example, Megafuck. DS-21 can be mentioned.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant the description in JP-A-2016-216602 can be referred to, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
  • a block polymer can also be used as the fluorine-based surfactant.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant has a repeating unit derived from a (meth) acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups) (meth).
  • a fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used.
  • the fluorine-containing surfactants described in paragraphs 0016 to 0037 of JP-A-2010-032698 and the following compounds are also exemplified as the fluorine-based surfactants used in the present disclosure.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the above compound is preferably 3,000 to 50,000, for example, 14,000.
  • % indicating the ratio of the repeating unit is mol%.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group in the side chain can also be used.
  • Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and paragraphs 0289 to 0295 of JP2010-164965, for example, Megafuck RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K, RS manufactured by DIC Corporation. -72-K and the like can be mentioned.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant the compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP-A-2015-117327 can also be used.
  • a fluorine atom-containing acrylic resin having an adamantane skeleton and an ethylenic double bond described in JP-A-2020-008634 can also be used. It is also preferable from the viewpoint of environmental regulation to use the surfactant described in International Publication No. 2020/088544 as a substitute for the surfactant having a perfluoroalkyl group having 6 or more carbon atoms. It is also preferable to use a fluorine-containing imide salt compound represented by the formula (fi-1) as a surfactant.
  • m represents 1 or 2
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 4
  • represents 1 or 2
  • X ⁇ + represents an ⁇ -valent metal ion, a primary ammonium ion, and the first.
  • nonionic surfactant examples include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, their ethoxylates and propoxylates (eg, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, and the like.
  • silicone-based surfactant examples include Torre Silicone DC3PA, Torre Silicone SH7PA, Torre Silicone DC11PA, Torre Silicone SH21PA, Torre Silicone SH28PA, Torre Silicone SH29PA, Torre Silicone SH30PA, Torre Silicone SH8400 (all, Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.). ), TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (above, manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials), KP-341, KF-6001, KF-6002 (above, Examples thereof include Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), BYK307, BYK323, BYK330 (all manufactured by Big Chemie) and the like. Further, as the silicone-based surfactant, a compound having the following structure can also be used.
  • the content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass, more preferably 0.005% by mass to 3.0% by mass.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure only one type of surfactant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain an ultraviolet absorber.
  • an ultraviolet absorber a conjugated diene compound, an aminodiene compound, a salicylate compound, a benzophenone compound, a benzotriazole compound, an acrylonitrile compound, a hydroxyphenyltriazine compound, an indole compound, a triazine compound and the like can be used.
  • the compounds described in paragraphs 0052 to 0072 of JP2012-208374A, paragraphs 0317 to 0334 of JP2013-066814, and paragraphs 0061 to 0080 of JP2016-162946 can be used. These contents are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Examples of commercially available ultraviolet absorbers include UV-503 (manufactured by Daito Kagaku Co., Ltd.).
  • Examples of the benzotriazole compound include the MYUA series (The Chemical Daily, February 1, 2016) manufactured by Miyoshi Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.
  • the ultraviolet absorber the compounds described in paragraphs 0049 to 0059 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967 can also be used.
  • the content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure only one kind of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more kinds may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain an antioxidant.
  • the antioxidant include a phenol compound, a phosphite ester compound, a thioether compound and the like.
  • the phenol compound any phenol compound known as a phenolic antioxidant can be used.
  • Preferred phenolic compounds include hindered phenolic compounds.
  • a compound having a substituent at a site (ortho position) adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group is preferable.
  • a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • a compound having a phenol group and a phosphite ester group in the same molecule is also preferable.
  • a phosphorus-based antioxidant can also be preferably used.
  • antioxidants include, for example, Adekastab AO-20, Adekastab AO-30, Adekastab AO-40, Adekastab AO-50, Adekastab AO-50F, Adekastab AO-60, Adekastab AO-60G, and Adekastab AO-80. , ADEKA STAB AO-330 (above, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) and the like. Further, as the antioxidant, the compounds described in paragraphs 0023 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967, the compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 10-2019-0059371, and the like can also be used.
  • the content of the antioxidant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.3% by mass to 15% by mass.
  • only one type of antioxidant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure is, if necessary, a sensitizer, a curing accelerator, a filler, a thermosetting accelerator, a plasticizer and other auxiliary agents (for example, conductive particles, a filler, a defoaming agent). , Flame retardant, leveling agent, peeling accelerator, fragrance, surface tension modifier, chain transfer agent, etc.) may be contained.
  • auxiliary agents for example, conductive particles, a filler, a defoaming agent.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain a latent antioxidant, if necessary.
  • the latent antioxidant is a compound whose site that functions as an antioxidant is protected by a protecting group and is heated at 100 ° C to 250 ° C or at 80 ° C to 200 ° C in the presence of an acid / base catalyst. Examples thereof include compounds in which the protecting group is desorbed by heating and the compound functions as an antioxidant. Examples of the latent antioxidant include compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and JP-A-2017-008219.
  • Examples of commercially available products of latent antioxidants include ADEKA ARKULS GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation). Further, as described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2018-155881, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129 may be added for the purpose of improving weather resistance.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain a metal oxide in order to adjust the refractive index of the obtained film.
  • the metal oxide include TiO 2 , ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , SiO 2 and the like.
  • the primary particle size of the metal oxide is preferably 1 nm to 100 nm, more preferably 3 nm to 70 nm, and particularly preferably 5 nm to 50 nm.
  • the metal oxide may have a core-shell structure. Further, in this case, the core portion may be hollow.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain a light resistance improving agent.
  • the light resistance improving agent include the compounds described in paragraphs 0036 to 0037 of JP-A-2017-198787, the compounds described in paragraphs 0029 to 0034 of JP-A-2017-146350, and paragraphs of JP-A-2017-129774.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure preferably has a free metal content of 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less, and further preferably 10 ppm or less, which is not bonded or coordinated with a pigment or the like. It is preferable, and it is particularly preferable that it is not substantially contained. According to this aspect, stabilization of pigment dispersibility (agglomeration suppression), improvement of spectral characteristics due to improvement of dispersibility, stabilization of curable components, suppression of conductivity fluctuation due to elution of metal atoms / metal ions, and display. Effects such as improvement of characteristics can be expected.
  • the types of free metals include Na, K, Ca, Sc, Ti, Mn, Cu, Zn, Fe, Cr, Co, Mg, Al, Sn, Zr, Ga, Ge, Ag, Au, Pt, and the like.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure preferably has a free halogen content of 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less, and 10 ppm or less, which is not bonded or coordinated with a pigment or the like. Is more preferable, and it is particularly preferable that the substance is not substantially contained.
  • the halogen include F, Cl, Br, I and their anions.
  • the method for reducing free metals and halogens in the coloring composition include washing with ion-exchanged water, filtration, ultrafiltration, and purification with an ion-exchange resin.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain a dye.
  • a Kochi dye can be used, and for example, the methine dye described in JP-A-2019-73695, the methine dye described in JP-A-2019-073696, and the methine dye described in JP-A-2019-73697. Examples of the methine dye of the above, the methine dye described in JP-A-2019-73698, and the like.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure may also use a dye multimer.
  • the dye multimer is preferably a dye that is used by dissolving it in a solvent. Further, the dye multimer may form particles.
  • the dye multimer When the dye multimer is a particle, it is usually used in a state of being dispersed in a solvent.
  • the dye multimer in the particle state can be obtained, for example, by emulsion polymerization, and the compounds and production methods described in JP-A-2015-214682 are specific examples.
  • the dye multimer has two or more dye structures in one molecule, and preferably has three or more dye structures.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but may be 100 or less.
  • the plurality of dye structures contained in one molecule may have the same dye structure or may have different dye structures.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye multimer is preferably 2,000 to 50,000.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 3,000 or more, and even more preferably 6,000 or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 30,000 or less, further preferably 20,000 or less.
  • the dye multimer is described in JP-A-2011-213925, JP-A-2013-041097, JP-A-2015-028144, JP-A-2015-030742, International Publication No. 2016/031442, and the like. Compounds can also be used.
  • the content of the dye is preferably less than the content of the pigment.
  • the dyes described in JP-T 2020-504758 can be used.
  • the phthalocyanine compound described in International Publication No. 2020/071486 can be used.
  • the phthalocyanine compound described in International Publication No. 2020/071470 can be used.
  • the squarylium dye described in JP-A-2020-075959 can be used.
  • the anthraquinone compound described in Korean Patent No. 10-2019-0140741 can be used.
  • the anthraquinone compound described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0140744 can be used.
  • the copper complex described in Korean Patent No. 10-2019-0135217 can be used.
  • the colorant described in JP-A-2020-07695 can be used.
  • the compound described in International Publication No. 2020/002106 can be used as a pigment, a dye, or a pigment derivative.
  • the azo compound described in JP-A-2020-09394 can be used.
  • the colorant described in JP-A-2020-083982 can be used.
  • the compound described in the formula (I) of International Publication No. 2020/105346 can be used.
  • the compounds shown in Special Table 2020-571791 can be used.
  • the triarylmethane polymer described in Korean Patent No. 10-2020-0028160 can be used.
  • the xanthene compound described in JP-A-2020-117638 can be used.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure is substantially free of terephthalic acid esters.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain an aromatic group-containing phosphonium salt described in JP-A-2020-079833.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain a low temperature dissociation type block polyisocyanate and a dissociation catalyst described in JP-A-2016-222891.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain the ultraviolet absorber described in International Publication No. 2020/137819.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain the ethylene compound described in JP-A-2019-014707.
  • the water content of the coloring composition according to the present disclosure is preferably 3% by mass or less, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 1.5% by mass, and 0.1% by mass to 1.0% by mass. % Is particularly preferable.
  • the water content can be measured by the Karl Fischer method.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure can be used by adjusting the viscosity for the purpose of adjusting the film surface (flatness, etc.), adjusting the film thickness, and the like.
  • the viscosity value can be appropriately selected as needed, but for example, at 23 ° C., 0.3 mPa ⁇ s to 50 mPa ⁇ s is preferable, and 0.5 mPa ⁇ s to 20 mPa ⁇ s is more preferable.
  • a viscometer RE85L rotor: 1 ° 34' ⁇ R24, measuring range 0.6 to 1,200 mPa ⁇ s
  • Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd. is used, and the temperature is adjusted to 23 ° C. Can be measured in the state of being applied.
  • the voltage retention rate of the liquid crystal display element provided with the color filter is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 90% or more. preferable.
  • Known means for obtaining a high voltage holding ratio can be appropriately incorporated, and typical means include the use of a high-purity material (for example, reduction of ionic impurities) and control of the amount of acid groups in the composition.
  • the voltage retention rate can be measured by, for example, the method described in paragraph 0243 of JP2011-008004A, paragraphs 0123 to 0129 of JP2012-224847A.
  • the container for containing the colored composition according to the present disclosure is not particularly limited, and a known container can be used.
  • a storage container a multi-layer bottle having a container inner wall made of 6 types and 6 layers of resin and a bottle having 6 types of resin having a 7-layer structure for the purpose of suppressing impurities from being mixed into raw materials or coloring compositions. It is also preferable to use. Examples of such a container include the container described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-123351.
  • the inner wall of the storage container is preferably made of glass or stainless steel for the purpose of preventing metal elution from the inner wall of the container, improving the storage stability of the composition, and suppressing the deterioration of the components.
  • the storage conditions of the coloring composition according to the present disclosure are not particularly limited, and conventionally known methods can be used. Further, the method described in JP-A-2016-180058 can also be used.
  • the coloring composition according to the present disclosure can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components.
  • all the components may be dissolved and / or dispersed in a solvent at the same time to prepare a coloring composition, or each component may be appropriately used as two or more solutions or dispersions, if necessary. Then, these may be mixed at the time of use (at the time of application) to prepare a coloring composition.
  • the mechanical force used for dispersing the pigment includes compression, squeezing, impact, shearing, cavitation and the like.
  • Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high pressure wet atomization, ultrasonic dispersion and the like.
  • the process and disperser for dispersing pigments are "Dispersion Technology Taizen, published by Information Organization Co., Ltd., July 15, 2005" and "Dispersion technology and industrial application centered on suspension (solid / liquid dispersion system)". The process and disperser described in paragraph 0022 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No.
  • the particles may be miniaturized in the salt milling step.
  • the materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt milling step for example, the descriptions in JP-A-2015-194521 and JP-A-2012-046629 can be referred to.
  • any filter that has been conventionally used for filtration or the like can be used without particular limitation.
  • a fluororesin such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), a polyamide resin such as nylon (for example, nylon-6, nylon-6,6), and a polyolefin resin such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP) (high density, ultrahigh molecular weight).
  • PP polypropylene
  • a filter using a material such as (including a polyolefin resin) can be mentioned.
  • polypropylene (including high-density polypropylene) and nylon are preferable.
  • the pore diameter of the filter is preferably 0.01 ⁇ m to 7.0 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.01 ⁇ m to 3.0 ⁇ m, and even more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m to 0.5 ⁇ m. If the pore diameter of the filter is within the above range, fine foreign matter can be removed more reliably.
  • the nominal value of the filter manufacturer can be referred to.
  • various filters provided by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd. (DFA4201NIEY, etc.), Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd., Nippon Entegris Co., Ltd. (formerly Nippon Microlith Co., Ltd.), KITZ Microfilter Co., Ltd., etc. can be used.
  • a fiber-like filter medium As the filter.
  • the fiber-like filter medium include polypropylene fiber, nylon fiber, glass fiber and the like.
  • examples of commercially available products include SBP type series (SBP008, etc.), TPR type series (TPR002, TPR005, etc.) and SHPX type series (SHPX003, etc.) manufactured by Roki Techno Co., Ltd.
  • filters for example, a first filter and a second filter
  • the filtration with each filter may be performed only once or twice or more.
  • filters having different pore diameters may be combined within the above-mentioned range.
  • the filtration with the first filter may be performed only on the dispersion liquid, and after mixing the other components, the filtration may be performed with the second filter.
  • the cured product according to the present disclosure is a cured product obtained by curing the coloring composition according to the present disclosure. Further, it may be dried before curing to remove at least a part of the solvent contained in the coloring composition, and then cured to form a cured product.
  • the cured product according to the present disclosure can be suitably used for a color filter or the like. Specifically, it can be preferably used as a colored layer (pixel) of a color filter, and more specifically, it can be preferably used as a red colored layer (red pixel) of a color filter.
  • the cured product according to the present disclosure is preferably a film-like cured product, and the film thickness thereof can be appropriately adjusted according to the intended purpose.
  • the film thickness is preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more, still more preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or more.
  • the color filter according to the present disclosure includes the cured product according to the present disclosure described above. More preferably, the pixel of the color filter has a cured film according to the present disclosure.
  • the color filter according to the present disclosure can be used for a solid-state image pickup device such as a CCD (charge-coupled device) or CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor), an image display device, or the like.
  • the film thickness according to the present disclosure can be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose.
  • the film thickness is preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more, still more preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or more.
  • the color filter according to the present disclosure preferably has a pixel width of 0.5 ⁇ m to 20.0 ⁇ m.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 1.0 ⁇ m or more, and particularly preferably 2.0 ⁇ m or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 15.0 ⁇ m or less, and particularly preferably 10.0 ⁇ m or less.
  • the Young's modulus of the pixel is preferably 0.5 GPa to 20 GPa, more preferably 2.5 GPa to 15 GPa.
  • each pixel included in the color filter according to the present disclosure has high flatness.
  • the surface roughness Ra of the pixel is preferably 100 nm or less, more preferably 40 nm or less, and further preferably 15 nm or less.
  • the lower limit is not specified, but it is preferably 0.1 nm or more, for example.
  • the surface roughness of the pixel can be measured using, for example, an AFM (atomic force microscope) Measurement 3100 manufactured by Veeco.
  • the contact angle of water on the pixel can be appropriately set to a preferable value, but is typically in the range of 50 ° to 110 °.
  • the contact angle can be measured using, for example, a contact angle meter CV-DT ⁇ A type (manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.). Further, it is preferable that the volume resistance value of the pixel is high. Specifically, the volume resistance value of the pixel is preferably 109 ⁇ ⁇ cm or more, and more preferably 10 11 ⁇ ⁇ cm or more. The upper limit is not specified, but it is preferably 10 14 ⁇ ⁇ cm or less, for example. The volume resistance value of the pixel can be measured using, for example, an ultra-high resistance meter 5410 (manufactured by Advantest).
  • the color filter according to the present disclosure may be provided with a protective layer on the surface of the film according to the present disclosure.
  • a protective layer By providing the protective layer, various functions such as oxygen blocking, low reflection, prohydrophobicity, and shielding of light of a specific wavelength (ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.) can be imparted.
  • the thickness of the protective layer is preferably 0.01 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.1 ⁇ m to 5 ⁇ m.
  • Examples of the method for forming the protective layer include a method of applying a resin composition dissolved in an organic solvent to form the protective layer, a chemical vapor deposition method, and a method of attaching a molded resin with an adhesive.
  • the components constituting the protective layer include (meth) acrylic resin, en-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, and polyimide.
  • Resin polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, polyol resin, polyvinylidene chloride resin, melamine resin, urethane resin, aramid resin, polyamide resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin, modified silicone resin, fluorine Examples thereof include resins, polycarbonate resins, polyacrylonitrile resins, cellulose resins, Si, C, W, Al 2 O 3 , Mo, SiO 2 , Si 2 N 4 , and the like, and two or more of these components may be contained.
  • the protective layer in the case of a protective layer for the purpose of blocking oxygen, it is preferable that the protective layer contains a polyol resin, SiO 2 , and Si 2 N 4 . Further, in the case of a protective layer for the purpose of reducing reflection, it is preferable that the protective layer contains a (meth) acrylic resin and a fluororesin.
  • a known method such as a spin coating method, a casting method, a screen printing method, or an inkjet method can be used as the application method of the resin composition.
  • a known organic solvent for example, propylene glycol 1-monomethyl ether 2-acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl lactate, etc.
  • the protective layer is formed by the chemical vapor deposition method
  • the known chemical vapor deposition method thermochemical vapor deposition method, plasma chemical vapor deposition method, photochemical vapor deposition method
  • the chemical vapor deposition method is used as the chemical vapor deposition method. Can be used.
  • the protective layer is added with organic particles, inorganic particles, an absorber for light of a specific wavelength (for example, ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.), a refractive index adjusting agent, an antioxidant, an adhesive, a surfactant, and the like. It may contain an agent.
  • organic particles and inorganic particles include, for example, polymer particles (eg, silicone resin particles, polystyrene particles, melamine resin particles), titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium oxide, aluminum oxide, titanium nitride, oxynitride. Examples thereof include titanium, magnesium fluoride, hollow silica, silica, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate and the like.
  • the absorber of light having a specific wavelength a known absorber can be used.
  • the content of these additives can be adjusted as appropriate, but is preferably 0.1% by mass to 70% by mass, more preferably 1% by mass to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the protective layer.
  • the protective layer described in paragraphs 0073 to 0092 of JP-A-2017-151176 can also be used.
  • the color filter may have a base layer.
  • the base layer can also be formed, for example, by using a composition obtained by removing a colorant such as a pigment from the above-mentioned coloring composition according to the present disclosure.
  • the surface contact angle of the base layer is preferably 20 ° to 70 ° when measured with diiodomethane. Further, it is preferably 30 ° to 80 ° when measured with water. When the surface contact angle of the base layer is within the above range, the coating property of the coloring composition is good.
  • the surface contact angle of the base layer can be adjusted by, for example, adding a surfactant.
  • the method for producing a color filter includes a step of forming a coloring composition layer on a support using the coloring composition according to the present disclosure described above, and a pattern on the coloring composition layer by a photolithography method or a dry etching method. It can be manufactured through the forming process. Since the coloring composition according to the present disclosure can also suppress the generation of development residues, it is particularly effective in the case of producing a color filter by forming a pattern on the coloring composition layer by a photolithography method.
  • This production method includes a step of forming a colored composition layer on a support using the colored composition according to the present disclosure, a step of exposing the colored composition layer in a pattern, and an unexposed portion of the colored composition layer. It is preferable to include a step of developing and removing the above to form a pattern (pixel). If necessary, a step of baking the colored composition layer (pre-baking step) and a step of baking the developed pattern (pixels) (post-baking step) may be provided.
  • the coloring composition layer according to the present disclosure is used to form the coloring composition layer on the support.
  • the support is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the intended use. Examples thereof include a glass substrate and a silicon substrate, and a silicon substrate is preferable. Further, a charge-coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, or the like may be formed on the silicon substrate. Further, a black matrix that separates each pixel may be formed on the silicon substrate. Further, the silicon substrate may be provided with a base layer for improving the adhesion with the upper layer, preventing the diffusion of substances, or flattening the surface of the substrate.
  • the underlayer may be formed by using a composition obtained by removing the coloring agent from the coloring composition described in the present specification, a composition containing the resin, the polymerizable compound, the surfactant and the like described in the present specification, and the like. good.
  • a known method can be used as a method for applying the coloring composition.
  • a drop method drop cast
  • a slit coat method a spray method
  • a roll coat method a rotary coating method
  • spin coating a cast coating method
  • a slit and spin method a pre-wet method (for example, JP-A-2009-145395).
  • Methods described in the publication Inkjet (for example, on-demand method, piezo method, thermal method), ejection system printing such as nozzle jet, flexographic printing, screen printing, gravure printing, reverse offset printing, metal mask printing, etc.
  • Various printing methods; transfer method using a mold or the like; nano-imprint method and the like can be mentioned.
  • the method of application in inkjet is not particularly limited, and is, for example, the method shown in "Expandable / usable inkjet-infinite possibilities seen in patents-, published in February 2005, Sumi Betechno Research" (especially from page 115). Page 133), JP-A-2003-262716, JP-A-2003-185831, JP-A-2003-261827, JP-A-2012-126830, JP-A-2006-169325, and the like. Can be mentioned. Further, regarding the method of applying the coloring composition, the description of International Publication No. 2017/030174 and International Publication No. 2017/018419 can be referred to, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the colored composition layer formed on the support may be dried (prebaked).
  • prebaking may not be performed.
  • the prebake temperature is preferably 150 ° C. or lower, more preferably 120 ° C. or lower, still more preferably 110 ° C. or lower.
  • the lower limit can be, for example, 50 ° C. or higher, or 80 ° C. or higher.
  • the prebake time is preferably 10 seconds to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 seconds to 250 seconds, still more preferably 80 seconds to 220 seconds.
  • Pre-baking can be performed on a hot plate, an oven, or the like.
  • the colored composition layer is exposed in a pattern (exposure step).
  • the colored composition layer can be exposed in a pattern by exposing the colored composition layer through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern using a stepper exposure machine, a scanner exposure machine, or the like. As a result, the exposed portion can be cured.
  • Examples of radiation (light) that can be used for exposure include g-line and i-line. Further, light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light having a wavelength of 180 nm to 300 nm) can also be used. Examples of the light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF line (wavelength 248 nm), ArF line (wavelength 193 nm) and the like, and KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) is preferable. Further, a long wave light source having a diameter of 300 nm or more can also be used.
  • pulse exposure is an exposure method of a method in which light irradiation and pause are repeated in a cycle of a short time (for example, a millisecond level or less).
  • the irradiation amount is, for example, preferably 0.03 J / cm 2 to 2.5 J / cm 2 , and more preferably 0.05 J / cm 2 to 1.0 J / cm 2 .
  • the oxygen concentration at the time of exposure can be appropriately selected, and in addition to the operation in the atmosphere, for example, in a low oxygen atmosphere having an oxygen concentration of 19% by volume or less (for example, 15% by volume, 5% by volume, or substantially). It may be exposed in an oxygen-free environment), or may be exposed in a high oxygen atmosphere (for example, 22% by volume, 30% by volume, or 50% by volume) in which the oxygen concentration exceeds 21% by volume.
  • the exposure illuminance can be appropriately set, preferably 1,000 W / m 2 to 100,000 W / m 2 (for example, 5,000 W / m 2 , 15,000 W / m 2 , or 35, It can be selected from the range of 000 W / m 2 ).
  • the oxygen concentration and the exposure illuminance may be appropriately combined with each other, and for example, the illuminance may be 10,000 W / m 2 when the oxygen concentration is 10% by volume, the illuminance may be 20,000 W / m 2 when the oxygen concentration is 35% by volume, and the like.
  • the unexposed portion of the coloring composition layer is developed and removed to form a pattern (pixel).
  • the development and removal of the unexposed portion of the coloring composition layer can be performed using a developing solution.
  • the colored composition layer of the unexposed portion in the exposure step is eluted in the developing solution, and only the photocured portion remains.
  • the developing solution an organic alkaline developing solution that does not cause damage to the underlying element or circuit is preferable.
  • the temperature of the developer is preferably, for example, 20 ° C to 30 ° C.
  • the development time is preferably 20 seconds to 180 seconds. Further, in order to improve the residue removability, the steps of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and supplying a new developer may be repeated several times.
  • Examples of the developing solution include organic solvents and alkaline developing solutions, and alkaline developing solutions are preferably used.
  • the alkaline developer an alkaline aqueous solution (alkaline developer) obtained by diluting an alkaline agent with pure water is preferable.
  • the alkaline agent include ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, diglycolamine, diethanolamine, hydroxyamine, ethylenediamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, and tetrabutylammonium hydroxide.
  • Ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide Ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, dimethylbis (2-hydroxyethyl) ammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] -7-undecene and other organic substances.
  • alkaline compounds examples include alkaline compounds and inorganic alkaline compounds such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, sodium silicate and sodium metasilicate.
  • the alkaline agent a compound having a large molecular weight is preferable in terms of environment and safety.
  • the concentration of the alkaline agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 1% by mass.
  • the developer may further contain a surfactant.
  • the surfactant include the above-mentioned surfactants, and nonionic surfactants are preferable.
  • the developer may be once produced as a concentrated solution and diluted to a concentration required for use.
  • the dilution ratio is not particularly limited, but can be set in the range of, for example, 1.5 to 100 times. It is also preferable to wash (rinse) with pure water after development.
  • the rinsing is performed by supplying the rinsing liquid to the developed colored composition layer while rotating the support on which the developed colored composition layer is formed. It is also preferable to move the nozzle for discharging the rinse liquid from the central portion of the support to the peripheral edge of the support. At this time, when moving the nozzle from the central portion of the support to the peripheral portion, the nozzle may be moved while gradually reducing the moving speed. By rinsing in this way, in-plane variation of the rinse can be suppressed. Further, the same effect can be obtained by gradually reducing the rotation speed of the support while moving the nozzle from the central portion of the support to the peripheral portion.
  • Additional exposure processing and post-baking are post-development curing treatments to complete the curing.
  • the heating temperature in the post-bake is, for example, preferably 100 ° C to 240 ° C, more preferably 200 to 240 ° C.
  • Post-baking can be performed on the developed film in a continuous or batch manner using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation type dryer), or a high frequency heater so as to meet the above conditions. ..
  • the light used for the exposure is preferably light having a wavelength of 400 nm or less. Further, the additional exposure process may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.
  • the pattern formation by the dry etching method is a step of forming a colored composition layer on a support using the colored composition according to the present disclosure and curing the entire colored composition layer to form a cured product layer.
  • the photoresist layer it is preferable to further perform a prebaking treatment.
  • a prebaking treatment it is desirable to carry out a heat treatment after exposure and a heat treatment (post-baking treatment) after development.
  • a heat treatment after exposure and a heat treatment (post-baking treatment) after development.
  • the description in paragraphs 0010 to 0067 of JP2013-064993 can be referred to, and this content is incorporated in the present specification.
  • the solid-state image sensor according to the present disclosure preferably has the cured product according to the present disclosure and preferably has the color filter according to the present disclosure described above.
  • the configuration of the solid-state image pickup device according to the present disclosure is not particularly limited as long as it includes the film according to the present disclosure and functions as a solid-state image pickup device, and examples thereof include the following configurations.
  • a solid-state image sensor CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor, CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor) image sensor, etc.
  • a transfer electrode made of polysilicon or the like.
  • the color filter may have a structure in which each colored pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by a partition wall, for example, in a grid pattern.
  • the partition wall preferably has a lower refractive index than each colored pixel. Examples of the image pickup apparatus having such a structure are described in JP-A-2012-227478, JP-A-2014-179757, International Publication No. 2018/043654, and US Patent Application Publication No.
  • the image pickup device provided with the solid-state image pickup device according to the present disclosure can be used not only for digital cameras and electronic devices having an image pickup function (mobile phones and the like), but also for in-vehicle cameras and surveillance cameras. Further, as described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2019-21159, the solid-state image sensor according to the present disclosure is provided with an ultraviolet absorbing layer (UV cut filter) in the structure of the solid-state image sensor to withstand light of a color filter. The sex may be improved.
  • UV cut filter ultraviolet absorbing layer
  • the image display device according to the present disclosure preferably has the cured product according to the present disclosure and preferably has the color filter according to the present disclosure described above.
  • Examples of the image display device include a liquid crystal display device and an organic electroluminescence display device.
  • liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd., published in 1994)".
  • the liquid crystal display device to which the present disclosure is applicable is not particularly limited, and can be applied to, for example, various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above-mentioned "next-generation liquid crystal display technology".
  • the compound according to the present disclosure is a compound represented by the following formula 1.
  • the compound represented by the following formula 1 can be suitably used as a dispersant for dispersing the pigment.
  • M represents two hydrogen atoms or a metal atom to which a counter ion or an oxygen atom may be bonded
  • aromatic rings A to D each independently have a substituent. May represent an aromatic ring or a heteroaromatic ring, at least one of the aromatic rings A to D is a structure represented by the formula 2, where X 1 represents a nitrogen atom or CR 1 and X 2 is a nitrogen atom or CR 2 is represented, X 3 represents a nitrogen atom or CR 3 , and R 1 to R 3 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or -OR 4- (NR 5 R 6 ) n , and R 4 Represents an n + 1 valent linking group, R 5 and R 6 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R 2 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , and R 5 and R 6 bond to each other.
  • n independently represents an integer of 1 to 5, and the two carbon-carbon bonds represented by * are common to the nitrogen-containing 5-membered aromatic ring in Equation 1.
  • the structure represented by the formula 2 is 6 even if R 1 and R 2 are bonded so as to be at the 3rd and 4th positions of the phthalocyanine structure. They may be combined so as to be in the positions of the 5th position and the 5th position.
  • % and “part” mean “% by mass” and “part by mass”, respectively, unless otherwise specified.
  • the molecular weight is the weight average molecular weight (Mw), and the ratio of the constituent units is the molar percentage, except for those specified specifically.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is a value measured as a polystyrene-equivalent value by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method.
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • A-1 to A-23 which are the compounds represented by the formula 1 used in the examples, are the same compounds as the above-mentioned A-1 to A-23, respectively.
  • Viscosity> Using an E-type viscometer, the viscosity of the dispersion at 25 ° C. was measured under the condition of a rotation speed of 1,000 rpm (revolutions per minute), and evaluated according to the following criteria.
  • C More than 30 mPa ⁇ s
  • ⁇ Kneading and polishing treatment conditions 5.3 parts by mass of pigment, 74.7 parts by mass of grinding agent and 14 parts by mass of binder were added to Laboplast Mill (manufactured by Toyo Seiki Seisakusho Co., Ltd.) to bring the temperature of the kneaded product in the apparatus to 70 ° C. The temperature was controlled so as to be, and the mixture was kneaded for 2 hours.
  • the pigment the material described in the column of the type of green pigment described in Table 2 or Table 3 or the material described in the column of yellow pigment described in Table 2 or Table 3 was used.
  • Diethylene glycol was used as the binder.
  • the kneaded product after kneading and polishing was washed with 10,000 parts by mass of water at 24 ° C. to remove the grinding agent and the binder, and treated in a heating oven at 80 ° C. for 24 hours.
  • Green pigment (G pigment)> PG36: C.I. I. Pigment Green 36, a green pigment having a phthalocyanine ring structure
  • PG58 C.I. I. Pigment Green 58, a green pigment with a phthalocyanine ring structure
  • D4 Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value added to the side chain is the number of repeating units.
  • D9 DISPERBYK-142 (manufactured by BYK Chemie)
  • Viscosity> The viscosity of the colored composition at 25 ° C. was measured using an E-type viscometer under the condition of a rotation speed of 1,000 rpm, and evaluated according to the following criteria.
  • Each coloring composition was spin-coated on a glass substrate so that the film thickness after post-baking was 0.6 ⁇ m, dried on a hot plate at 100 ° C. for 120 seconds, and then further 300 using a hot plate at 200 ° C.
  • a film was formed by heat treatment (post-baking) for 2 seconds.
  • a glass substrate on which a film was formed was subjected to an ultraviolet-visible near-infrared spectrophotometer U-4100 (manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation) (ref. (Reference); glass substrate) with a wavelength of 300 nm to 1,000 nm. The light transmittance in the range was measured.
  • T (Tmin / Tmax) x 100 (%)
  • Tmax Maximum transmittance at wavelengths of 500 nm to 600 nm
  • Tmin Minimum transmittance at wavelengths of 620 nm to 730 nm
  • evaluation criteria A: T ⁇ 10 B: 10 ⁇ T ⁇ 20 C: 20 ⁇ T ⁇ 30 D: 30 ⁇ T
  • the transmittance (spectroscopy 1) in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm was measured using a microscopic system (LVmicro V, manufactured by Lambda Vision Co., Ltd.). Then, the glass wafer on which the green pixel, the blue pixel and the red pixel were formed was heated at 260 ° C. for 5 minutes using a hot plate in an air atmosphere, and then the microscopic system (LVmicro V, Lambdavision) was applied to the blue pixel and the red pixel.
  • the transmittance (spectroscopic 2) in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm was measured using (manufactured by Co., Ltd.).
  • the maximum value of the amount of change in the transmittance was obtained using the spectra 1 and 2 of the blue pixels and the red pixels, and the color mixing was evaluated according to the following criteria.
  • the transmittance was measured 5 times for each sample, and the average value of the results of 3 times excluding the maximum value and the minimum value was adopted.
  • the maximum value of the change amount of the transmittance means the change amount of the red pixel or the blue pixel before and after heating at the wavelength where the change amount of the transmittance is the largest in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm.
  • A The maximum value of the change in transmittance is less than 3%.
  • B The maximum value of the change in transmittance is 3% or more and less than 4%.
  • C The maximum value of the change in transmittance is 4% or more and less than 5%.
  • D The maximum value of the change in transmittance is 5% or more.
  • M1 to M3 The following compounds M4: Succinic acid-modified dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (acid value: 67 mgKOH / g) M5 and M6: The following compounds
  • W2 KF-6001, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., both-terminal carbinol-modified polydimethylsiloxane, hydroxyl value 62 mgKOH / g
  • UV1 and UV2 The following compounds
  • EHPE3150 manufactured by Daicel Corporation, 1,2-epoxy-4- (2-oxylanyl) cyclohexane adduct of 2,2-bis (hydroxymethyl) -1-butanol.
  • the coloring compositions of Examples were superior in dispersibility of pigments and spectral characteristics of the obtained film as compared with the coloring compositions of Comparative Examples. Further, as shown in Tables 4 to 7, the coloring compositions of Examples were excellent in heat-resistant diffusivity. Further, in Example 1, the same result can be obtained even if the surfactant is removed. Further, in Example 1, the same result can be obtained even if the polymerization inhibitor is removed.
  • Example 201 Fabrication of solid-state image sensor
  • the colored composition of Example 1 was applied onto a silicon wafer by a spin coating method so that the film thickness after film formation was 0.4 ⁇ m. Then, using a hot plate, it was heated at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes. Next, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5 + (manufactured by Canon Inc.), exposure was performed at 1,000 mJ / cm 2 via a mask with a 1.0 ⁇ m square dot pattern. Then, paddle development was performed at 23 ° C. for 60 seconds using a 0.3% by mass aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH).
  • TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
  • Example 1 a pattern formed by curing the coloring composition of Example 1 was formed on a silicon wafer by heating at 200 ° C. for 5 minutes using a hot plate.
  • the following Red composition and the following Blue composition were sequentially patterned to form red, green and blue coloring patterns (Bayer patterns).
  • the Bayer pattern is a red element, two green elements, and one blue element as disclosed in US Pat. No. 3,971,065.
  • the obtained color filter was incorporated into a solid-state image sensor according to a known method. It was confirmed that no matter which of the coloring compositions prepared in the examples was used, the solid-state image sensor was excellent in adhesion in the cured film, and a solid-state image sensor having suitable image recognition ability was obtained.
  • the Red composition and Blue composition used in Example 201 are as follows.
  • Red pigment dispersion 51.7 parts by mass Resin 4 (40% by mass PGMEA solution): 0.6 parts by mass Polymerizable compound 4: 0.6 parts by mass Photopolymerization initiator 1: 0.3 parts by mass Surfactant 1 : 4.2 parts by mass PGMEA: 42.6 parts by mass
  • Blue pigment dispersion 44.9 parts by mass Resin 4 (40% by mass PGMEA solution): 2.1 parts by mass Polymerizable compound 1: 1.5 parts by mass Polymerizable compound 4: 0.7 parts by mass Photopolymerization initiator 1 : 0.8 parts by mass Surface active agent 1: 4.2 parts by mass PGMEA: 45.8 parts by mass
  • the raw materials used for the Red composition and the Blue composition are as follows.
  • -Red pigment dispersion liquid C. I. Pigment Red 254 in 9.6 parts by mass, C.I. I. A mixture consisting of 4.3 parts by mass of Pigment Yellow 139, 6.8 parts by mass of a dispersant (DISPERBYK-161, manufactured by BYK Chemie), and 79.3 parts by mass of PGMEA is mixed with a bead mill (zirconia beads 0.3 mm diameter). ) Was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours to prepare a pigment dispersion.
  • DISPERBYK-161 manufactured by BYK Chemie
  • a high-pressure disperser with a decompression mechanism NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) was used to carry out a dispersion treatment at a flow rate of 500 g / min under a pressure of 2,000 kg / cm 3 . This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain a Red pigment dispersion liquid.
  • -Blue pigment dispersion liquid C. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6 in 9.7 parts by mass, C.I. I.
  • a mixture consisting of 2.4 parts by mass of Pigment Violet 23, 5.5 parts of dispersant (DISPERBYK-161, manufactured by BYK Chemie) and 82.4 parts of PGMEA was prepared by a bead mill (zirconia beads 0.3 mm diameter).
  • a pigment dispersion was prepared by time mixing and dispersion. After that, a high-pressure disperser with a decompression mechanism NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) was used to carry out a dispersion treatment at a flow rate of 500 g / min under a pressure of 2,000 kg / cm 3 . This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain a Blue pigment dispersion liquid.
  • Polymerizable compound 1 KAYARAD DPHA (mixture of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
  • Polymerizable compound 4 The following structure

Abstract

Provided are: a coloring composition containing a pigment, a compound represented by formula 1, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator; a cured product from the coloring composition; a color filter, solid state imaging element, and image display device, each provided with the cured product; and a compound represented by formula 1. M represents two hydrogen atoms, or a metal atom to which a counterion or oxygen atom may be bonded; at least one of the aromatic rings A-D is a structure given by formula 2; X1 represents a nitrogen atom or CR1; X2 represents a nitrogen atom or CR2; X3 represents a nitrogen atom or CR3; R1-R3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, or -O-R4-(NR5R6)n; R4 represents an n + 1-valent linker group; R5 and R6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent; and n represents an integer from 1-5.

Description

着色組成物、硬化物、カラーフィルタ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置、並びに、化合物Coloring compositions, cured products, color filters, solid-state image sensors, image display devices, and compounds.
 本開示は、着色組成物、硬化物、カラーフィルタ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置、並びに、化合物に関する。 The present disclosure relates to a coloring composition, a cured product, a color filter, a solid-state image sensor, an image display device, and a compound.
 カラーフィルタは、固体撮像素子又は画像表示装置に不可欠な構成部品である。
 カラーフィルタは、通常、赤、緑及び青の3原色の画素を備えており、透過光を3原色へ分解する役割を果たしている。
 カラーフィルタの各色画素は、着色剤と重合性化合物と光重合開始剤とを含む着色組成物を用いて製造されている。着色剤としては、フタロシアニン化合物などが知られている。フタロシアニン化合物としては、例えば、特許文献1~3に記載されたものが知られている。
A color filter is an indispensable component of a solid-state image sensor or an image display device.
A color filter usually includes pixels of the three primary colors of red, green, and blue, and plays a role of decomposing transmitted light into the three primary colors.
Each color pixel of the color filter is manufactured by using a coloring composition containing a coloring agent, a polymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator. As a colorant, a phthalocyanine compound and the like are known. As the phthalocyanine compound, for example, those described in Patent Documents 1 to 3 are known.
  特許文献1:特開平6-328856号公報
  特許文献2:特開平9-279050号公報
  特許文献3:特開2016-124888号公報
Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6-328856 Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 9-279050 Patent Document 3: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-124888
 本開示に係る実施形態が解決しようとする課題は、顔料の分散性、及び、得られる膜の分光特性に優れる着色組成物を提供することである。
 また、本開示に係る他の実施形態が解決しようとする課題は、上記着色組成物の硬化物、上記硬化物を備えるカラーフィルタ、又は、上記カラーフィルタを備える固体撮像素子若しくは画像表示装置を提供することである。
 更に、本開示に係る他の実施形態が解決しようとする課題は、新規な化合物を提供することである。
An object to be solved by the embodiment according to the present disclosure is to provide a coloring composition excellent in dispersibility of a pigment and spectral characteristics of the obtained film.
Further, a problem to be solved by another embodiment according to the present disclosure is to provide a cured product of the coloring composition, a color filter including the cured product, or a solid-state image sensor or an image display device including the color filter. It is to be.
Further, a problem to be solved by other embodiments according to the present disclosure is to provide a novel compound.
 上記課題を解決するための手段には、以下の態様が含まれる。
<1>顔料、下記式1で表される化合物、重合性化合物、及び、重合開始剤を含む着色組成物。
The means for solving the above problems include the following aspects.
<1> A coloring composition containing a pigment, a compound represented by the following formula 1, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 式1及び式2中、Mは、2つの水素原子、又は、対イオン若しくは酸素原子が結合していてもよい金属原子を表し、芳香環A~Dはそれぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい芳香環又は複素芳香環を表し、芳香環A~Dの少なくとも1つは、式2で表される構造であり、Xは窒素原子又はCRを表し、Xは窒素原子又はCRを表し、Xは窒素原子又はCRを表し、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は-O-R-(NRを表し、Rは、n+1価の連結基を表し、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表し、R及びR、R及びR、並びに、R及びRは互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよく、nはそれぞれ独立に、1~5の整数を表し、2つの*で示された炭素-炭素結合は、式1における含窒素5員芳香環と共通する炭素-炭素結合を表し、各芳香環A~Dにおいて、式2で表される構造は、R及びRがフタロシアニン構造の3位及び4位の位置となるように結合しても、6位及び5位の位置となるように結合してもよい。 In formulas 1 and 2, M represents two hydrogen atoms or a metal atom to which a counter ion or an oxygen atom may be bonded, and aromatic rings A to D each independently have a substituent. May represent an aromatic ring or a heteroaromatic ring, at least one of the aromatic rings A to D is a structure represented by the formula 2, where X 1 represents a nitrogen atom or CR 1 and X 2 is a nitrogen atom or CR 2 is represented, X 3 represents a nitrogen atom or CR 3 , and R 1 to R 3 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or -OR 4- (NR 5 R 6 ) n , and R 4 Represents an n + 1 valent linking group, R 5 and R 6 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R 2 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , and R 5 and R 6 bond to each other. Each of n independently represents an integer of 1 to 5, and the two carbon-carbon bonds represented by * are common to the nitrogen-containing 5-membered aromatic ring in Equation 1. Representing a carbon-carbon bond, in each of the aromatic rings A to D, the structure represented by the formula 2 is 6 even if R 1 and R 2 are bonded so as to be at the 3rd and 4th positions of the phthalocyanine structure. They may be combined so as to be in the positions of the 5th position and the 5th position.
<2> 上記式2におけるR~Rの全てが、ハロゲン原子である<1>に記載の着色組成物。
<3> 上記式2におけるR~Rの全てが、塩素原子である<2>に記載の着色組成物。
<4> 上記式2におけるnが1であり、Rが、下記式3で表される連結基である<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物。
<2> The coloring composition according to <1>, wherein all of R 1 to R 3 in the above formula 2 are halogen atoms.
<3> The coloring composition according to <2>, wherein all of R 1 to R 3 in the above formula 2 are chlorine atoms.
<4> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein n in the above formula 2 is 1 and R 4 is a linking group represented by the following formula 3.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 式3中、Rは、単結合又は二価の連結基を表し、Rは、二価の脂肪族炭化水素基を表し、#は、式2における酸素原子との結合位置を表し、##は、式2における窒素原子との結合位置を表す。 In formula 3, R 7 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, R 8 represents a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group, # represents a bond position with an oxygen atom in formula 2, and # # Represents the bond position with the nitrogen atom in Equation 2.
<5> 上記式2におけるR及びRがそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は脂肪族炭化水素基である<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物。
<6> 上記式1におけるMが、Cu、Zn、Fe、Mg又はAlである<1>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物。
<7> 上記式1におけるMが、Cuである<6>に記載の着色組成物。
<8> 上記式2で表される基における窒素原子の共役酸のpKaが、7を超える値である<1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物。
<9> 上記顔料が、緑色顔料を含む<1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物。
<10> 上記緑色顔料が、C.I.Pigment Green 36、C.I.Pigment Green 58、及び、C.I.Pigment Green 63よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含む<9>に記載の着色組成物。
<11> 上記顔料が、黄色顔料を更に含む<9>又は<10>に記載の着色組成物。
<12> 上記黄色顔料が、C.I.Pigment Yellow 129、C.I.Pigment Yellow 138、C.I.Pigment Yellow 139、C.I.Pigment Yellow 150、C.I.Pigment Yellow 185、C.I.Pigment Yellow 213、及び、C.I.Pigment Yellow 215よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含む<11>に記載の着色組成物。
<13> 上記式1で表される化合物の含有量が、着色組成物の全固形分に対し、3質量%以上である<1>~<12>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物。
<14> 上記式1で表される化合物の含有量が、上記顔料の含有量100質量部に対し、1質量部~50質量部である、<1>~<13>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物。
<15> <1>~<14>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物を硬化してなる硬化物。
<16> <15>に記載の硬化物を備えるカラーフィルタ。
<17> <16>に記載のカラーフィルタを有する固体撮像素子。
<18> <16>に記載のカラーフィルタを有する画像表示装置。
<19> 下記式1で表される化合物。
<5> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein R 5 and R 6 in the above formula 2 are independently hydrogen atoms or aliphatic hydrocarbon groups.
<6> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein M in the above formula 1 is Cu, Zn, Fe, Mg or Al.
<7> The coloring composition according to <6>, wherein M in the above formula 1 is Cu.
<8> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <7>, wherein the pKa of the conjugated acid of the nitrogen atom in the group represented by the above formula 2 is a value exceeding 7.
<9> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <8>, wherein the pigment contains a green pigment.
<10> The green pigment is C.I. I. Pigment Green 36, C.I. I. Pigment Green 58, and C.I. I. The coloring composition according to <9>, which comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of Pigment Green 63.
<11> The coloring composition according to <9> or <10>, wherein the pigment further contains a yellow pigment.
<12> The yellow pigment is C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 213 and C.I. I. The coloring composition according to <11>, which comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of Pigment Yellow 215.
<13> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <12>, wherein the content of the compound represented by the above formula 1 is 3% by mass or more with respect to the total solid content of the coloring composition. ..
<14> The content of the compound represented by the above formula 1 is 1 part by mass to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment content, whichever is one of <1> to <13>. The coloring composition described.
<15> A cured product obtained by curing the coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <14>.
<16> A color filter comprising the cured product according to <15>.
<17> A solid-state image sensor having the color filter according to <16>.
<18> An image display device having the color filter according to <16>.
<19> A compound represented by the following formula 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 式1及び式2中、Mは、2つの水素原子、又は、対イオン若しくは酸素原子が結合していてもよい金属原子を表し、芳香環A~Dはそれぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい芳香環又は複素芳香環を表し、芳香環A~Dの少なくとも1つは、式2で表される構造であり、Xは窒素原子又はCRを表し、Xは窒素原子又はCRを表し、Xは窒素原子又はCRを表し、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は-O-R-(NRを表し、Rは、n+1価の連結基を表し、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表し、R及びR、R及びR、並びに、R及びRは互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよく、nはそれぞれ独立に、1~5の整数を表し、2つの*で示された炭素-炭素結合は、式1における含窒素5員芳香環と共通する炭素-炭素結合を表し、各芳香環A~Dにおいて、式2で表される構造は、R及びRがフタロシアニン構造の3位及び4位の位置となるように結合しても、6位及び5位の位置となるように結合してもよい。 In formulas 1 and 2, M represents two hydrogen atoms or a metal atom to which a counter ion or an oxygen atom may be bonded, and aromatic rings A to D each independently have a substituent. May represent an aromatic ring or a heteroaromatic ring, at least one of the aromatic rings A to D is a structure represented by the formula 2, where X 1 represents a nitrogen atom or CR 1 and X 2 is a nitrogen atom or CR 2 is represented, X 3 represents a nitrogen atom or CR 3 , and R 1 to R 3 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or -OR 4- (NR 5 R 6 ) n , and R 4 Represents an n + 1 valent linking group, R 5 and R 6 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R 2 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , and R 5 and R 6 bond to each other. Each of n independently represents an integer of 1 to 5, and the two carbon-carbon bonds represented by * are common to the nitrogen-containing 5-membered aromatic ring in Equation 1. Representing a carbon-carbon bond, in each of the aromatic rings A to D, the structure represented by the formula 2 is 6 even if R 1 and R 2 are bonded so as to be at the 3rd and 4th positions of the phthalocyanine structure. They may be combined so as to be in the positions of the 5th position and the 5th position.
 本開示に係る実施形態によれば、顔料の分散性、及び、得られる膜の分光特性に優れる着色組成物が提供される。
 また、本開示に係る他の実施形態によれば、上記着色組成物の硬化物、上記硬化物を備えるカラーフィルタ、又は、上記カラーフィルタを備える固体撮像素子若しくは画像表示装置が提供される。
 更に、本開示に係る他の実施形態によれば、新規な化合物が提供される。
According to the embodiment according to the present disclosure, there is provided a coloring composition having excellent dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film.
Further, according to another embodiment according to the present disclosure, there is provided a cured product of the coloring composition, a color filter including the cured product, or a solid-state image sensor or an image display device including the color filter.
Further, according to other embodiments according to the present disclosure, novel compounds are provided.
 以下において、本開示の内容について詳細に説明する。以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本開示の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされることがあるが、本開示はそのような実施態様に限定されるものではない。
 なお、本開示において、数値範囲を示す「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。
 本開示中に段階的に記載されている数値範囲において、一つの数値範囲で記載された上限値又は下限値は、他の段階的な記載の数値範囲の上限値又は下限値に置き換えてもよい。また、本開示中に記載されている数値範囲において、その数値範囲の上限値又は下限値は、実施例に示されている値に置き換えてもよい。
 更に、本開示において組成物中の各成分の量は、組成物中に各成分に該当する物質が複数存在する場合、特に断らない限り、組成物中に存在する該当する複数の物質の合計量を意味する。
 また、本開示における基(原子団)の表記において、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
 本開示において、特別な記載がない限り、「Me」はメチル基を、「Et」はエチル基を、「Pr」はプロピル基を、「Bu」はブチル基を、「Ph」はフェニル基を、それぞれ表す。
 本開示において、「(メタ)アクリル」は、アクリル及びメタクリルの両方を包含する概念で用いられる語であり、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、アクリロイル及びメタクリロイルの両方を包含する概念として用いられる語である。
 また、本開示において、「工程」の用語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であっても、その工程の所期の目的が達成されれば本用語に含まれる。
 本開示において「全固形分」とは、組成物の全組成から溶剤を除いた成分の総質量をいう。また、「固形分」とは、上述のように、溶剤を除いた成分であり、例えば、25℃において固体であっても、液体であってもよい。
 
 また、本開示において、「質量%」と「重量%」とは同義であり、「質量部」と「重量部」とは同義である。
 更に、本開示において、2以上の好ましい態様の組み合わせは、より好ましい態様である。
 また、本開示における重量平均分子量(Mw)及び数平均分子量(Mn)は、特に断りのない限り、TSKgel GMHxL、TSKgel G4000HxL、TSKgel G2000HxL(何れも東ソー(株)製の商品名)のカラムを使用したゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ(GPC)分析装置により、溶剤THF(テトラヒドロフラン)、示差屈折計により検出し、標準物質としてポリスチレンを用いて換算した分子量である。
 本明細書において、顔料とは、溶剤に対して溶解しにくい化合物を意味する。
 本明細書において、染料とは、溶剤に対して溶解しやすい化合物を意味する。
 以下、本開示を詳細に説明する。
The contents of the present disclosure will be described in detail below. The description of the constituents described below may be based on the representative embodiments of the present disclosure, but the present disclosure is not limited to such embodiments.
In the present disclosure, "-" indicating a numerical range is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after the numerical range are included as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
In the numerical range described stepwise in the present disclosure, the upper limit value or the lower limit value described in one numerical range may be replaced with the upper limit value or the lower limit value of the numerical range described in another stepwise description. .. Further, in the numerical range described in the present disclosure, the upper limit value or the lower limit value of the numerical range may be replaced with the value shown in the examples.
Further, in the present disclosure, the amount of each component in the composition is the total amount of the plurality of applicable substances present in the composition when a plurality of the substances corresponding to each component are present in the composition, unless otherwise specified. Means.
Further, in the notation of a group (atomic group) in the present disclosure, the notation that does not describe substitution or non-substitution includes those having no substituent as well as those having a substituent. For example, the "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In the present disclosure, "Me" is a methyl group, "Et" is an ethyl group, "Pr" is a propyl group, "Bu" is a butyl group, and "Ph" is a phenyl group, unless otherwise specified. , Represent each.
In the present disclosure, "(meth) acrylic" is a term used in a concept that includes both acrylic and methacrylic, and "(meth) acryloyl" is a term that is used as a concept that includes both acryloyl and methacrylic. be.
Further, in the present disclosure, the term "process" is included in this term not only as an independent process but also as long as the intended purpose of the process is achieved even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. Is done.
In the present disclosure, the "total solid content" means the total mass of the components excluding the solvent from the total composition of the composition. Further, the "solid content" is a component excluding the solvent as described above, and may be, for example, a solid or a liquid at 25 ° C.

Further, in the present disclosure, "% by mass" and "% by weight" are synonymous, and "parts by mass" and "parts by weight" are synonymous.
Further, in the present disclosure, a combination of two or more preferred embodiments is a more preferred embodiment.
Further, for the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) in the present disclosure, unless otherwise specified, columns of TSKgel GMHxL, TSKgel G4000HxL, and TSKgel G2000HxL (all trade names manufactured by Toso Co., Ltd.) are used. The molecular weight is detected by the solvent THF (tetratetra) and the differential refractometer by the gel permeation chromatography (GPC) analyzer and converted using polystyrene as the standard substance.
As used herein, the term pigment means a compound that is difficult to dissolve in a solvent.
As used herein, the term dye means a compound that is easily soluble in a solvent.
Hereinafter, the present disclosure will be described in detail.
(着色組成物)
 本開示に係る着色組成物は、顔料、下記式1で表される化合物、重合性化合物、及び、重合開始剤を含む。
(Coloring composition)
The coloring composition according to the present disclosure contains a pigment, a compound represented by the following formula 1, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 式1及び式2中、Mは、2つの水素原子、又は、対イオン若しくは酸素原子が結合していてもよい金属原子を表し、芳香環A~Dはそれぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい芳香環又は複素芳香環を表し、芳香環A~Dの少なくとも1つは、式2で表される構造であり、Xは窒素原子又はCRを表し、Xは窒素原子又はCRを表し、Xは窒素原子又はCRを表し、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は-O-R-(NRを表し、Rは、n+1価の連結基を表し、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表し、R及びR、R及びR、並びに、R及びRは互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよく、nはそれぞれ独立に、1~5の整数を表し、2つの*で示された炭素-炭素結合は、式1における含窒素5員芳香環と共通する炭素-炭素結合を表し、各芳香環A~Dにおいて、式2で表される構造は、R及びRがフタロシアニン構造の3位及び4位の位置となるように結合しても、6位及び5位の位置となるように結合してもよい。 In formulas 1 and 2, M represents two hydrogen atoms or a metal atom to which a counter ion or an oxygen atom may be bonded, and aromatic rings A to D each independently have a substituent. May represent an aromatic ring or a heteroaromatic ring, at least one of the aromatic rings A to D is a structure represented by the formula 2, where X 1 represents a nitrogen atom or CR 1 and X 2 is a nitrogen atom or CR 2 is represented, X 3 represents a nitrogen atom or CR 3 , and R 1 to R 3 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or -OR 4- (NR 5 R 6 ) n , and R 4 Represents an n + 1 valent linking group, R 5 and R 6 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R 2 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , and R 5 and R 6 bond to each other. Each of n independently represents an integer of 1 to 5, and the two carbon-carbon bonds represented by * are common to the nitrogen-containing 5-membered aromatic ring in Equation 1. Representing a carbon-carbon bond, in each of the aromatic rings A to D, the structure represented by the formula 2 is 6 even if R 1 and R 2 are bonded so as to be at the 3rd and 4th positions of the phthalocyanine structure. They may be combined so as to be in the positions of the 5th position and the 5th position.
 近年、イメージセンサの高画素化に伴いパターンの微細化及び薄膜化が進んでいる。これに伴い、相対的にカラーフィルタに用いられる着色組成物中の顔料濃度が増され、硬化性成分及び現像性成分の量が減少させられる傾向があり、また、膜厚(着色層の厚み)が減少させられる傾向がある。
 本発明者らは、詳細な検討を行った結果、顔料を含む従来の着色組成物では、着色組成物における顔料の分散性が十分でなく、顔料の凝集及び沈殿等が多く発生する場合があり、また、得られる膜の分光特性が十分でないことを見出した。
 本発明者らが鋭意検討した結果、上記構成を採用することにより、顔料の分散性、及び、得られる膜の分光特性に優れる着色組成物が得られることを見出した。
 上記式1で表される化合物を含むことにより、上記式1におけるフタロシアニン構造が顔料に配位又は吸着し、かつ式2における-O-R-NRを含む側鎖構造が、顔料の分散性を向上させるとともに、式2における芳香環に直接結合した酸素原子により、上記式1で表される化合物自体も着色するため、分光特性に優れると推定している。
In recent years, as the number of pixels of an image sensor has increased, the pattern has become finer and thinner. Along with this, the pigment concentration in the coloring composition used for the color filter tends to be relatively increased, and the amounts of the curable component and the developable component tend to be reduced, and the film thickness (thickness of the colored layer). Tends to be reduced.
As a result of detailed studies, the present inventors may not have sufficient dispersibility of the pigment in the coloring composition in the conventional coloring composition containing a pigment, and a large amount of aggregation and precipitation of the pigment may occur. It was also found that the spectral characteristics of the obtained film were not sufficient.
As a result of diligent studies by the present inventors, it has been found that by adopting the above configuration, a colored composition having excellent dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film can be obtained.
By containing the compound represented by the above formula 1, the phthalocyanine structure in the above formula 1 is coordinated or adsorbed on the pigment, and the side chain structure containing -OR 4 -NR 5 R 6 in the above formula 2 is the pigment. It is presumed that the compound itself represented by the above formula 1 is also colored by the oxygen atom directly bonded to the aromatic ring in the formula 2 while improving the dispersibility of the compound, so that the spectral characteristics are excellent.
<式1で表される化合物>
 本開示に係る着色組成物は、上記式1で表される化合物を含む。
 上記式1で表される化合物は、フタロシアニン構造を有する顔料誘導体の1種であり、顔料に付着することにより、顔料の分散性を向上させると推定している。
 また、上記式1で表される化合物は、得られる膜の分光特性の観点から、可視光領域(波長400nm~700nm)に吸収を有する化合物であることが好ましい。
 上記式1で表される化合物は、顔料を分散する分散剤として好適に用いることができる。
<Compound represented by Formula 1>
The coloring composition according to the present disclosure contains a compound represented by the above formula 1.
The compound represented by the above formula 1 is one of the pigment derivatives having a phthalocyanine structure, and it is presumed that the compound is attached to the pigment to improve the dispersibility of the pigment.
Further, the compound represented by the above formula 1 is preferably a compound having absorption in the visible light region (wavelength 400 nm to 700 nm) from the viewpoint of the spectral characteristics of the obtained film.
The compound represented by the above formula 1 can be suitably used as a dispersant for dispersing the pigment.
 式1のMにおける金属原子は、特に制限はないが、顔料の分散性、及び、得られる膜の分光特性の観点から、対イオン若しくは酸素原子が結合していてもよい2価以上の金属原子であることが好ましく、対イオン若しくは酸素原子が結合していてもよい2価~4価の金属原子であることがより好ましく、2価の金属原子であることが特に好ましい。
 式1におけるMは、顔料の分散性、及び、得られる膜の分光特性の観点から、2つの水素原子、Cu、Zn、Fe、VO又はAlX(Xはハロゲン原子を表す。)であることが好ましく、Cu、Zn、Fe、VO又はAlClであることがより好ましく、Zn又はCuであることが更に好ましく、Cuであることが特に好ましい。
The metal atom in M of the formula 1 is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film, a divalent or higher valent metal atom to which a counterion or an oxygen atom may be bonded may be bonded. It is more preferable that it is a divalent to tetravalent metal atom to which a counterion or an oxygen atom may be bonded, and it is particularly preferable that it is a divalent metal atom.
M in the formula 1 may be two hydrogen atoms, Cu, Zn, Fe, VO or AlX (X represents a halogen atom) from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film. It is preferably Cu, Zn, Fe, VO or AlCl, more preferably Zn or Cu, and particularly preferably Cu.
 式1において、芳香環A~Dの少なくとも1つは、上記式2で表される構造であり、顔料の分散性、及び、得られる膜の分光特性の観点から、芳香環A~Dの少なくとも2つは、上記式2で表される構造であることが好ましく、芳香環A~Dの全てが、上記式2で表される構造であることが特に好ましい。
 また、式1において、各芳香環A~Dにおいて、式2で表される構造は、R及びRがフタロシアニン構造の3位及び4位の位置となるように結合しても、6位及び5位の位置となるように結合してもよい。より詳細には、式2で表される構造は、フタロシアニン構造の3位がR、4位がR、5位が-O-R-(NR、6位がRとなるように結合してもよいし、フタロシアニン構造の3位がR、4位が-O-R-(NR、5位がR、6位がRとなるように結合してもよい。
 また、2以上の上記式2で表される構造を有する場合、上記結合の向きはそれぞれ、同じであっても、異なっていてもよい。
In the formula 1, at least one of the aromatic rings A to D has the structure represented by the above formula 2, and at least of the aromatic rings A to D from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film. The two are preferably structures represented by the above formula 2, and it is particularly preferable that all of the aromatic rings A to D are structures represented by the above formula 2.
Further, in the formula 1, in each of the aromatic rings A to D, the structure represented by the formula 2 is at the 6-position even if R 1 and R 2 are bonded so as to be at the 3-position and the 4-position of the phthalocyanine structure. And may be combined so as to be in the 5th position. More specifically, in the structure represented by the formula 2, the 3-position of the phthalocyanine structure is R 1 , the 4 -position is R 2 , the 5-position is -OR 4- (NR 5 R 6 ) n , and the 6-position is R. The phthalocyanine structure may be bound so as to be 3 , or the 3rd position of the phthalocyanine structure is R3 , the 4th position is -OR4- (NR 5 R 6 ) n , the 5th position is R2 , and the 6th position is R1 . It may be combined so as to be.
Further, when having two or more structures represented by the above formula 2, the directions of the above bonds may be the same or different.
 式2におけるXは、顔料の分散性、及び、得られる膜の分光特性の観点から、CRであることが好ましい。
 式2におけるXは、顔料の分散性、及び、得られる膜の分光特性の観点から、CRであることが好ましい。
 式2におけるXは、顔料の分散性、及び、得られる膜の分光特性の観点から、CRであることが好ましい。
 式2におけるRは、顔料の分散性、及び、得られる膜の分光特性の観点から、水素原子又はハロゲン原子であることが好ましく、ハロゲン原子であることがより好ましい。
 式2におけるRは、顔料の分散性、及び、得られる膜の分光特性の観点から、ハロゲン原子又は-O-R-NRであることが好ましく、ハロゲン原子であることがより好ましい。また、Rが-O-R-(NRである場合は、Rと結合して環構造を形成していることが好ましい。
 また、式2におけるR及びRは、互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよい。
 式2におけるRは、顔料の分散性、及び、得られる膜の分光特性の観点から、水素原子又はハロゲン原子であることが好ましく、ハロゲン原子であることがより好ましい。
 また、R~Rにおけるハロゲン原子はそれぞれ独立に、顔料の分散性、及び、得られる膜の分光特性の観点から、フッ素原子、塩素原子、又は、臭素原子であることが好ましく、塩素原子であることがより好ましい。
 更に、顔料の分散性、及び、得られる膜の分光特性の観点から、式2におけるR~Rの全てが、ハロゲン原子であることが好ましく、塩素原子であることがより好ましい。
X 1 in the formula 2 is preferably CR 1 from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film.
X 2 in the formula 2 is preferably CR 2 from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film.
X 3 in the formula 2 is preferably CR 3 from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film.
From the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film, R 1 in the formula 2 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, and more preferably a halogen atom.
From the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film, R 2 in the formula 2 is preferably a halogen atom or —OR4 -NR 5 R 6 and more preferably a halogen atom. preferable. When R 2 is −OR 4 − (NR 5 R 6 ) n , it is preferable that R 2 is combined with R 4 to form a ring structure.
Further, R 2 and R 4 in the formula 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
R 3 in the formula 2 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, and more preferably a halogen atom, from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film.
Further, the halogen atoms in R 1 to R 3 are each independently preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, or a bromine atom from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film, and the chlorine atom. Is more preferable.
Further, from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film, it is preferable that all of R 1 to R 3 in the formula 2 are halogen atoms, and more preferably chlorine atoms.
 式2におけるRは、顔料の分散性、及び、得られる膜の分光特性の観点から、芳香環を有する基であることが好ましく、式2における酸素原子と芳香環とが直接結合した基であることがより好ましい。
 また、式2におけるRは、顔料の分散性、及び、得られる膜の分光特性の観点から、1以上のアリーレン基と、1以上のアルキレン基と、任意にエーテル結合、スルホンアミド結合、アミド結合及びアミン結合よりなる群から選ばれた結合とが連結した基であることが好ましく、1以上のアリーレン基と、1以上のアルキレン基と、任意にエーテル結合結合とが連結した基であることがより好ましく、アリーレン基-アルキレン基、又は、アリーレン基-O-アルキレン基であることが更に好ましく、アリーレン基-アルキレン基であることが特に好ましい。
 式2におけるRの炭素数(炭素原子数)は、顔料の分散性、及び、得られる膜の分光特性の観点から、6~20であることが好ましく、6~15であることがより好ましく、6~10であることが更に好ましく、7~9であることが特に好ましい。
 また、式2におけるR及びRは、互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよい。
R 4 in the formula 2 is preferably a group having an aromatic ring from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film, and is a group in which the oxygen atom and the aromatic ring are directly bonded in the formula 2. It is more preferable to have.
Further, R4 in the formula 2 has one or more arylene groups, one or more alkylene groups, and optionally an ether bond, a sulfonamide bond, or an amide from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film. It is preferably a group in which one or more arylene groups, one or more alkylene groups, and optionally an ether bond bond are linked, preferably a group in which a bond selected from the group consisting of a bond and an amine bond is linked. Is more preferable, an arylene group-alkylene group, or an arylene group-O-alkylene group is further preferable, and an arylene group-alkylene group is particularly preferable.
The number of carbon atoms (number of carbon atoms) of R4 in the formula 2 is preferably 6 to 20 and more preferably 6 to 15 from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film. , 6 to 10, more preferably 7 to 9, and particularly preferably 7 to 9.
Further, R 4 and R 5 in the formula 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
 また、式2におけるRは、顔料の分散性、及び、得られる膜の分光特性の観点から、下記式3で表される連結基であることが好ましい。また、その場合、nは1であることが好ましい。 Further, R4 in the formula 2 is preferably a linking group represented by the following formula 3 from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film. In that case, n is preferably 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 式3中、Rは、単結合又は二価の連結基を表し、Rは、二価の脂肪族炭化水素基を表し、#は、式2における酸素原子との結合位置を表し、##は、式2における窒素原子との結合位置を表す。 In formula 3, R 7 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, R 8 represents a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group, # represents a bond position with an oxygen atom in formula 2, and # # Represents the bond position with the nitrogen atom in Equation 2.
 式3におけるRは、顔料の分散性、及び、得られる膜の分光特性の観点から、単結合、アリーレン基、アリーレンオキシ基、-アリーレン基-SONH-、-アリーレン基-CONH-又は-アリーレン基-NH-であることがより好ましく、単結合、アリーレン基又は-アリーレン基-SONH-であることが更に好ましく、アリーレン基であることが特に好ましい。また、上記アリーレン基としては、フェニレン基が好ましい。
 式3におけるRは、顔料の分散性、及び、得られる膜の分光特性の観点から、アルキレン基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~8のアルキレン基であることより好ましく、炭素数1~3のアルキレン基であることが特に好ましい。
R 7 in the formula 3 is a single bond, an arylene group, an aryleneoxy group, an arylene group-SO 2 NH-, an arylene group-CONH- or from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film. -The arylene group-NH- is more preferable, and a single bond, an arylene group or a-arylene group-SO 2 NH- is more preferable, and an arylene group is particularly preferable. Further, as the arylene group, a phenylene group is preferable.
From the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film, R 8 in the formula 3 is preferably an alkylene group, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and 1 to 1 to 8 carbon atoms. It is particularly preferable that the alkylene group is 3.
 また、式2におけるnはそれぞれ独立に、顔料の分散性、及び、得られる膜の分光特性の観点から、1又は2であることが好ましく、1であることが特に好ましい。また、分散性の観点からは、nは、2であることが好ましい。
 式2におけるR及びRはそれぞれ独立に、顔料の分散性、及び、得られる膜の分光特性の観点から、水素原子又は脂肪族炭化水素基であることが好ましく、アルキル基であることより好ましく、炭素数1~8のアルキル基であることが更に好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキル基であることが特に好ましく、メチル基又はエチル基であることが最も好ましい。
 また、式2におけるR及びRは、互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよく、R及びRは互いに結合して5員環又は6員環構造を形成することが好ましく、R及びRは互いに結合してピロリジン環又はピぺリジン環構造を形成することがより好ましい。
Further, n in the formula 2 is preferably 1 or 2, and particularly preferably 1 from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film, respectively. Further, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, n is preferably 2.
Independently, R 5 and R 6 in Formula 2 are preferably hydrogen atoms or aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, and are alkyl groups, from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film. It is more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, particularly preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and most preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.
Further, R 5 and R 6 in the formula 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure, and R 5 and R 6 are preferably bonded to each other to form a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring structure. It is more preferred that R 5 and R 6 combine with each other to form a pyrrolidine ring or piperidine ring structure.
 また、式1における式2で表される構造ではない芳香環A~D、及び、式2のR~Rの各基は、可能であれば、置換基を更に有していてよい。置換基としては、特に制限はなく、炭素数0~20の置換基が好ましく挙げられる。上記置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、アルキル基、アリール基、アシル基、アルキルアミノカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルコキシアルキル基、カルボキシアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニルアルキル基、ハロゲン原子置換アルキル基等が挙げられる。 Further, each group of aromatic rings A to D having no structure represented by the formula 2 in the formula 1 and R 1 to R 7 of the formula 2 may further have a substituent, if possible. The substituent is not particularly limited, and a substituent having 0 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an amino group, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an acyl group, an alkylaminocarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkoxyalkyl group, a carboxyalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group and a halogen atom. Examples thereof include a substituted alkyl group.
 上記式2で表される構造における窒素原子の共役酸のpKaは、顔料の分散性、及び、得られる膜の分光特性の観点から、7を超える値であることが好ましく、9以上であることがより好ましく、9以上14以下であることが特に好ましい。
 また、本開示においては、環A~Dが異なる場合、及び、式2中に複数の塩基性基が存在する場合は、最も高いpKaの値とする。
 上記窒素原子の共役酸のpKaとしては、Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods(著者:Brown, H. C., McDaniel, D. H., Hafliger, O., Nachod, F. C.; 編纂:Braude, E. A., Nachod, F. C.; Academic Press, New York, 1955)や、Data for Biochemical Research(著者:Dawson, R.M.C.et al; Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1959)に記載の値を参照することができる。これらの文献に記載の無い化合物については、ACD/pKa(ACD/Labs製)のソフトを用いて構造式より算出した値を用いることとする。
The pKa of the conjugate acid of the nitrogen atom in the structure represented by the above formula 2 is preferably a value of more than 7, preferably 9 or more, from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film. Is more preferable, and 9 or more and 14 or less are particularly preferable.
Further, in the present disclosure, when the rings A to D are different, or when a plurality of basic groups are present in the formula 2, the highest pKa value is used.
As the pKa of the conjugate acid of the nitrogen atom, Dissociation of Organic Structures by Physical Methods (author: Brown, HC, McDaniel, D.H., Hafliger, O., Nachod, ed. , E. A., Nachod, FC; Academic Press, New York, 1955) and Data for Biochemical Research (author: Dawson, R.M.C. et al; Oxford, 1955) You can refer to the value of. For compounds not described in these documents, the values calculated from the structural formulas using software of ACD / pKa (manufactured by ACD / Labs) shall be used.
 なお、上記式1で表される化合物は、単一構造の化合物であっても、構造異性体の混合物であってもよいことは言うまでもない。
 例えば、芳香環A及びBが同じ式2で表される構造であり、芳香環C及びDが置換基を有していないベンゼン環であり、Mがフタロシアニン環の4つの窒素原子に電子的に等価に結合している場合、以下の3種の構造異性体が挙げられる。
Needless to say, the compound represented by the above formula 1 may be a compound having a single structure or a mixture of structural isomers.
For example, the aromatic rings A and B have the same structure represented by the formula 2, the aromatic rings C and D are benzene rings having no substituent, and M is electronically attached to the four nitrogen atoms of the phthalocyanine ring. In the case of equivalent binding, the following three types of structural isomers can be mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 上記式1で表される化合物の具体例としては、以下に示す化合物が好ましく挙げられるが、これらに限定されないことは言うまでもない。
 下記具体例において、芳香環A~Dの少なくともいずれかが式2で表される構造である場合、式2で表される構造の結合方向により生じる可能性のある構造異性体の全ても含むものとする。
 また、Meはメチル基を表し、Etはエチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す。
Specific examples of the compound represented by the above formula 1 include, but are not limited to, the compounds shown below.
In the following specific example, when at least one of the aromatic rings A to D has a structure represented by the formula 2, all structural isomers that may be generated by the bonding direction of the structure represented by the formula 2 are also included. ..
Further, Me represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.
 化合物A-1~A-15は、式1の芳香環A~Dが式2-Aで表される構造である化合物であり、構造異性体を含んでいてもよい。また、化合物A-13以外のnは1であり、化合物A-13のnは2である。 Compounds A-1 to A-15 are compounds in which the aromatic rings A to D of the formula 1 have a structure represented by the formula 2-A, and may contain structural isomers. Further, n other than compound A-13 is 1, and n of compound A-13 is 2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 化合物A-16は、式1-A(式1のMがCuであるもの)の芳香環A~Dが式2-Bで表される構造である化合物であり、構造異性体を含んでいてもよい。 Compound A-16 is a compound having a structure in which aromatic rings A to D of the formula 1-A (where M in the formula 1 is Cu) are represented by the formula 2-B, and contains structural isomers. May be good.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 化合物A-17~A-20は、式1の芳香環A~Dが式2-Aで表される構造である化合物であり、構造異性体を含んでいてもよい。また、化合物A-17~A-20のnは1である。 Compounds A-17 to A-20 are compounds in which the aromatic rings A to D of the formula 1 have a structure represented by the formula 2-A, and may contain structural isomers. Further, n of the compounds A-17 to A-20 is 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 化合物A-21は、式1-A(式1のMがCuであるもの)の芳香環A~Dが式2-Cで表される構造である化合物であり、構造異性体を含んでいてもよい。 Compound A-21 is a compound having a structure in which aromatic rings A to D of the formula 1-A (where M in the formula 1 is Cu) are represented by the formula 2-C, and contains structural isomers. May be good.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 化合物A-22は、式1-A(式1のMがCuであるもの)の芳香環A~Dが式2-Dで表される構造である化合物であり、構造異性体を含んでいてもよい。 Compound A-22 is a compound having a structure in which aromatic rings A to D of the formula 1-A (where M in the formula 1 is Cu) are represented by the formula 2-D, and contains structural isomers. May be good.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 化合物A-23は、式1-A(式1のMがCuであるもの)の芳香環A~Dが式2-Eで表される構造である化合物であり、構造異性体を含んでいてもよい。 Compound A-23 is a compound having a structure in which the aromatic rings A to D of the formula 1-A (where M in the formula 1 is Cu) are represented by the formula 2-E, and contains structural isomers. May be good.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 化合物A-24~A-26は、式1-A(式1のMがCuであるもの)の芳香環A~Dが式2-Fで表される構造及び式2-Gで表される構造を下記のモル比で有する化合物であり、構造異性体を含んでいてもよい。 The compounds A-24 to A-26 have a structure in which the aromatic rings A to D of the formula 1-A (where M in the formula 1 is Cu) are represented by the formula 2-F and the formula 2-G. It is a compound having a structure in the following molar ratio, and may contain a structural isomer.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 また、化合物A-1~A-26のpKaは、以下の表1に示すとおりである。 The pKa of compounds A-1 to A-26 is as shown in Table 1 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000018
 本開示に係る着色組成物は、上記式1で表される化合物を1種単独で含んでいても、2種以上を含んでいてもよい。
 上記式1で表される化合物の含有量は、顔料の分散性、及び、得られる膜の分光特性の観点から、着色組成物の全固形分中に対し、1質量%以上であることが好ましく、3質量%以上であることがより好ましく、3質量%~40質量%であることが更に好ましく、5質量%~30質量%であることが特に好ましい。
 また、上記式1で表される化合物の含有量は、顔料の分散性、及び、得られる膜の分光特性の観点から、着色組成物に含まれる顔料100質量部に対し、1質量%~50質量%であることが好ましく、10質量%~30質量%であることがより好ましい。
The coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain one kind of the compound represented by the above formula 1 alone, or may contain two or more kinds.
The content of the compound represented by the above formula 1 is preferably 1% by mass or more with respect to the total solid content of the coloring composition from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film. It is more preferably 3% by mass or more, further preferably 3% by mass to 40% by mass, and particularly preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass.
The content of the compound represented by the above formula 1 is 1% by mass to 50% by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment contained in the coloring composition from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the spectral characteristics of the obtained film. It is preferably by mass%, more preferably 10% by mass to 30% by mass.
 式1で表される化合物の製造方法は、特に制限はなく、公知の方法により製造してもよいし、公知の方法を参照して製造してもよい。例えば、公知のフタロシアニン環化合物の合成方法、公知のフタロシアニン環の修飾方法等を用いることができる。
 また、必要に応じ、得られた式1で表される化合物に対し、精製処理等の公知の処理を行ってもよい。
The method for producing the compound represented by the formula 1 is not particularly limited, and the compound may be produced by a known method or by referring to a known method. For example, a known method for synthesizing a phthalocyanine ring compound, a known method for modifying a phthalocyanine ring, or the like can be used.
Further, if necessary, the obtained compound represented by the formula 1 may be subjected to a known treatment such as a purification treatment.
<顔料>
 本開示に係る着色組成物は、顔料を含む。但し、式1で表される化合物は除く。
 顔料は、無機顔料、有機顔料のいずれでもよいが有機顔料であることが好ましい。また、顔料には、無機顔料又は有機-無機顔料の一部を有機発色団で置換した材料を用いることもできる。無機顔料や有機-無機顔料を有機発色団で置換することで、色相設計をしやすくできる。
 本開示に係る着色組成物は、カラーフィルタにおける着色画素形成用の着色組成物として好ましく用いることができる。着色画素としては、例えば、赤色画素、緑色画素、青色画素、マゼンタ色画素、シアン色画素、イエロー色画素などが挙げられる。中でも、緑色画素が好ましく挙げられる。
 これらの着色画素に用いられる色素としては、例えば、緑色顔料、黄色顔料、赤色顔料、オレンジ顔料、青色顔料、紫色顔料等が挙げられる。
 また、本開示に係る着色組成物白色顔料、黒色顔料等を含んでいてもよい。
<Pigment>
The coloring composition according to the present disclosure contains a pigment. However, the compound represented by the formula 1 is excluded.
The pigment may be either an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment, but is preferably an organic pigment. Further, as the pigment, an inorganic pigment or a material in which a part of the organic-inorganic pigment is replaced with an organic chromophore can also be used. By replacing inorganic pigments and organic-inorganic pigments with organic chromophores, hue design can be facilitated.
The coloring composition according to the present disclosure can be preferably used as a coloring composition for forming colored pixels in a color filter. Examples of the colored pixel include a red pixel, a green pixel, a blue pixel, a magenta color pixel, a cyan color pixel, a yellow color pixel and the like. Among them, green pixels are preferably mentioned.
Examples of the pigment used for these colored pixels include green pigment, yellow pigment, red pigment, orange pigment, blue pigment, purple pigment and the like.
Further, the coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain a white pigment, a black pigment, or the like.
 顔料の平均一次粒子径は、1nm~200nmが好ましい。下限は5nm以上がより好ましく、10nm以上が更に好ましい。上限は、180nm以下がより好ましく、150nm以下が更に好ましく、100nm以下が特に好ましい。顔料の平均一次粒子径が上記範囲であれば、着色組成物中における顔料の分散安定性が良好である。なお、本開示において、顔料の一次粒子径は、顔料の一次粒子を透過型電子顕微鏡により観察し、得られた画像写真から求めることができる。具体的には、顔料の一次粒子の投影面積を求め、それに対応する円相当径を顔料の一次粒子径として算出する。また、本開示における平均一次粒子径は、400個の顔料の一次粒子についての一次粒子径の算術平均値とする。また、顔料の一次粒子とは、凝集のない独立した粒子をいう。 The average primary particle size of the pigment is preferably 1 nm to 200 nm. The lower limit is more preferably 5 nm or more, further preferably 10 nm or more. The upper limit is more preferably 180 nm or less, further preferably 150 nm or less, and particularly preferably 100 nm or less. When the average primary particle size of the pigment is in the above range, the dispersion stability of the pigment in the coloring composition is good. In the present disclosure, the primary particle size of the pigment can be obtained from an image photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is obtained, and the corresponding circle-equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment. Further, the average primary particle diameter in the present disclosure is an arithmetic average value of the primary particle diameter for the primary particles of 400 pigments. Further, the primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles without aggregation.
 顔料の25℃のプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテート100gへの溶解量は、0.01g未満であることが好ましく、0.005g未満であることがより好ましく、0.001g未満であることが更に好ましい。 The amount of the pigment dissolved in 100 g of propylene glycol methyl ether acetate at 25 ° C. is preferably less than 0.01 g, more preferably less than 0.005 g, and even more preferably less than 0.001 g.
 有機顔料としては、フタロシアニン顔料、ジオキサジン顔料、キナクリドン顔料、アントラキノン顔料、ペリレン顔料、アゾ顔料、ジケトピロロピロール顔料、ピロロピロール顔料、イソインドリン顔料、キノフタロン顔料、トリアリールメタン顔料、キサンテン顔料、メチン顔料、キノリン顔料などが挙げられる。
 有機顔料の具体例としては以下に示すものが挙げられる。
Organic pigments include phthalocyanine pigments, dioxazine pigments, quinacridone pigments, anthraquinone pigments, perylene pigments, azo pigments, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, pyrolopyrrole pigments, isoindrin pigments, quinophthalone pigments, triarylmethane pigments, xanthene pigments and methine pigments. , Kinolin pigments and the like.
Specific examples of the organic pigment include those shown below.
 カラーインデックス(C.I.)Pigment Yellow 1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,215,228,231,232(メチン系),233(キノリン系),234(アミノケトン系),235(アミノケトン系),236(アミノケトン系)等(以上、黄色顔料)、
 C.I.Pigment Orange 2,5,13,16,17:1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64,71,73等(以上、オレンジ色顔料)、
 C.I.Pigment Red 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4,49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3,83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,270,272,279,294(キサンテン系、Organo Ultramarine、Bluish Red),295(モノアゾ系),296(ジアゾ系),297(アミノケトン系)等(以上、赤色顔料)、
 C.I.Pigment Green 7,10,36,37,58,59,62,63,64(フタロシアニン系),65(フタロシアニン系),66(フタロシアニン系)等(以上、緑色顔料)、
 C.I.Pigment Violet 1,19,23,27,32,37,42,60(トリアリールメタン系),61(キサンテン系)等(以上、紫色顔料)、
 C.I.Pigment Blue 1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,22,29,60,64,66,79,80,87(モノアゾ系),88(メチン系)等(以上、青色顔料)。
Color Index (CI) Pigment Yellow 1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34, 35,35: 1,36,36: 1,37,37: 1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86, 93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128, 129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174 175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,215,228,231,232 (methine type), 233 (quinoline type), 234 ( (Aminoketone type), 235 (Aminoketone type), 236 (Aminoketone type), etc. (above, yellow pigment),
C. I. Pigment Orange 2,5,13,16,17: 1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64,71,73, etc. (The above is the orange pigment),
C. I. Pigment Red 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48: 1,48: 2,48: 3,48: 4, 49,49: 1,49: 2,52: 1,52: 2,53: 1,57: 1,60: 1,63: 1,66,67,81: 1,81: 2,81: 3, 83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184 185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,270,272,279,294 (xanthene system) , Organo Ultramarine, Blush Red), 295 (monoazo type), 296 (diazo type), 297 (aminoketone type), etc. (above, red pigment),
C. I. Pigment Green 7,10,36,37,58,59,62,63,64 (phthalocyanine type), 65 (phthalocyanine type), 66 (phthalocyanine type), etc. (above, green pigment),
C. I. Pigment Violet 1,19,23,27,32,37,42,60 (triarylmethane type), 61 (xanthene type), etc. (above, purple pigment),
C. I. Pigment Blue 1,2,15,15: 1,15: 2,15: 3,15: 4,15: 6,16,22,29,60,64,66,79,80,87 (monoazo system), 88 (methine-based) and the like (above, blue pigment).
 また、本開示に係る着色組成物は、本開示における効果をより発揮する観点から、顔料として、緑色顔料を含むことが好ましく、緑色顔料及び黄色顔料を含むことがより好ましい。
 更に、上記顔料は、感度、及び、分光特性の観点から、フタロシアニン顔料を含むことが好ましく、緑色のフタロシアニン顔料を含むことがより好ましい。
 また、緑色顔料は、感度、及び、分光特性の観点から、C.I.Pigment Green 36、C.I.Pigment Green 58、及び、C.I.Pigment Green 63よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、C.I.Pigment Green 36、及び、C.I.Pigment Green 58よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むことがより好ましく、C.I.Pigment Green 36を含むことが特に好ましい。
 更に、黄色顔料は、感度、及び、分光特性の観点から、C.I.Pigment Yellow 129、C.I.Pigment Yellow 138、C.I.Pigment Yellow 139、C.I.Pigment Yellow 150、C.I.Pigment Yellow 185、C.I.Pigment Yellow 213、及び、C.I.Pigment Yellow 215よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、C.I.Pigment Yellow 129、C.I.Pigment Yellow 138、C.I.Pigment Yellow 150及びC.I.Pigment Yellow 185よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むことがより好ましい。
Further, the coloring composition according to the present disclosure preferably contains a green pigment as a pigment, and more preferably contains a green pigment and a yellow pigment, from the viewpoint of further exerting the effect in the present disclosure.
Further, the pigment preferably contains a phthalocyanine pigment, and more preferably contains a green phthalocyanine pigment, from the viewpoint of sensitivity and spectral characteristics.
Further, the green pigment is used in terms of sensitivity and spectral characteristics. I. Pigment Green 36, C.I. I. Pigment Green 58, and C.I. I. It is preferable to include at least one selected from the group consisting of Pigment Green 63, and C.I. I. Pigment Green 36 and C.I. I. It is more preferable to include at least one selected from the group consisting of Pigment Green 58, and C.I. I. It is particularly preferred to include Pigment Green 36.
Further, the yellow pigment is used in terms of sensitivity and spectral characteristics. I. Pigment Yellow 129, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 213 and C.I. I. It is preferable to contain at least one selected from the group consisting of Pigment Yellow 215, and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 and C.I. I. It is more preferable to include at least one selected from the group consisting of Pigment Yellow 185.
 緑色顔料としては、公知のものを用いることができる。例えば、カラーインデックス(C.I.)Pigment Green 7,10,36,37,58,59,62,63等のフタロシアニン化合物が挙げられる。
 また、緑色顔料としては、1分子中のハロゲン原子数が平均10個~14個であり、臭素原子数が平均8個~12個であり、塩素原子数が平均2個~5個であるハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、国際公開第2015/118720号に記載の化合物、中国特許出願公開第106909027号明細書に記載の化合物、リン酸エステルを配位子として有するフタロシアニン化合物などを用いることもできる。
 また、緑色顔料としては、特開2019-8014号公報、又は、特開2018-180023号公報に記載の緑色顔料を使用してもよい。
 中でも、緑色顔料は、緑色の画素に適した分光特性を有する膜を形成しやすいという理由から、C.I.Pigment Green 58及びC.I.Pigment Green 36よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物を含むことが好ましく、C.I.Pigment Green 58を含むことがより好ましい。
As the green pigment, known ones can be used. For example, phthalocyanine compounds such as Color Index (CI) Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, 62, 63 can be mentioned.
Further, as a green pigment, a halogen having an average of 10 to 14 halogen atoms in one molecule, an average of 8 to 12 bromine atoms, and an average of 2 to 5 chlorine atoms. Zinc phthalocyanine compounds can also be used. As specific examples, the compound described in International Publication No. 2015/118720, the compound described in Chinese Patent Application Publication No. 1069090227, the phthalocyanine compound having a phosphate ester as a ligand, and the like can also be used.
Further, as the green pigment, the green pigment described in JP-A-2019-8014 or JP-A-2018-180023 may be used.
Among them, the green pigment easily forms a film having spectral characteristics suitable for green pixels, and therefore, C.I. I. Pigment Green 58 and C.I. I. It preferably contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of Pigment Green 36, C.I. I. It is more preferable to include Pigment Green 58.
 緑色顔料は、1種単独で使用しても、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 着色組成物の全固形分中における緑色顔料の含有量は、10質量%~80質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、15質量%以上であることがより好ましく、20質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は、70質量%以下であることがより好ましく、60質量%以下であることが特に好ましい。
The green pigment may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the green pigment in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 10% by mass to 80% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 15% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 20% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 70% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 60% by mass or less.
 黄色顔料としては、アゾ化合物、キノフタロン化合物、イソインドリノン化合物、イソインドリン化合物、アントラキノン化合物等が挙げられる。中でも、緑色の画素に適した分光特性を有する膜を形成しやすいという理由から、イソインドリン化合物が好ましい。 Examples of the yellow pigment include azo compounds, quinophthalone compounds, isoindolinone compounds, isoindoline compounds, anthraquinone compounds and the like. Of these, an isoindoline compound is preferable because it is easy to form a film having spectral characteristics suitable for green pixels.
 黄色顔料としては、カラーインデックス(C.I.)Pigment Yellow(以下、単に「PY」ともいう。)1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,215,228(国際公開第2013/098836号に記載された直結型キノフタロン二量体),231,232(メチン/ポリメチン系)等が挙げられる。 As the yellow pigment, the color index (CI) Pigment Yellow (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “PY”) 1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15, 16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35: 1,36,36: 1,37,37: 1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166 167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,215,228 ( Examples thereof include the direct-coupled quinophthalone dimer described in International Publication No. 2013/098836), 231,232 (methine / polymethine system), and the like.
 また、黄色顔料として、特開2017-201003号公報に記載されている顔料、特開2017-197719号公報に記載されている顔料を用いることができる。また、黄色顔料として、下記式(Y)で表されるアゾ化合物及びその互変異性構造のアゾ化合物よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種のアニオンと、2種以上の金属イオンと、メラミン化合物とを含む金属アゾ顔料を用いることもできる。 Further, as the yellow pigment, the pigment described in JP-A-2017-201003 and the pigment described in JP-A-2017-197719 can be used. Further, as the yellow pigment, at least one anion selected from the group consisting of an azo compound represented by the following formula (Y) and an azo compound having a telecommunication structure thereof, two or more kinds of metal ions, and a melamine compound. A metal azo pigment containing the above can also be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 式(Y)中、RY1及びRY2はそれぞれ独立に、-OH又は-NRY5Y6を表し、RY3及びRY4はそれぞれ独立に、=O又は=NRY7を表し、RY5~RY7はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。
 RY5~RY7が表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~4が更に好ましい。上記アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐及び環状のいずれであってもよく、直鎖又は分岐が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。上記アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基、シアノ基及びアミノ基が好ましく挙げられる。
In formula (Y), RY1 and RY2 independently represent -OH or -NR Y5 RY6 , and RY3 and RY4 independently represent = O or = NR Y7 , respectively, RY5 to R. Y7 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by RY5 to RY7 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 6, and even more preferably 1 to 4. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear. The alkyl group may have a substituent. Preferred examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group, a cyano group and an amino group.
 上記の金属アゾ顔料については、特開2017-171912号公報の段落0011~0062、0137~0276、特開2017-171913号公報の段落0010~0062、0138~0295、特開2017-171914号公報の段落0011~0062、0139~0190、特開2017-171915号公報の段落0010~0065、0142~0222の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The above-mentioned metal azo pigments are described in paragraphs 0011 to 0062, 0137-0276 of JP-A-2017-171912, paragraphs 0010 to 0062, 0138-0295, JP-A-2017-171914 of JP-A-2017-171913, and JP-A-2017-171914. The description of paragraphs 0011 to 0062, 0139 to 0190, paragraphs 0010 to 0065, 0142 to 0222 of JP-A-2017-171915 can be referred to, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification.
 また、黄色顔料としては、下記式(Q)で表されるキノフタロン二量体も好適に使用できる。更に、特許第6443711号公報に記載のキノフタロン二量体、特開2020-033521号公報に記載のキノフタロン二量体も好適に使用できる。 Further, as the yellow pigment, a quinophthalone dimer represented by the following formula (Q) can also be preferably used. Further, the quinophthalone dimer described in Japanese Patent No. 6443711 and the quinophthalone dimer described in JP-A-2020-033521 can also be preferably used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 式(Q)中、X~X16はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はハロゲン原子を表し、Zは炭素数1~3のアルキレン基を表す。 In the formula (Q), X 1 to X 16 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, and Z represents an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
 黄色顔料として、特開2018-203798号公報、特開2018-62578号公報、特許第6432077号公報、特許第6432076号公報、特開2018-155881号公報、特開2018-111757号公報、特開2018-40835号公報、特開2017-197640号公報、特開2016-145282号公報、特開2014-85565号公報、特開2014-21139号公報、特開2013-209614号公報、特開2013-209435号公報、特開2013-181015号公報、特開2013-61622号公報、特開2013-54339号公報、特開2013-32486号公報、特開2012-226110号公報、特開2008-74987号公報、特開2008-81565号公報、特開2008-74986号公報、特開2008-74985号公報、特開2008-50420号公報、特開2008-31281号公報、又は、特公昭48-32765号公報に記載のキノフタロン顔料も好適に使用できる。 Examples of the yellow pigment include JP-A-2018-203798, JP-A-2018-62578, Patent No. 6432077, Patent No. 6432076, JP-A-2018-155881, JP-A-2018-11757, and JP-A. 2018-40835, 2017-197640, 2016-145282, 2014-85565, 2014-21139, 2013-209614, 2013- 209435, 2013-181015, 2013-61622, 2013-54339, 2013-32486, 2012-226110, 2008-74987 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-81565, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-47986, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-794985, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-50420, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-31281, or JP-A-48-32765 The quinophthalone pigments described in the publication can also be preferably used.
 また、黄色顔料として、特開2013-54339号公報の段落0011~0034に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2014-26228号公報の段落0013~0058に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2019-8014号公報に記載の黄色顔料、特許第6607427号に記載のキノフタロン化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2014-0034963号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-095706号公報に記載の化合物、台湾特許出願公開第201920495号公報に記載の化合物、特許第6607427号公報に記載の化合物などを用いることもできる。
 また、黄色顔料として、特開2018-62644号公報に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。なお、この化合物は、顔料誘導体として用いることもできる。
 更に、特開2018-155881号公報に記載されているように、C.I.Pigment Yellow 129を、耐候性改良の目的で添加してもよい。
Further, as the yellow pigment, the quinophthalone compound described in paragraphs 0011 to 0034 of JP2013-54339, the quinophthalone compound described in paragraphs 0013 to 0058 of JP2014-26228, and JP-A-2019-8014. The yellow pigment described, the quinophthalone compound described in Japanese Patent No. 6607427, the compound described in Korean Publication No. 10-2014-0034963, the compound described in JP-A-2017-095706, Taiwan Patent Application Publication No. 201920495. The compound described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 6607427, the compound described in Japanese Patent No. 6607427, and the like can also be used.
Further, as the yellow pigment, the compound described in JP-A-2018-62644 can also be used. In addition, this compound can also be used as a pigment derivative.
Further, as described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2018-155881, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129 may be added for the purpose of improving weather resistance.
 赤色顔料として、特開2017-201384号公報に記載の構造中に少なくとも1つ臭素原子が置換したジケトピロロピロール化合物、特許第6248838号の段落0016~0022に記載のジケトピロロピロール化合物、国際公開第2012/102399号に記載のジケトピロロピロール化合物、国際公開第2012/117965号に記載のジケトピロロピロール化合物、特開2012-229344号公報に記載のナフトールアゾ化合物、特許第6516119号公報に記載の赤色顔料、特許第6525101号公報に記載の赤色顔料などを用いることもできる。また、赤色顔料として、芳香族環に対して、酸素原子、硫黄原子又は窒素原子が結合した基が導入された芳香族環基がジケトピロロピロール骨格に結合した構造を有する化合物を用いることもできる。 As the red pigment, a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound in which at least one bromine atom is substituted in the structure described in JP-A-2017-201384, a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in paragraphs 0016 to 0022 of Patent No. 6248838, internationally. The diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in Publication No. 2012/102399, the diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in International Publication No. 2012/117956, the naphthol azo compound described in JP-A-2012-229344, Japanese Patent No. 6516119. , The red pigment described in Japanese Patent No. 6525101, and the like can also be used. Further, as the red pigment, a compound having a structure in which an aromatic ring group having an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom bonded to the aromatic ring is bonded to a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton can also be used. can.
 また、青色顔料として、リン原子を有するアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2012-247591号公報の段落0022~0030、特開2011-157478号公報の段落0047に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Further, as the blue pigment, an aluminum phthalocyanine compound having a phosphorus atom can also be used. Specific examples thereof include the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0030 of JP2012-247591A and paragraphs 0047 of JP2011-157478A.
 白色顔料としては、酸化チタン、チタン酸ストロンチウム、チタン酸バリウム、酸化亜鉛、酸化マグネシウム、酸化ジルコニウム、酸化アルミニウム、硫酸バリウム、シリカ、タルク、マイカ、水酸化アルミニウム、ケイ酸カルシウム、ケイ酸アルミニウム、中空樹脂粒子、硫化亜鉛などが挙げられる。白色顔料は、チタン原子を有する粒子が好ましく、酸化チタンがより好ましい。また、白色顔料は、波長589nmの光に対する屈折率が2.10以上の粒子であることが好ましい。上述の屈折率は、2.10~3.00であることが好ましく、2.50~2.75であることがより好ましい。 White pigments include titanium oxide, strontium titanate, barium titanate, zinc oxide, magnesium oxide, zirconium oxide, aluminum oxide, barium sulfate, silica, talc, mica, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, hollow. Examples include resin particles and zinc sulfide. The white pigment is preferably particles having a titanium atom, and more preferably titanium oxide. Further, the white pigment is preferably particles having a refractive index of 2.10 or more with respect to light having a wavelength of 589 nm. The above-mentioned refractive index is preferably 2.10 to 3.00, and more preferably 2.50 to 2.75.
 また、白色顔料は「酸化チタン 物性と応用技術 清野学著 13~45ページ 1991年6月25日発行、技報堂出版発行」に記載の酸化チタンを用いることもできる。 Further, as the white pigment, titanium oxide described in "Titanium Oxide Physical Properties and Applied Technology, by Manabu Kiyono, pp. 13-45, published on June 25, 1991, published by Gihodo Publishing" can also be used.
 白色顔料は、単一の無機物からなるものだけでなく、他の素材と複合させた粒子を用いてもよい。例えば、内部に空孔や他の素材を有する粒子、コア粒子に無機粒子を多数付着させた粒子、ポリマー粒子からなるコア粒子と無機ナノ微粒子からなるシェル層とからなるコア及びシェル複合粒子を用いることが好ましい。上記ポリマー粒子からなるコア粒子と無機ナノ微粒子からなるシェル層とからなるコア及びシェル複合粒子としては、例えば、特開2015-047520号公報の段落0012~0042の記載を参酌することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The white pigment is not limited to a single inorganic substance, but particles compounded with other materials may be used. For example, particles having pores or other materials inside, particles in which a large number of inorganic particles are attached to core particles, core particles composed of core particles composed of polymer particles, and core and shell composite particles composed of a shell layer composed of inorganic nanoparticles are used. Is preferable. As the core and shell composite particles composed of the core particles composed of the polymer particles and the shell layer composed of the inorganic nanoparticles, for example, the description in paragraphs 0012 to 0042 of JP2015-047520 can be referred to. The contents are incorporated herein.
 白色顔料は、中空無機粒子を用いることもできる。中空無機粒子とは、内部に空洞を有する構造の無機粒子であり、外殻に包囲された空洞を有する無機粒子のことを言う。中空無機粒子としては、特開2011-075786号公報、国際公開第2013/061621号、特開2015-164881号公報などに記載された中空無機粒子が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Hollow inorganic particles can also be used as the white pigment. Hollow inorganic particles are inorganic particles having a structure having cavities inside, and refer to inorganic particles having cavities surrounded by an outer shell. Examples of the hollow inorganic particles include the hollow inorganic particles described in JP-A-2011-075786, International Publication No. 2013/06621, JP-A-2015-164881, and the like, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. Is done.
 黒色顔料としては特に限定されず、公知のものを用いることができる。例えば、カーボンブラック、チタンブラック、グラファイト等が挙げられ、カーボンブラック、チタンブラックが好ましく、チタンブラックがより好ましい。チタンブラックとは、チタン原子を含有する黒色粒子であり、低次酸化チタンや酸窒化チタンが好ましい。チタンブラックは、分散性向上、凝集性抑制などの目的で必要に応じ、表面を修飾することが可能である。例えば、酸化珪素、酸化チタン、酸化ゲルマニウム、酸化アルミニウム、酸化マグネシウム、又は、酸化ジルコニウムでチタンブラックの表面を被覆することが可能である。また、特開2007-302836号公報に表されるような撥水性物質での処理も可能である。黒色顔料として、カラーインデックス(C.I.)Pigment Black 1,7等が挙げられる。チタンブラックは、個々の粒子の一次粒子径及び平均一次粒子径のいずれもが小さいことが好ましい。具体的には、平均一次粒子径が10~45nmであることが好ましい。チタンブラックは、分散物として用いることもできる。例えば、チタンブラック粒子とシリカ粒子とを含み、分散物中のSi原子とTi原子との含有比が0.20~0.50の範囲に調整した分散物などが挙げられる。上記分散物については、特開2012-169556号公報の段落0020~0105の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。チタンブラックの市販品の例としては、チタンブラック10S、12S、13R、13M、13M-C、13R-N、13M-T(商品名:三菱マテリアル(株)製)、ティラック(Tilack)D(商品名:赤穂化成(株)製)などが挙げられる。 The black pigment is not particularly limited, and known ones can be used. For example, carbon black, titanium black, graphite and the like can be mentioned, with carbon black and titanium black being preferable, and titanium black being more preferable. Titanium black is black particles containing a titanium atom, and low-order titanium oxide or titanium oxynitride is preferable. Titanium black can modify the surface as needed for the purpose of improving dispersibility and suppressing cohesion. For example, it is possible to coat the surface of titanium black with silicon oxide, titanium oxide, germanium oxide, aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, or zirconium oxide. Further, it is also possible to treat with a water-repellent substance as shown in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-302836. Examples of the black pigment include Color Index (CI) Pigment Black 1, 7 and the like. Titanium black preferably has a small primary particle size and an average primary particle size of each particle. Specifically, it is preferable that the average primary particle size is 10 to 45 nm. Titanium black can also be used as a dispersion. For example, a dispersion containing titanium black particles and silica particles and having a content ratio of Si atoms and Ti atoms in the dispersion adjusted to be in the range of 0.20 to 0.50 can be mentioned. Regarding the above dispersion, the description in paragraphs 0020 to 0105 of JP2012-169556A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. Examples of commercially available titanium black products include titanium black 10S, 12S, 13R, 13M, 13M-C, 13RN, 13M-T (trade name: manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation), Tilac D (Tilack) D (trade name: manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation). Product name: Ako Kasei Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 また、本開示に用いられる顔料としては、特定のCuKα線によるX線回折パターンを有する顔料が好ましく挙げられる。具体的には、例えば、特許第6561862号公報に記載のフタロシアニン顔料、特許第6413872号公報に記載のジケトピロロピロール顔料、特許第6281345号公報に記載のアゾ顔料(C.I.Pigment Red269)などが挙げられる。 Further, as the pigment used in the present disclosure, a pigment having an X-ray diffraction pattern by a specific CuKα ray is preferably mentioned. Specifically, for example, the phthalocyanine pigment described in Japanese Patent No. 6561862, the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment described in Japanese Patent No. 6413872, and the azo pigment described in Japanese Patent No. 6281345 (CI Pigment Red269). And so on.
 本開示に係る着色組成物は、顔料を1種単独で含んでいても、2種以上を含んでいてもよい。
 顔料の含有量は、着色組成物中の全固形分に対し、現像残渣抑制性、分散液安定性、及び、密着性の観点から、30質量%以上であることが好ましく、35質量%以上であることがより好ましく、40質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、45質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。また、上限は80質量%以下であることが好ましい。
The coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain one kind of pigment alone or two or more kinds of pigments.
The content of the pigment is preferably 30% by mass or more, preferably 35% by mass or more, with respect to the total solid content in the coloring composition, from the viewpoints of developing residue inhibitory property, dispersion liquid stability, and adhesion. It is more preferably 40% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 45% by mass or more. Further, the upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less.
<重合性化合物>
 本開示に係る着色組成物は、重合性化合物を含む。重合性化合物としては、ラジカル、酸又は熱により架橋可能な公知の化合物を用いることができる。本開示において、重合性化合物は、例えば、エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物であることが好ましい。エチレン性不飽和基としては、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基などが挙げられる。本開示で用いられる重合性化合物は、ラジカル重合性化合物であることが好ましい。
<Polymerizable compound>
The coloring composition according to the present disclosure contains a polymerizable compound. As the polymerizable compound, a known compound that can be crosslinked by radicals, acids or heat can be used. In the present disclosure, the polymerizable compound is preferably, for example, a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group. Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated group include a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, and a (meth) acryloyl group. The polymerizable compound used in the present disclosure is preferably a radically polymerizable compound.
 重合性化合物としては、モノマー、プレポリマー、オリゴマーなどの化学的形態のいずれであってもよいが、モノマーが好ましい。重合性化合物の分子量は、100~3,000が好ましい。上限は、2,000以下がより好ましく、1,500以下が更に好ましい。下限は、150以上がより好ましく、250以上が更に好ましい。 The polymerizable compound may be in any chemical form such as a monomer, a prepolymer or an oligomer, but a monomer is preferable. The molecular weight of the polymerizable compound is preferably 100 to 3,000. The upper limit is more preferably 2,000 or less, and even more preferably 1,500 or less. The lower limit is more preferably 150 or more, and even more preferably 250 or more.
 重合性化合物は、エチレン性不飽和基を3個以上含む化合物であることが好ましく、エチレン性不飽和基を3個~15個含む化合物であることがより好ましく、エチレン性不飽和基を3個~6個含む化合物であることが更に好ましい。また、重合性化合物は、3官能~15官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが好ましく、3官能~6官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることがより好ましい。重合性化合物の具体例としては、特開2009-288705号公報の段落0095~0108、特開2013-029760号公報の段落0227、特開2008-292970号公報の段落0254~0257、特開2013-253224号公報の段落0034~0038、特開2012-208494号公報の段落0477、特開2017-048367号公報、特許第6057891号公報、特許第6031807号公報に記載されている化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The polymerizable compound is preferably a compound containing 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated groups, more preferably a compound containing 3 to 15 ethylenically unsaturated groups, and more preferably 3 ethylenically unsaturated groups. It is more preferable that the compound contains up to 6 compounds. Further, the polymerizable compound is preferably a trifunctional to 15-functional (meth) acrylate compound, and more preferably a trifunctional to 6-functional (meth) acrylate compound. Specific examples of the polymerizable compound include paragraphs 095 to 0108 of JP2009-288705, paragraphs 0227 of JP2013-029760, paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of JP2008-292970, and paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of JP2013-229970. Examples thereof include the compounds described in paragraphs 0034 to 0038 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 253224, paragraphs 0477 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-208494, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-048367, Japanese Patent No. 6057891 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6031807. The contents of are incorporated herein by reference.
 重合性化合物としては、ジペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-330;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-320;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-310;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD DPHA;日本化薬(株)製、NKエステルA-DPH-12E;新中村化学工業(株)製)、及びこれらの(メタ)アクリロイル基がエチレングリコール及び/又はプロピレングリコール残基を介して結合している構造の化合物(例えば、サートマー社から市販されている、SR454、SR499)が好ましい。また、重合性化合物としては、ジグリセリンEO(エチレンオキシド)変性(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはM-460;東亞合成(株)製)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート(新中村化学工業(株)製、NKエステルA-TMMT)、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(日本化薬(株)製、KAYARAD HDDA)、RP-1040(日本化薬(株)製)、アロニックスTO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)、NKオリゴUA-7200(新中村化学工業(株)製)、8UH-1006、8UH-1012(大成ファインケミカル(株)製)、ライトアクリレートPOB-A0(共栄社化学(株)製)などを用いることもできる。 As the polymerizable compound, dipentaerythritol triacrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-320; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) ), Dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD DPHA; Nippon Kayaku) NK ester A-DPH-12E manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., and a structure in which these (meth) acryloyl groups are bonded via ethylene glycol and / or propylene glycol residues. Compounds (eg, SR454, SR499, commercially available from Sartmer) are preferred. As the polymerizable compound, diglycerin EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth) acrylate (commercially available M-460; manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.), pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), NK Ester A-TMMT), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., KAYARAD HDDA), RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Aronix TO-2349 (Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.) ), NK Oligo UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), Light Acrylate POB-A0 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc. Can also be used.
 重合性化合物としては、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンプロピレンオキシ変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンエチレンオキシ変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、イソシアヌル酸エチレンオキシ変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレートなどの3官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物を用いることも好ましい。3官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物の市販品としては、アロニックスM-309、M-310、M-321、M-350、M-360、M-313、M-315、M-306、M-305、M-303、M-452、M-450(東亞合成(株)製)、NKエステル A9300、A-GLY-9E、A-GLY-20E、A-TMM-3、A-TMM-3L、A-TMM-3LM-N、A-TMPT、TMPT(新中村化学工業(株)製)、KAYARAD GPO-303、TMPTA、THE-330、TPA-330、PET-30(日本化薬(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of the polymerizable compound include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane propyleneoxy-modified tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane ethyleneoxy-modified tri (meth) acrylate, and isocyanuric acid ethyleneoxy-modified tri (meth) acrylate. It is also preferable to use a trifunctional (meth) acrylate compound such as pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate. Commercially available trifunctional (meth) acrylate compounds include Aronix M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M-306, and M-305. , M-303, M-452, M-450 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), NK ester A9300, A-GLY-9E, A-GLY-20E, A-TMM-3, A-TMM-3L, A -TMM-3LM-N, A-TMPT, TMPT (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD GPO-303, TMPTA, THE-330, TPA-330, PET-30 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) And so on.
 重合性化合物としては、酸基を有する重合性化合物を用いることもできる。酸基を有する重合性化合物を用いることで、現像時に未露光部の着色組成物が除去されやすく、現像残渣の発生を抑制できる。酸基としては、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基等が挙げられ、カルボキシ基が好ましい。酸基を有する重合性化合物の市販品としては、アロニックスM-510、M-520、アロニックスTO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)等が挙げられる。酸基を有する重合性化合物の好ましい酸価としては、0.1mgKOH/g~40mgKOH/gであり、より好ましくは5mgKOH/g~30mgKOH/gである。重合性化合物の酸価が0.1mgKOH/g以上であれば、現像液に対する溶解性が良好であり、40mgKOH/g以下であれば、製造や取扱い上、有利である。 As the polymerizable compound, a polymerizable compound having an acid group can also be used. By using a polymerizable compound having an acid group, the colored composition in the unexposed portion can be easily removed during development, and the generation of development residue can be suppressed. Examples of the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group and the like, and a carboxy group is preferable. Examples of commercially available products of the polymerizable compound having an acid group include Aronix M-510, M-520, and Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.). The preferable acid value of the polymerizable compound having an acid group is 0.1 mgKOH / g to 40 mgKOH / g, and more preferably 5 mgKOH / g to 30 mgKOH / g. When the acid value of the polymerizable compound is 0.1 mgKOH / g or more, the solubility in a developing solution is good, and when the acid value is 40 mgKOH / g or less, it is advantageous in production and handling.
 重合性化合物としては、カプロラクトン構造を有する重合性化合物を用いることもできる。カプロラクトン構造を有する重合性化合物は、例えば、日本化薬(株)からKAYARAD DPCAシリーズとして市販されており、DPCA-20、DPCA-30、DPCA-60、DPCA-120等が挙げられる。 As the polymerizable compound, a polymerizable compound having a caprolactone structure can also be used. The polymerizable compound having a caprolactone structure is commercially available from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. as the KAYARAD DPCA series, and examples thereof include DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, and DPCA-120.
 重合性化合物としては、アルキレンオキシ基を有する重合性化合物を用いることもできる。アルキレンオキシ基を有する重合性化合物は、エチレンオキシ基及び/又はプロピレンオキシ基を有する重合性化合物が好ましく、エチレンオキシ基を有する重合性化合物がより好ましく、エチレンオキシ基を4~20個有する3~6官能(メタ)アクリレート化合物が更に好ましい。アルキレンオキシ基を有する重合性化合物の市販品としては、例えばサートマー社製のエチレンオキシ基を4個有する4官能(メタ)アクリレートであるSR-494、イソブチレンオキシ基を3個有する3官能(メタ)アクリレートであるKAYARAD TPA-330などが挙げられる。 As the polymerizable compound, a polymerizable compound having an alkyleneoxy group can also be used. As the polymerizable compound having an alkyleneoxy group, a polymerizable compound having an ethyleneoxy group and / or a propyleneoxy group is preferable, a polymerizable compound having an ethyleneoxy group is more preferable, and 3 to 3 having 4 to 20 ethyleneoxy groups. A hexafunctional (meth) acrylate compound is more preferred. Commercially available products of the polymerizable compound having an alkyleneoxy group include SR-494, which is a tetrafunctional (meth) acrylate having four ethyleneoxy groups manufactured by Sartmer, and a trifunctional (meth) having three isobutyleneoxy groups. Examples thereof include KAYARAD TPA-330, which is an acrylate.
 重合性化合物としては、フルオレン骨格を有する重合性化合物を用いることもできる。フルオレン骨格を有する重合性化合物の市販品としては、オグソールEA-0200、EA-0300(大阪ガスケミカル(株)製、フルオレン骨格を有する(メタ)アクリレートモノマー)などが挙げられる。 As the polymerizable compound, a polymerizable compound having a fluorene skeleton can also be used. Examples of commercially available products of the polymerizable compound having a fluorene skeleton include Ogsol EA-0200 and EA-0300 (manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemical Co., Ltd., a (meth) acrylate monomer having a fluorene skeleton).
 重合性化合物としては、トルエンなどの環境規制物質を実質的に含まない化合物を用いることも好ましい。このような化合物の市販品としては、KAYARAD DPHA LT、KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT(日本化薬(株)製)などが挙げられる。 As the polymerizable compound, it is also preferable to use a compound that does not substantially contain an environmentally restrictive substance such as toluene. Examples of commercially available products of such compounds include KAYARAD DPHA LT and KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).
 重合性化合物としては、特公昭48-041708号公報、特開昭51-037193号公報、特公平02-032293号公報、特公平02-016765号公報に記載されたウレタンアクリレート類、特公昭58-049860号公報、特公昭56-017654号公報、特公昭62-039417号公報、特公昭62-039418号公報に記載されたエチレンオキサイド系骨格を有するウレタン化合物、特開昭63-277653号公報、特開昭63-260909号公報、特開平01-105238号公報に記載された分子内にアミノ構造やスルフィド構造を有する重合性化合物を用いることも好ましい。また、重合性化合物としては、UA-7200(新中村化学工業(株)製)、DPHA-40H(日本化薬(株)製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600、LINC-202UA(共栄社化学(株)製)などの市販品を用いることもできる。 Examples of the polymerizable compound include urethane acrylates described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-041708, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 51-037193, Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-0322293, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 02-016765, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 58- Urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide-based skeleton described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 049860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-017654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039417, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039418, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 63-277653, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. It is also preferable to use a polymerizable compound having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in JP-A-63-260909 and JP-A No. 01-105238. The polymerizable compounds include UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, and AH-600. , T-600, AI-600, LINK-202UA (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) and the like can also be used.
 本開示に係る着色組成物が重合性化合物を含有する場合、着色組成物の全固形分中における重合性化合物の含有量は、0.1質量%~50質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、45質量%以下がより好ましく、40質量%以下が更に好ましい。 When the coloring composition according to the present disclosure contains a polymerizable compound, the content of the polymerizable compound in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, further preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 45% by mass or less, further preferably 40% by mass or less.
 また、着色組成物の全固形分中における重合性化合物と樹脂との合計の含有量は、硬化性、現像性及び被膜形成性の観点から10質量%~65質量%が好ましい。下限は、15質量%以上がより好ましく、20質量%以上が更に好ましく、30質量%以上が特に好ましい。上限は、60質量%以下がより好ましく、50質量%以下が更に好ましく、40質量%以下が特に好ましい。また、重合性化合物の100質量部に対して、樹脂を30質量部~300質量部含有することが好ましい。下限は50質量部以上がより好ましく、80質量部以上が特に好ましい。上限は250質量部以下がより好ましく、200質量部以下が特に好ましい。 Further, the total content of the polymerizable compound and the resin in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 10% by mass to 65% by mass from the viewpoint of curability, developability and film forming property. The lower limit is more preferably 15% by mass or more, further preferably 20% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 30% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 60% by mass or less, further preferably 50% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 40% by mass or less. Further, it is preferable that the resin is contained in an amount of 30 parts by mass to 300 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable compound. The lower limit is more preferably 50 parts by mass or more, and particularly preferably 80 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 250 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 200 parts by mass or less.
 本開示に係る着色組成物において、重合性化合物は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 In the coloring composition according to the present disclosure, only one type of polymerizable compound may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<重合開始剤>
 本開示に係る着色組成物は、重合開始剤を含む。
 重合開始剤としては、光重合開始剤であっても、熱重合開始剤であってもよいが、感光性を付与する観点から、光重合開始剤であることが好ましい。
 また、本開示に係る着色組成物は、感光性着色組成物であることが好ましく、ネガ型感光性着色組成物であることがより好ましい。
 重合開始剤としては、特に制限はなく、公知の重合開始剤の中から適宜選択することができる。例えば、紫外線領域から可視光領域の光線に対して感光性を有する化合物が好ましい。光重合開始剤は、光ラジカル重合開始剤であることが好ましい。
<Polymer initiator>
The coloring composition according to the present disclosure contains a polymerization initiator.
The polymerization initiator may be either a photopolymerization initiator or a thermal polymerization initiator, but a photopolymerization initiator is preferable from the viewpoint of imparting photosensitivity.
Further, the coloring composition according to the present disclosure is preferably a photosensitive coloring composition, and more preferably a negative type photosensitive coloring composition.
The polymerization initiator is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected from known polymerization initiators. For example, a compound having photosensitivity to light rays in the ultraviolet region to the visible light region is preferable. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
 光重合開始剤としては、ハロゲン化炭化水素誘導体(例えば、トリアジン骨格を有する化合物、オキサジアゾール骨格を有する化合物など)、アシルホスフィン化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール、オキシム化合物、有機過酸化物、チオ化合物、ケトン化合物、芳香族オニウム塩、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物などが挙げられる。光重合開始剤は、露光感度の観点から、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、ホスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、オニウム化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物、シクロペンタジエン-ベンゼン-鉄錯体、ハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物及び3-アリール置換クマリン化合物よりなる群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、オキシム化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、及び、アシルホスフィン化合物よりなる群から選ばれる化合物であることがより好ましく、オキシム化合物、すなわち、オキシム系光重合開始剤であることが更に好ましい。また、光重合開始剤としては、特開2014-130173号公報の段落0065~0111、特許第6301489号公報に記載された化合物、MATERIAL STAGE 37~60p,vol.19,No.3,2019に記載されたパーオキサイド系光重合開始剤、国際公開第2018/221177号に記載の光重合開始剤、国際公開第2018/110179号に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-043864号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-044030号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-167313号公報に記載の有機過酸化物、特開2020-055992号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazoles, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, and thio compounds. , Ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds and the like. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, the photopolymerization initiator is a trihalomethyltriazine compound, a benzyldimethylketal compound, an α-hydroxyketone compound, an α-aminoketone compound, an acylphosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, or a triarylimidazole. It is preferably a compound selected from the group consisting of a dimer, an onium compound, a benzothiazole compound, a benzophenone compound, an acetophenone compound, a cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complex, a halomethyloxadiazole compound and a 3-aryl substituted coumarin compound, preferably an oxime. A compound selected from the group consisting of a compound, an α-hydroxyketone compound, an α-aminoketone compound, and an acylphosphine compound is more preferable, and an oxime compound, that is, an oxime-based photopolymerization initiator is further preferable. Further, as the photopolymerization initiator, the compound described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP-A-2014-130173 and JP-A-6301489, MATERIAL STAGE 37-60p, vol. 19, No. 3, 2019 Peroxide-based Photopolymerization Initiator, International Publication No. 2018/221177, Photopolymerization Initiator, International Publication No. 2018/110179, Photopolymerization Initiator, JP-A-2019-043864. The photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A-2019-044030, the organic peroxide described in JP-A-2019-167313, and JP-A-2020-055992. Compounds are mentioned and this content is incorporated herein.
 α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 184、Omnirad 1173、Omnirad 2959、Omnirad 127(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 184、Irgacure 1173、Irgacure 2959、Irgacure 127(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。α-アミノケトン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 907、Omnirad 369、Omnirad 369E、Omnirad 379EG(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 907、Irgacure 369、Irgacure 369E、Irgacure 379EG(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。アシルホスフィン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 819、Omnirad TPO(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 819、Irgacure TPO(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。 Commercially available α-hydroxyketone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (above, IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 184, Irgacure 1173, Irgacure27, Irgacure29. (Manufactured by the company) and the like. Commercially available α-aminoketone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (above, IGM Resins BV), Irgacure 907, Irgacure 369, Irgacure 369, Irger Made) and so on. Examples of commercially available acylphosphine compounds include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (above, manufactured by IGM Resins BV), Irgacure 819, and Irgacure TPO (above, manufactured by BASF).
 オキシム化合物としては、特開2001-233842号公報に記載の化合物、特開2000-080068号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.1653-1660)に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.156-162)に記載の化合物、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年、pp.202-232)に記載の化合物、特開2000-066385号公報に記載の化合物、特開2000-080068号公報に記載の化合物、特表2004-534797号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-019766号公報に記載の化合物、特許第6065596号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2015/152153号に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/051680号に記載の化合物、特開2017-198865号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/164127号の段落0025~0038に記載の化合物、国際公開第2013/167515号に記載の化合物、特開2019-200226号公報に記載の化合物、特開2013-190459号公報に記載の化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2016-0109444号公報に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。オキシム化合物の具体例としては、3-ベンゾイルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-アセトキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-プロピオニルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、2-アセトキシイミノペンタン-3-オン、2-アセトキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンゾイルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、3-(4-トルエンスルホニルオキシ)イミノブタン-2-オン、及び2-エトキシカルボニルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オンなどが挙げられる。市販品としては、Irgacure OXE01、Irgacure OXE02、Irgacure OXE03、Irgacure OXE04(以上、BASF社製)、TR-PBG-304(常州強力電子新材料有限公司製)、アデカオプトマーN-1919((株)ADEKA製、特開2012-014052号公報に記載の光重合開始剤2)が挙げられる。また、オキシム化合物としては、着色性が無い化合物や、透明性が高く変色し難い化合物を用いることも好ましい。市販品としては、アデカアークルズNCI-730、NCI-831、NCI-930(以上、(株)ADEKA製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of the oxime compound include the compound described in JP-A-2001-233842, the compound described in JP-A-2000-080068, the compound described in JP-A-2006-342166, and J. Am. C. S. The compound according to Perkin II (1979, pp. 1653-1660), J. Mol. C. S. The compound described in Perkin II (1979, pp. 156-162), the compound described in Journal of Photopolisr Science and Technology (1995, pp. 202-232), the compound described in JP-A-2000-066385, the compound described in JP-A-2000-066385. Compounds described in JP-A-2000-080068, compounds described in JP-A-2004-534977, compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166, compounds described in JP-A-2017-109766, Patent No. 6065596, the compound described in International Publication No. 2015/152153, the compound described in International Publication No. 2017/051680, the compound described in JP-A-2017-198865, the compound described in International Publication No. 2017/164127. No. 0025 to 0038, Compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/167515, Compounds described in JP-A-2019-200226, Compounds described in JP-A-2013-190459, Korean Published Patents. Examples thereof include the compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 10-2016-0109444. Specific examples of the oxime compound include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentane-3-one, and the like. 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 3- (4-toluenesulfonyloxy) iminobutane-2-one, and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxy Examples thereof include imino-1-phenylpropane-1-one. Commercially available products include Irgacure OXE01, Irgacure OXE02, Irgacure OXE03, Irgacure OXE04 (above, manufactured by BASF), TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Powerful Electronics New Materials Co., Ltd.), ADEKA PTOMER N-1919 (Co., Ltd.). Examples thereof include a photopolymerization initiator 2) manufactured by ADEKA and described in JP2012-014552A. Further, as the oxime compound, it is also preferable to use a compound having no coloring property or a compound having high transparency and difficult to discolor. Examples of commercially available products include ADEKA ARCLUS NCI-730, NCI-831, and NCI-930 (all manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
 光重合開始剤としては、フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2014-137466号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorene ring include the compounds described in JP-A-2014-137466.
 光重合開始剤としては、カルバゾール環の少なくとも1つのベンゼン環がナフタレン環となった骨格を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。そのようなオキシム化合物の具体例としては、国際公開第2013/083505号に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of the carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring can also be used. Specific examples of such an oxime compound include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/083505.
 光重合開始剤としては、フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2010-262028号公報に記載の化合物、特表2014-500852号公報に記載の化合物24、36~40、特開2013-164471号公報に記載の化合物(C-3)などが挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom are described in the compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, compounds 24, 36-40 described in JP-A-2014-500852, and JP-A-2013-164471. Compound (C-3) and the like can be mentioned.
 光重合開始剤としては、ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物を用いることができる。ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物は、二量体とすることも好ましい。ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2013-114249号公報の段落0031~0047、特開2014-137466号公報の段落0008~0012、0070~0079に記載されている化合物、特許第4223071号公報の段落0007~0025に記載されている化合物、アデカアークルズNCI-831((株)ADEKA製)が挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a nitro group can be used. The oxime compound having a nitro group is also preferably a dimer. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a nitro group include the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0047 of JP2013-114249A and paragraphs 0008-0012 and 0070-0079 of JP-A-2014-137466, Patent No. Examples thereof include the compound described in paragraphs 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 4223071, ADEKA ARCLUS NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
 光重合開始剤としては、ベンゾフラン骨格を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、国際公開第2015/036910号に記載されているOE-01~OE-75が挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used. Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in International Publication No. 2015/036910.
 光重合開始剤としては、カルバゾール骨格にヒドロキシ基を有する置換基が結合したオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。このような光重合開始剤としては国際公開第2019/088055号に記載された化合物などが挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxy group is bonded to the carbazole skeleton can also be used. Examples of such a photopolymerization initiator include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2019/088055.
 本開示において好ましく使用されるオキシム化合物の具体例を以下に示すが、本開示はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the oxime compound preferably used in the present disclosure are shown below, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 オキシム化合物は、波長350nm~500nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物が好ましく、波長360nm~480nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物がより好ましい。また、オキシム化合物の波長365nm又は波長405nmにおけるモル吸光係数は、感度の観点から、高いことが好ましく、1,000~300,000であることがより好ましく、2,000~300,000であることが更に好ましく、5,000~200,000であることが特に好ましい。化合物のモル吸光係数は、公知の方法を用いて測定することができる。例えば、分光光度計(Varian社製Cary-5 spectrophotometer)にて、酢酸エチルを用い、0.01g/Lの濃度で測定することが好ましい。 The oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 350 nm to 500 nm, and more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 360 nm to 480 nm. Further, the molar extinction coefficient of the oxime compound at a wavelength of 365 nm or a wavelength of 405 nm is preferably high, more preferably 1,000 to 300,000, and more preferably 2,000 to 300,000 from the viewpoint of sensitivity. Is more preferable, and 5,000 to 200,000 is particularly preferable. The molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure at a concentration of 0.01 g / L using ethyl acetate with a spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian).
 光重合開始剤としては、2官能あるいは3官能以上の光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いてもよい。そのような光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いることにより、光ラジカル重合開始剤の1分子から2つ以上のラジカルが発生するため、良好な感度が得られる。また、非対称構造の化合物を用いた場合においては、結晶性が低下して溶剤などへの溶解性が向上して、経時で析出しにくくなり、着色組成物の経時安定性を向上させることができる。2官能あるいは3官能以上の光ラジカル重合開始剤の具体例としては、特表2010-527339号公報、特表2011-524436号公報、国際公開第2015/004565号、特表2016-532675号公報の段落0407~0412、国際公開第2017/033680号の段落0039~0055に記載されているオキシム化合物の2量体、特表2013-522445号公報に記載されている化合物(E)及び化合物(G)、国際公開第2016/034963号に記載されているCmpd1~7、特表2017-523465号公報の段落0007に記載されているオキシムエステル類光開始剤、特開2017-167399号公報の段落0020~0033に記載されている光開始剤、特開2017-151342号公報の段落0017~0026に記載されている光重合開始剤(A)、特許第6469669号公報に記載されているオキシムエステル光開始剤などが挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, a bifunctional or trifunctional or higher photoradical polymerization initiator may be used. By using such a photoradical polymerization initiator, two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the photoradical polymerization initiator, so that good sensitivity can be obtained. Further, when a compound having an asymmetric structure is used, the crystallinity is lowered, the solubility in a solvent or the like is improved, the precipitation is less likely to occur with time, and the stability of the colored composition with time can be improved. .. Specific examples of the bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photo-radical polymerization initiators include Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-527339, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2011-524436, International Publication No. 2015/004565, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 2016-532675. Dimerics of oxime compounds described in paragraphs 0407 to 0412, paragraphs 0039 to 0055 of International Publication No. 2017/033680, compounds (E) and compounds (G) described in JP-A-2013-522445. , Cmpd1-7 described in International Publication No. 2016/034943, oxime esters photoinitiator described in paragraph 0007 of JP-A-2017-523465, paragraph 0020- of JP-A-2017-167399. Photoinitiator described in 0033, photopolymerization initiator (A) described in paragraphs 0017 to 0026 of JP-A-2017-151342, oxime ester photoinitiator described in Japanese Patent No. 6469669. And so on.
 着色組成物の全固形分中の重合開始剤の含有量は、0.1質量%~30質量%が好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1質量%以上が特に好ましい。上限は、20質量%以下がより好ましく、15質量%以下が特に好ましい。本開示に係る着色組成物において、重合開始剤は1種のみを用いもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the polymerization initiator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 20% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 15% by mass or less. In the coloring composition according to the present disclosure, only one kind of polymerization initiator may be used, or two or more kinds may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<樹脂>
 本開示に係る着色組成物は、樹脂を含むことが好ましい。樹脂は、例えば、顔料などの粒子を着色組成物中で分散させる用途及びバインダー(すなわち、バインダーポリマー)の用途で配合される。なお、主に顔料などの粒子を分散させるために用いられる樹脂を分散剤ともいう。ただし、樹脂のこのような用途は一例であって、このような用途以外の目的で使用することもできる。また、上記式1で表される化合物は、上述したように分散剤として作用すると推定している。
<Resin>
The coloring composition according to the present disclosure preferably contains a resin. The resin is blended, for example, for the purpose of dispersing particles such as pigments in a coloring composition and for the purpose of a binder (that is, a binder polymer). A resin mainly used for dispersing particles such as pigments is also referred to as a dispersant. However, such use of the resin is an example, and it can be used for purposes other than such use. Further, it is presumed that the compound represented by the above formula 1 acts as a dispersant as described above.
 樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、3,000~2,000,000が好ましい。上限は、1,000,000以下がより好ましく、500,000以下が特に好ましい。下限は、4,000以上がより好ましく、5,000以上が特に好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is preferably 3,000 to 2,000,000. The upper limit is more preferably 1,000,000 or less, and particularly preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit is more preferably 4,000 or more, and particularly preferably 5,000 or more.
 樹脂としては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、エン・チオール樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレン樹脂、ポリアリーレンエーテルホスフィンオキシド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂などが挙げられる。これらの樹脂から1種を単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を混合して使用してもよい。また、特開2017-206689号公報の段落0041~0060に記載の樹脂、特開2018-010856号公報の段落0022~0071に記載の樹脂、特開2017-057265号公報に記載の樹脂、特開2017-032685号公報に記載の樹脂、特開2017-075248号公報に記載の樹脂、特開2017-066240号公報に記載の樹脂、特開2020-111656号公報に記載の重合体を用いることもできる。 Examples of the resin include (meth) acrylic resin, en-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, and polyamideimide resin. , Polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin and the like. One of these resins may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be mixed and used. Further, the resin described in paragraphs 0041 to 0060 of JP-A-2017-206689, the resin described in paragraphs 0022-0071 of JP-A-2018-010856, the resin described in JP-A-2017-057256, and JP-A. The resin described in JP-A-2017-032685, the resin described in JP-A-2017-075248, the resin described in JP-A-2017-066240, and the polymer described in JP-A-2010-11656 may also be used. can.
 本開示に係る着色組成物は、樹脂として、酸基を有する樹脂を含むことが好ましい。この態様によれば、着色組成物の現像性を向上させることができ、矩形性に優れた画素を形成しやすく、また、上記式1で表される化合物におけるアミノ基及びフタロシアニン環の窒素原子等と相互作用することにより、分散剤として、好適に機能し、顔料の分散性により優れる。酸基としては、カルボキシ基、リン酸基、スルホ基、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられ、カルボキシ基が好ましい。酸基を有する樹脂は、例えば、アルカリ可溶性樹脂として用いることができる。 The coloring composition according to the present disclosure preferably contains a resin having an acid group as the resin. According to this aspect, the developability of the coloring composition can be improved, pixels having excellent rectangularity can be easily formed, and the amino group and the nitrogen atom of the phthalocyanine ring in the compound represented by the above formula 1 can be easily formed. By interacting with, it functions suitably as a dispersant and is more excellent in dispersibility of the pigment. Examples of the acid group include a carboxy group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group, a phenolic hydroxy group and the like, and a carboxy group is preferable. The resin having an acid group can be used, for example, as an alkali-soluble resin.
 酸基を有する樹脂は、酸基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましく、酸基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を樹脂の全繰り返し単位中5モル%~70モル%含むことがより好ましい。酸基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位の含有量の上限は、50モル%以下であることが好ましく、30モル%以下であることがより好ましい。酸基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位の含有量の下限は、10モル%以上であることが好ましく、20モル%以上であることがより好ましい。 The resin having an acid group preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group in the side chain, and more preferably contains 5 mol% to 70 mol% of the repeating units having an acid group in the side chain in all the repeating units of the resin. .. The upper limit of the content of the repeating unit having an acid group in the side chain is preferably 50 mol% or less, more preferably 30 mol% or less. The lower limit of the content of the repeating unit having an acid group in the side chain is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more.
 酸基を有する樹脂は、下記式(ED1)で表される化合物及び下記式(ED2)で表される化合物(以下、これらの化合物を「エーテルダイマー」と称することもある。)よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種のモノマーを含むモノマー成分に由来する繰り返し単位を含むことも好ましい。 The resin having an acid group consists of a group consisting of a compound represented by the following formula (ED1) and a compound represented by the following formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may be referred to as "ether dimers"). It is also preferred to include repeating units derived from monomer components containing at least one selected monomer.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 式(ED1)中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の炭化水素基を表す。 In the formula (ED1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 式(ED2)中、Rは、水素原子又は炭素数1~30の有機基を表す。式(ED2)の詳細については、特開2010-168539号公報の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 In the formula (ED2), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. For the details of the formula (ED2), the description in JP-A-2010-168539 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
 エーテルダイマーの具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-029760号公報の段落0317の記載を参酌することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 As a specific example of the ether dimer, for example, the description in paragraph 0317 of JP2013-209760A can be referred to, and this content is incorporated in the present specification.
 本開示で用いられる樹脂は、下記式(X)で示される化合物に由来する繰り返し単位を含むことも好ましい。 The resin used in the present disclosure preferably contains a repeating unit derived from the compound represented by the following formula (X).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 式(X)中、Rは、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Rは炭素数2~10のアルキレン基を表し、Rは、水素原子又はベンゼン環を含んでもよい炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表す。nは1~15の整数を表す。 In formula (X), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 2 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a benzene ring having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Represents the alkyl group of. n represents an integer from 1 to 15.
 酸基を有する樹脂については、特開2012-208494号公報の段落0558~0571(対応する米国特許出願公開第2012/0235099号明細書の段落0685~0700)の記載、特開2012-198408号公報の段落0076~0099の記載、特開2017-173787号公報のアルカリ可溶性樹脂の記載、特開2020-122052号公報のアルカリ可溶性樹脂の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、酸基を有する樹脂は市販品を用いることもできる。 Regarding the resin having an acid group, the description in paragraphs 0558 to 0571 of JP2012-208494A (paragraphs 0685 to 0700 of the corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0235099), JP2012-198408A. The description of paragraphs 0076 to 0999, the description of the alkali-soluble resin in JP-A-2017-173787, and the description of the alkali-soluble resin in JP-A-2020-122052 can be referred to, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification. Further, as the resin having an acid group, a commercially available product can also be used.
 酸基を有する樹脂の酸価は、30mgKOH/g~500mgKOH/gが好ましい。下限は、40mgKOH/g以上がより好ましく、50mgKOH/g以上が特に好ましい。上限は、400mgKOH/g以下がより好ましく、300mgKOH/g以下が更に好ましく、200mgKOH/g以下が特に好ましい。酸基を有する樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、5,000~100,000が好ましい。また、酸基を有する樹脂の数平均分子量(Mn)は、1,000~20,000が好ましい。 The acid value of the resin having an acid group is preferably 30 mgKOH / g to 500 mgKOH / g. The lower limit is more preferably 40 mgKOH / g or more, and particularly preferably 50 mgKOH / g or more. The upper limit is more preferably 400 mgKOH / g or less, further preferably 300 mgKOH / g or less, and particularly preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin having an acid group is preferably 5,000 to 100,000. The number average molecular weight (Mn) of the resin having an acid group is preferably 1,000 to 20,000.
 また、樹脂への酸性官能基の導入方法としては、特に制限はないが、例えば、特許第6349629号公報に記載の方法が挙げられる。
 更に、樹脂への酸性官能基の導入方法としては、分散剤(特にエチレン性不飽和基を有する分散剤など)又はアルカリ可溶性樹脂において、エポキシ基の開環反応で生じたヒドロキシ基に酸無水物を反応させて酸基を導入する方法も挙げられる。
The method for introducing the acidic functional group into the resin is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the method described in Japanese Patent No. 6349629.
Further, as a method for introducing an acidic functional group into the resin, in a dispersant (particularly a dispersant having an ethylenically unsaturated group) or an alkali-soluble resin, an acid anhydride is added to the hydroxy group generated by the ring opening reaction of the epoxy group. There is also a method of introducing an acid group by reacting with.
 本開示において、樹脂として塩基性基を有する樹脂を用いることが好ましい。この態様によれば、着色組成物の現像性を向上させることができ、矩形性に優れた画素を形成しやすい。塩基性基としては、アミノ基、窒素原子を有するヘテロアリール基などが挙げられ、アミノ基が好ましく、第三級アミノ基がより好ましい。塩基性基を有する樹脂は、例えば、アルカリ可溶性樹脂として用いることができる。 In the present disclosure, it is preferable to use a resin having a basic group as the resin. According to this aspect, the developability of the coloring composition can be improved, and it is easy to form pixels having excellent rectangularity. Examples of the basic group include an amino group and a heteroaryl group having a nitrogen atom, and an amino group is preferable, and a tertiary amino group is more preferable. A resin having a basic group can be used, for example, as an alkali-soluble resin.
 塩基性基としてアミノ基を有する樹脂のアミン価は、30mgKOH/g~200mgKOH/gが好ましい。下限は、40mgKOH/g以上がより好ましく、50mgKOH/g以上が特に好ましい。上限は、250mgKOH/g以下がより好ましく、200mgKOH/g以下が更に好ましく、150mgKOH/g以下が特に好ましい。アミノ基を有する樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、5,000~100,000が好ましい。また、アミノ基を有する樹脂の数平均分子量(Mn)は、1,000~20,000が好ましい。 The amine value of the resin having an amino group as a basic group is preferably 30 mgKOH / g to 200 mgKOH / g. The lower limit is more preferably 40 mgKOH / g or more, and particularly preferably 50 mgKOH / g or more. The upper limit is more preferably 250 mgKOH / g or less, further preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less, and particularly preferably 150 mgKOH / g or less. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin having an amino group is preferably 5,000 to 100,000. The number average molecular weight (Mn) of the resin having an amino group is preferably 1,000 to 20,000.
 本開示に係る着色組成物は、分散剤として、樹脂を含むこともできる。分散剤としては、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)が挙げられる。ここで、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)とは、酸基の量が塩基性基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)は、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、酸基の量が70モル%以上を占める樹脂が好ましく、実質的に酸基のみからなる樹脂がより好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)が有する酸基は、カルボキシ基が好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)の酸価は、40mgKOH/g~105mgKOH/gが好ましく、50mgKOH/g~105mgKOH/gがより好ましく、60mgKOH/g~105mgKOH/gが更に好ましい。また、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)とは、塩基性基の量が酸基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)は、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、塩基性基の量が50モル%を超える樹脂が好ましい。塩基性分散剤が有する塩基性基は、アミノ基であることが好ましい。 The coloring composition according to the present disclosure may also contain a resin as a dispersant. Examples of the dispersant include an acidic dispersant (acidic resin) and a basic dispersant (basic resin). Here, the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of acid groups is larger than the amount of basic groups. The acid dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of acid groups is 70 mol% or more when the total amount of the amount of acid groups and the amount of basic groups is 100 mol%, and is substantially acid. A resin consisting only of a group is more preferable. The acid group of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxy group. The acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 40 mgKOH / g to 105 mgKOH / g, more preferably 50 mgKOH / g to 105 mgKOH / g, and even more preferably 60 mgKOH / g to 105 mgKOH / g. Further, the basic dispersant (basic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of basic groups is larger than the amount of acid groups. The basic dispersant (basic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of basic groups exceeds 50 mol% when the total amount of the amount of acid groups and the amount of basic groups is 100 mol%. The basic group of the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、酸基を有する繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。分散剤として用いる樹脂が酸基を有する繰り返し単位を含むことにより、フォトリソグラフィ法によりパターンを形成する際、現像残渣の発生をより抑制できる。 The resin used as a dispersant preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group. Since the resin used as the dispersant contains a repeating unit having an acid group, it is possible to further suppress the generation of development residue when forming a pattern by a photolithography method.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、グラフト樹脂であることも好ましい。グラフト樹脂の詳細は、特開2012-255128号公報の段落0025~0094の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 It is also preferable that the resin used as the dispersant is a graft resin. For details of the graft resin, the description in paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP2012-255128A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、主鎖及び側鎖の少なくとも一方に窒素原子を含むポリイミン系分散剤であることも好ましい。ポリイミン系分散剤としては、pKa14以下の官能基を有する部分構造を有する主鎖と、原子数40~10,000の側鎖とを有し、かつ主鎖及び側鎖の少なくとも一方に塩基性窒素原子を有する樹脂が好ましい。塩基性窒素原子とは、塩基性を呈する窒素原子であれば特に制限はない。ポリイミン系分散剤については、特開2012-255128号公報の段落0102~0166の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 It is also preferable that the resin used as the dispersant is a polyimine-based dispersant containing a nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain. The polyimine-based dispersant has a main chain having a partial structure having a functional group of pKa14 or less and a side chain having 40 to 10,000 atoms, and basic nitrogen is contained in at least one of the main chain and the side chain. A resin having an atom is preferable. The basic nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it is a nitrogen atom exhibiting basicity. Regarding the polyimine-based dispersant, the description in paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP2012-255128A can be referred to, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、コア部に複数個のポリマー鎖が結合した構造の樹脂であることも好ましい。このような樹脂としては、例えばデンドリマー(星型ポリマーを含む)が挙げられる。また、デンドリマーの具体例としては、特開2013-043962号公報の段落0196~0209に記載された高分子化合物C-1~C-31などが挙げられる。 It is also preferable that the resin used as the dispersant is a resin having a structure in which a plurality of polymer chains are bonded to the core portion. Examples of such resins include dendrimers (including star-shaped polymers). Specific examples of the dendrimer include the polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP2013-043962.
 また、上述した酸基を有する樹脂(アルカリ可溶性樹脂)を分散剤として用いることもできる。 Further, the resin having an acid group (alkali-soluble resin) described above can also be used as a dispersant.
 また、分散剤として用いる樹脂は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることも好ましい。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂の全繰り返し単位中10モル%以上であることが好ましく、10モル%~80モル%であることがより好ましく、20モル%~70モル%であることが更に好ましい。 Further, the resin used as the dispersant is preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain. The content of the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% to 80 mol%, and 20 mol% in all the repeating units of the resin. It is more preferably mol% to 70 mol%.
 また、分散剤としては、芳香族カルボキシ基を有する樹脂(以下、「樹脂B」)が好ましく挙げられる。
 樹脂Bにおいて、芳香族カルボキシ基は繰り返し単位の主鎖に含まれていてもよく、繰り返し単位の側鎖に含まれていてもよい。現像性及び色抜けに優れるという理由から、芳香族カルボキシ基は繰り返し単位の主鎖に含まれていることが好ましい。詳細は不明だが、主鎖近くに芳香族カルボキシ基が存在することで、これらの特性がより向上するものと推測される。なお、本明細書において、芳香族カルボキシル基とは、芳香族環にカルボキシル基が1個以上結合した構造の基のことである。芳香族カルボキシ基において、芳香族環に結合したカルボキシ基の数は、1個~4個であることが好ましく、1個~2個であることがより好ましい。
Further, as the dispersant, a resin having an aromatic carboxy group (hereinafter, “resin B”) is preferably mentioned.
In the resin B, the aromatic carboxy group may be contained in the main chain of the repeating unit or may be contained in the side chain of the repeating unit. The aromatic carboxy group is preferably contained in the backbone of the repeating unit because of its excellent developability and color loss. Details are unknown, but it is speculated that the presence of aromatic carboxy groups near the backbone will further improve these properties. In addition, in this specification, an aromatic carboxyl group is a group having a structure in which one or more carboxyl groups are bonded to an aromatic ring. Among the aromatic carboxy groups, the number of carboxy groups bonded to the aromatic ring is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 2.
 本開示で用いられる樹脂Bは、式(b-1)で表される繰り返し単位及び式(b-10)で表される繰り返し単位から選ばれる少なくとも一種の繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることが好ましい。 The resin B used in the present disclosure is preferably a resin containing at least one repeating unit selected from the repeating unit represented by the formula (b-1) and the repeating unit represented by the formula (b-10). ..
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 式(b-1)中、Ar1は芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基を表し、L1は、-COO-又は-CONH-を表し、L2は、2価の連結基を表す。
 式(b-10)中、Ar10は芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基を表し、L11は、-COO-又は-CONH-を表し、L12は3価の連結基を表し、P10はポリマー鎖を表す。
In formula (b-1), Ar 1 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group, L 1 represents -COO- or -CONH-, and L 2 represents a divalent linking group.
In formula (b-10), Ar 10 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group, L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-, L 12 represents a trivalent linking group, and P 10 represents a polymer. Represents a chain.
 まず、式(b-1)について説明する。式(b-1)においてAr1が表す芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基としては、芳香族トリカルボン酸無水物から由来する構造、芳香族テトラカルボン酸無水物から由来する構造などが挙げられる。芳香族トリカルボン酸無水物及び芳香族テトラカルボン酸無水物としては、下記構造の化合物が挙げられる。 First, the equation (b-1) will be described. Examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxy group represented by Ar 1 in the formula (b-1) include a structure derived from an aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride, a structure derived from an aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride, and the like. Examples of the aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride and the aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride include compounds having the following structures.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 上記式中、Qは、単結合、-O-、-CO-、-COOCHCHOCO-、-SO-、-C(CF-、下記式(Q-1)で表される基又は下記式(Q-2)で表される基を表す。 In the above formula, Q 1 is represented by a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , and the following formula (Q-1). Represents a group to be used or a group represented by the following formula (Q-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 芳香族トリカルボン酸無水物の具体例としては、ベンゼントリカルボン酸無水物(1,2,3-ベンゼントリカルボン酸無水物、トリメリット酸無水物[1,2,4-ベンゼントリカルボン酸無水物]等)、ナフタレントリカルボン酸無水物(1,2,4-ナフタレントリカルボン酸無水物、1,4,5-ナフタレントリカルボン酸無水物、2,3,6-ナフタレントリカルボン酸無水物、1,2,8-ナフタレントリカルボン酸無水物等)、3,4,4’-ベンゾフェノントリカルボン酸無水物、3,4,4’-ビフェニルエーテルトリカルボン酸無水物、3,4,4’-ビフェニルトリカルボン酸無水物、2,3,2’-ビフェニルトリカルボン酸無水物、3,4,4’-ビフェニルメタントリカルボン酸無水物、又は3,4,4’-ビフェニルスルホントリカルボン酸無水物が挙げられる。芳香族テトラカルボン酸無水物の具体例としては、ピロメリット酸二無水物、エチレングリコールジ無水トリメリット酸エステル、プロピレングリコールジ無水トリメリット酸エステル、ブチレングリコールジ無水トリメリット酸エステル、3,3’,4,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルスルホンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,8-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,6,7-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルエーテルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジメチルジフェニルシランテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-テトラフェニルシランテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,2,3,4-フランテトラカルボン酸二無水物、4,4’-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェノキシ)ジフェニルスルフィド二無水物、4,4’-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェノキシ)ジフェニルスルホン二無水物、4,4’-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェノキシ)ジフェニルプロパン二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-パーフルオロイソプロピリデンジフタル酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、ビス(フタル酸)フェニルホスフィンオキサイド二無水物、p-フェニレン-ビス(トリフェニルフタル酸)二無水物、m-フェニレン-ビス(トリフェニルフタル酸)二無水物、ビス(トリフェニルフタル酸)-4,4’-ジフェニルエーテル二無水物、ビス(トリフェニルフタル酸)-4,4’-ジフェニルメタン二無水物、9,9-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)フルオレン二無水物、9,9-ビス[4-(3,4-ジカルボキシフェノキシ)フェニル]フルオレン二無水物、3,4-ジカルボキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロ-1-ナフタレンコハク酸二無水物、又は3,4-ジカルボキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロ-6-メチル-1-ナフタレンコハク酸二無水物等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride include benzenetricarboxylic acid anhydride (1,2,3-benzenetricarboxylic acid anhydride, trimellitic acid anhydride [1,2,4-benzenetricarboxylic acid anhydride], etc.). , Naphthalenetricarboxylic acid anhydride (1,2,4-naphthalentricarboxylic acid anhydride, 1,4,5-naphthalentricarboxylic acid anhydride, 2,3,6-naphthalentricarboxylic acid anhydride, 1,2,8-naphthalene Tricarboxylic acid anhydride, etc.), 3,4,4'-benzophenone tricarboxylic acid anhydride, 3,4,4'-biphenyl ether tricarboxylic acid anhydride, 3,4,4'-biphenyl tricarboxylic acid anhydride, 2,3 , 2'-biphenyltricarboxylic acid anhydride, 3,4,4'-biphenylmethanetricarboxylic acid anhydride, or 3,4,4'-biphenylsulfonatetricarboxylic acid anhydride. Specific examples of aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydrides include pyromellitic dianhydride, ethylene glycol dianhydride trimellitic acid ester, propylene glycol dianhydride trimellitic acid ester, butylene glycol dianhydride trimellitic acid ester, 3,3. ', 4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 3,3', 4,4'-biphenylsulfone tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 3,3', 4,4'-biphenyl ether tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 3,3', 4,4'-dimethyldiphenylsilane tetracarboxylic Acid dianhydride, 3,3', 4,4'-tetraphenylsilane tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-frantetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 4,4'-bis (3, 4-Dicarboxyphenoxy) diphenylsulfide dianhydride, 4,4'-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy) diphenylsulfone dianhydride, 4,4'-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy) diphenylpropane Dianhydride, 3,3', 4,4'-perfluoroisopropyridendiphthalic acid dianhydride, 3,3', 4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, bis (phthalic acid) phenylphosphine Oxide dianhydride, p-phenylene-bis (triphenylphthalic acid) dianhydride, m-phenylene-bis (triphenylphthalic acid) dianhydride, bis (triphenylphthalic acid) -4,4'-diphenyl ether dianhydride Anhydride, bis (triphenylphthalic acid) -4,4'-diphenylmethane dianhydride, 9,9-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) fluorene hydride, 9,9-bis [4- (3) , 4-Dicarboxyphenoxy) phenyl] fluoren dianhydride, 3,4-dicarboxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-naphthalene succinate dianhydride, or 3,4-dicarboxy-1, Examples thereof include 2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-methyl-1-naphthalene succinic hydride and the like.
 Ar1が表す芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基の具体例としては、式(Ar-1)で表される基、式(Ar-2)で表される基、式(Ar-3)で表される基などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 include a group represented by the formula (Ar-1), a group represented by the formula (Ar-2), and a group represented by the formula (Ar-3). Examples include the group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 式(Ar-1)中、n1は1~4の整数を表し、1又は2であることが好ましく、2であることがより好ましい。
 式(Ar-2)中、n2は1~8の整数を表し、1~4の整数であることが好ましく、1又は2であることがより好ましく、2であることが更に好ましい。
 式(Ar-3)中、n3及びn4はそれぞれ独立して0~4の整数を表し、0~2の整数であることが好ましく、1又は2であることがより好ましく、1であることが更に好ましい。ただし、n3及びn4の少なくとも一方は1以上の整数である。
 式(Ac-3)中、Qは、単結合、-O-、-CO-、-COOCHCHOCO-、-SO-、-C(CF-、上記式(Q-1)で表される基又は上記式(Q-2)で表される基を表す。
In the formula (Ar-1), n1 represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 2.
In the formula (Ar-2), n2 represents an integer of 1 to 8, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 2.
In the formula (Ar-3), n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 1 or 2, and preferably 1. More preferred. However, at least one of n3 and n4 is an integer of 1 or more.
In the formula (Ac-3), Q 1 is a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , the above formula (Q-). It represents a group represented by 1) or a group represented by the above formula (Q-2).
 式(b-1)においてLは、-COO-又は-CONH-を表し、-COO-を表すことが好ましい。 In the formula (b-1), L 1 represents -COO- or -CONH-, and preferably -COO-.
 式(b-1)においてLが表す2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-、-S-及びこれらの2種以上を組み合わせた基が挙げられる。アルキレン基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。アルキレン基は、直鎖、分岐、及び、環状のいずれでもよい。アリーレン基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい。アルキレン基及びアリーレン基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。Lが表す二価の連結基は、-O-L2a-O-で表される基であることが好ましい。L2aは、アルキレン基;アリーレン基;アルキレン基とアリーレン基とを組み合わせた基;アルキレン基及びアリーレン基から選ばれる少なくとも1種と、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-及び-S-よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種とを組み合わせた基などが挙げられる。アルキレン基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。アルキレン基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アルキレン基及びアリーレン基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。 The divalent linking group represented by L 2 in the formula (b-1) includes an alkylene group, an arylene group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S- and these. A group that combines two or more of the above can be mentioned. The alkylene group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms. The alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The arylene group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms. The alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and the like. The divalent linking group represented by L 2 is preferably a group represented by —OL 2a —O—. L 2a is an alkylene group; an arylene group; a group in which an alkylene group and an arylene group are combined; at least one selected from an alkylene group and an arylene group, and —O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, Examples thereof include a group in combination with at least one selected from the group consisting of -NH- and -S-. The alkylene group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms. The alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic. The alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and the like.
 次に、式(b-10)について説明する。式(b-10)においてAr10が表す芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基としては、式(b-1)のArと同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。 Next, the equation (b-10) will be described. The group containing the aromatic carboxy group represented by Ar 10 in the formula (b-10) has the same meaning as Ar 1 in the formula (b-1), and the preferred range is also the same.
 式(b-10)においてL11は、-COO-又は-CONH-を表し、-COO-を
表すことが好ましい。
In the formula (b-10), L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-, and preferably -COO-.
 式(b-10)においてL12が表す3価の連結基としては、炭化水素基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-、-S-及びこれらの2種以上を組み合わせた基が挙げられる。炭化水素基は、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられる。脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。脂肪族炭化水素基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。芳香族炭化水素基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい。炭化水素基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。L12が表す三価の連結基は、下記式(L12-1)で表される基であることが好ましく、式(L12-2)で表される基であることがより好ましい。 The trivalent linking group represented by L 12 in the formula (b-10) includes a hydrocarbon group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S- and two of these. A group that combines species or more can be mentioned. Examples of the hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group. The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 10. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and the like. The trivalent linking group represented by L 12 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (L12-1), and more preferably a group represented by the formula (L12-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 L12a及びL12bはそれぞれ独立に、三価の連結基を表し、XはSを表し、*1は式(b-10)のL11との結合位置を表し、*2は式(b-10)のP10との結合位置を表す。 L 12a and L 12b each independently represent a trivalent linking group, X 1 represents S, * 1 represents the bonding position with L 11 in the formula (b-10), and * 2 represents the bonding position with L 11 in the formula (b-10). -10 ) represents the bonding position with P10.
 L12a及びL12bが表す三価の連結基としては、炭化水素基;炭化水素基と、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-及び-S-よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種とを組み合わせた基などが挙げられる。 The trivalent linking group represented by L 12a and L 12b is a group consisting of a hydrocarbon group; a hydrocarbon group and -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and -S-. A group that is a combination of at least one selected from the above can be mentioned.
 式(b-10)においてP10はポリマー鎖を表す。P10が表すポリマー鎖は、ポリ(メタ)アクリル繰り返し単位、ポリエーテル繰り返し単位、ポリエステル繰り返し単位及びポリオール繰り返し単位から選ばれる少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。ポリマー鎖P10の重量平均分子量は500~20,000が好ましい。下限は500以上がより好ましく、1,000以上が特に好ましい。上限は10,000以下がより好ましく、5,000以下が更に好ましく、3,000以下が特に好ましい。P10の重量平均分子量が上記範囲であれば組成物中における顔料の分散性が良好である。樹脂Bが式(b-10)で表される繰り返し単位を有する樹脂である場合は、樹脂Bは分散剤として好ましく用いられる。 In formula (b-10), P 10 represents a polymer chain. The polymer chain represented by P 10 preferably has at least one repeating unit selected from poly (meth) acrylic repeating units, polyether repeating units, polyester repeating units and polyol repeating units. The weight average molecular weight of the polymer chain P 10 is preferably 500 to 20,000. The lower limit is more preferably 500 or more, and particularly preferably 1,000 or more. The upper limit is more preferably 10,000 or less, further preferably 5,000 or less, and particularly preferably 3,000 or less. When the weight average molecular weight of P 10 is in the above range, the dispersibility of the pigment in the composition is good. When the resin B is a resin having a repeating unit represented by the formula (b-10), the resin B is preferably used as a dispersant.
 式(b-10)において、P10が表すポリマー鎖は、下記式(P-1)~式(P-5)で表される繰り返し単位を含むポリマー鎖であることが好ましく、式(P-5)で表される繰り返し単位を含むポリマー鎖であることがより好ましい。 In the formula (b-10), the polymer chain represented by P 10 is preferably a polymer chain containing a repeating unit represented by the following formulas (P-1) to (P-5), and is preferably a polymer chain. It is more preferable that the polymer chain contains the repeating unit represented by 5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 上記式において、RP1及びRP2は、それぞれアルキレン基を表す。RP1及びRP2で表されるアルキレン基としては、炭素数1~20の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数2~16の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキレン基がより好ましく、炭素数3~12の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキレン基が更に好ましい。
 上記式において、RP3は、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。
 上記式において、LP1は、単結合又はアリーレン基を表し、LP2は、単結合又は二価の連結基を表す。LP1は、単結合であることが好ましい。LP2が表す2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~12のアルキレン基)、アリーレン基(好ましくは炭素数6~20のアリーレン基)、-NH-、-SO-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-、-NHCO-、-CONH-、及びこれらの2以上を組み合わせてなる基が挙げられる。
 RP4は、水素原子又は置換基を表す。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、ヘテロアリールオキシ基、アルキルチオエーテル基、アリールチオエーテル基、ヘテロアリールチオエーテル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、オキセタニル基、ブロックイソシアネート基等が挙げられる。なお、本開示におけるブロックイソシアネート基とは、熱によりイソシアネート基を生成することが可能な基であり、例えば、ブロック剤とイソシアネート基とを反応させイソシアネート基を保護した基が好ましく例示できる。ブロック剤としては、オキシム化合物、ラクタム化合物、フェノール化合物、アルコール化合物、アミン化合物、活性メチレン化合物、ピラゾール化合物、メルカプタン化合物、イミダゾール系化合物、イミド系化合物等を挙げることができる。ブロック剤については、特開2017-067930号公報の段落0115~0117に記載された化合物が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、ブロックイソシアネート基は、90℃~260℃の熱によりイソシアネート基を生成することが可能な基であることが好ましい。
In the above formula, RP1 and RP2 each represent an alkylene group. As the alkylene group represented by RP1 and RP2 , a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 16 carbon atoms is more preferable. , A linear or branched alkylene group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms is more preferable.
In the above formula, RP3 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
In the above formula, LP1 represents a single bond or an arylene group, and LP2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. L P1 is preferably a single bond. The divalent linking group represented by L P2 includes an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), an arylene group (preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), -NH-, and -SO-. Examples thereof include -SO 2- , -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-, -NHCO-, -CONH-, and a group composed of a combination of two or more of these.
RP4 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Substituents include hydroxy group, carboxy group, alkyl group, aryl group, heteroaryl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, heteroaryloxy group, alkylthioether group, arylthioether group, heteroarylthioether group and (meth) acryloyl. Examples thereof include a group, an oxetanyl group, a blocked isocyanate group and the like. The blocked isocyanate group in the present disclosure is a group capable of generating an isocyanate group by heat, and for example, a group in which a blocking agent and an isocyanate group are reacted to protect the isocyanate group can be preferably exemplified. Examples of the blocking agent include oxime compounds, lactam compounds, phenol compounds, alcohol compounds, amine compounds, active methylene compounds, pyrazole compounds, mercaptan compounds, imidazole compounds, imide compounds and the like. Examples of the blocking agent include the compounds described in paragraphs 0115 to 0117 of JP-A-2017-06793, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. Further, the blocked isocyanate group is preferably a group capable of generating an isocyanate group by heat of 90 ° C to 260 ° C.
 P10が表すポリマー鎖は、(メタ)アクリロイル基、オキセタニル基、ブロックイソシアネート基及びt-ブチル基よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基(以下、「官能基A」ともいう。)を有することが好ましい。官能基Aは(メタ)アクリロイル基、オキセタニル基及びブロックイソシアネート基よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種であることがより好ましい。ポリマー鎖が官能基Aを含む場合は、耐溶剤性に優れた膜を形成しやすい。特に、(メタ)アクリロイル基、オキセタニル基及びブロックイソシアネート基から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を含む場合は上記の効果が顕著である。また、官能基Aがt-ブチル基を有する場合には、組成物中にエポキシ基又はオキセタニル基をもつ化合物を含むことが好ましい。官能基Aがブロックイソシアネート基を有する場合には、組成物中にヒドロキシ基をもつ化合物を含むことが好ましい。 The polymer chain represented by P 10 has at least one group (hereinafter, also referred to as “functional group A”) selected from the group consisting of a (meth) acryloyl group, an oxetanyl group, a blocked isocyanate group and a t-butyl group. Is preferable. It is more preferable that the functional group A is at least one selected from the group consisting of a (meth) acryloyl group, an oxetanyl group and a blocked isocyanate group. When the polymer chain contains a functional group A, it is easy to form a film having excellent solvent resistance. In particular, the above effect is remarkable when at least one group selected from a (meth) acryloyl group, an oxetanyl group and a blocked isocyanate group is contained. When the functional group A has a t-butyl group, it is preferable to include a compound having an epoxy group or an oxetanyl group in the composition. When the functional group A has a blocked isocyanate group, it is preferable to include a compound having a hydroxy group in the composition.
 また、P10が表すポリマー鎖は、側鎖に上記官能基Aを含む繰り返し単位を有するポリマー鎖であることがより好ましい。また、P10を構成する全繰り返し単位中における、上記官能基Aを側鎖に含む繰り返し単位の割合は、5質量%以上であることが好ましく、10質量%以上であることがより好ましく、20質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は、100質量%とすることができ、90質量%以下であることが好ましく、60質量%以下であることがより好ましい。 Further, the polymer chain represented by P 10 is more preferably a polymer chain having a repeating unit containing the functional group A in the side chain. Further, the proportion of the repeating unit containing the functional group A in the side chain in all the repeating units constituting P 10 is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, and 20 It is more preferably mass% or more. The upper limit can be 100% by mass, preferably 90% by mass or less, and more preferably 60% by mass or less.
 また、P10が表すポリマー鎖は、酸基を含む繰り返し単位を有することも好ましい。酸基としては、カルボキシ基、リン酸基、スルホ基、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。この態様によれば、組成物中における顔料の分散性をより向上できる。更には、現像性をより向上させることもできる。酸基を含む繰り返し単位の割合は、1質量%~30質量%であることが好ましく、2質量%~20質量%であることがより好ましく、3質量%~10質量%であることが更に好ましい。 It is also preferable that the polymer chain represented by P 10 has a repeating unit containing an acid group. Examples of the acid group include a carboxy group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxy group. According to this aspect, the dispersibility of the pigment in the composition can be further improved. Furthermore, the developability can be further improved. The ratio of the repeating unit containing an acid group is preferably 1% by mass to 30% by mass, more preferably 2% by mass to 20% by mass, and further preferably 3% by mass to 10% by mass. ..
 樹脂Bは、芳香族テトラカルボン酸無水物及び芳香族トリカルボン酸無水物よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の酸無水物と、ヒドロキシ基含有化合物とを反応させることで製造することができる。芳香族テトラカルボン酸無水物及び芳香族トリカルボン酸無水物としては、上述したものが挙げられる。ヒドロキシ基含有化合物としては、分子内にヒドロキシ基を有してさえいれば、特に制限されないが、分子内に2つ以上のヒドロキシ基を有するポリオールであることが好ましい。また、ヒドロキシ基含有化合物として、分子内に2つのヒドロキシ基と1つのチオール基を有する化合物を用いることも好ましい。分子内に2つのヒドロキシ基と1つのチオール基を有する化合物としては、例えば、1-メルカプト-1,1-メタンジオール、1-メルカプト-1,1-エタンジオール、3-メルカプト-1,2-プロパンジオール(チオグリセリン)、2-メルカプト-1,2-プロパンジオール、2-メルカプト-2-メチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、2-メルカプト-2-エチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、1-メルカプト-2,2-プロパンジオール、2-メルカプトエチル-2-メチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、又は2-メルカプトエチル-2-エチル-1,3-プロパンジオール等が挙げられる。その他のヒドロキシ基含有化合物については、特開2018-101039号公報の段落0084~0095に記載された化合物が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Resin B can be produced by reacting at least one acid anhydride selected from the group consisting of aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride and aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride with a hydroxy group-containing compound. Examples of the aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride and the aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride include those described above. The hydroxy group-containing compound is not particularly limited as long as it has a hydroxy group in the molecule, but is preferably a polyol having two or more hydroxy groups in the molecule. Further, as the hydroxy group-containing compound, it is also preferable to use a compound having two hydroxy groups and one thiol group in the molecule. Compounds having two hydroxy groups and one thiol group in the molecule include, for example, 1-mercapto-1,1-methanediol, 1-mercapto-1,1-ethanediol, 3-mercapto-1,2-. Propanediol (thioglycerin), 2-mercapto-1,2-propanediol, 2-mercapto-2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-mercapto-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol, 1- Examples thereof include mercapto-2,2-propanediol, 2-mercaptoethyl-2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-mercaptoethyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol and the like. Examples of other hydroxy group-containing compounds include the compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 095 of JP-A-2018-101039, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.
 上記酸無水物中の酸無水物基と、ヒドロキシ基含有化合物中のヒドロキシ基とのモル比(酸無水物基/ヒドロキシ基)は、0.5~1.5であることが好ましい。 The molar ratio (acid anhydride group / hydroxy group) of the acid anhydride group in the acid anhydride and the hydroxy group in the hydroxy group-containing compound is preferably 0.5 to 1.5.
 また、上述した式(b-10)で表される繰り返し単位を含む樹脂は、以下の合成方法(1)~(2)に示す方法などで合成することができる。 Further, the resin containing the repeating unit represented by the above-mentioned formula (b-10) can be synthesized by the methods shown in the following synthesis methods (1) and (2).
〔合成方法(1)〕
 エチレン性不飽和基を有する重合性モノマーをヒドロキシ基含有チオール化合物(好ましくは分子内に2つのヒドロキシ基と1つのチオール基を有する化合物)の存在下にて、ラジカル重合して片末端領域に2つのヒドロキシ基を有するビニル重合体を合成し、この合成したビニル重合体と、芳香族テトラカルボン酸無水物及び芳香族トリカルボン酸無水物よりなる群から選ばれる一種以上の芳香族酸無水物とを反応させて製造する方法。
[Synthesis method (1)]
A polymerizable monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated group is radically polymerized in the presence of a hydroxy group-containing thiol compound (preferably a compound having two hydroxy groups and one thiol group in the molecule) to form 2 in one terminal region. A vinyl polymer having two hydroxy groups was synthesized, and the synthesized vinyl polymer was combined with one or more aromatic acid anhydrides selected from the group consisting of aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydrides and aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydrides. A method of reacting and producing.
〔合成方法(2)〕
 ヒドロキシ基含有化合物(好ましくは分子内に2つのヒドロキシ基と1つのチオール基を有する化合物)と、芳香族テトラカルボン酸無水物及び芳香族トリカルボン酸無水物よりなる群から選ばれる一種以上の芳香族酸無水物と、を反応させたのち、得られた反応物の存在下で、エチレン性不飽和基を有する重合性モノマーをラジカル重合して製造する方法。合成方法(2)においては、ヒドロキシ基を有する重合性モノマーをラジカル重合した後、更にイソシアネート基を有する化合物(例えば、イソシアネート基と上述した官能基Aとを有する化合物)とを反応させてもよい。これによって、ポリマー鎖P10に官能基Aを導入することができる。
[Synthesis method (2)]
One or more aromatics selected from the group consisting of hydroxy group-containing compounds (preferably compounds having two hydroxy groups and one thiol group in the molecule) and aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydrides and aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydrides. A method for producing a polymerizable monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated group by radical polymerization in the presence of the obtained reactant after reacting with an acid anhydride. In the synthesis method (2), a polymerizable monomer having a hydroxy group may be radically polymerized, and then a compound having an isocyanate group (for example, a compound having an isocyanate group and the above-mentioned functional group A) may be reacted. .. This allows the functional group A to be introduced into the polymer chain P10 .
 また、樹脂Bは、特開2018-101039号公報の段落0120~0138に記載された方法に従い合成することもできる。 Further, the resin B can also be synthesized according to the method described in paragraphs 0120 to 0138 of JP-A-2018-101039.
 樹脂Bの重量平均分子量は、2,000~35,000であることが好ましい。上限は25,000以下であることがより好ましく、20,000以下であることが更に好ましく、15,000以下であることが特に好ましい。下限は、4,000以上であることがより好ましく、6,000以上であることが更に好ましく、7,000以上であることが特に好ましい。樹脂Bの重量平均分子量が上記範囲であれば、本開示における効果がより顕著に得られる。また、着色組成物の保存安定性も向上させることができる。 The weight average molecular weight of the resin B is preferably 2,000 to 35,000. The upper limit is more preferably 25,000 or less, further preferably 20,000 or less, and particularly preferably 15,000 or less. The lower limit is more preferably 4,000 or more, further preferably 6,000 or more, and particularly preferably 7,000 or more. When the weight average molecular weight of the resin B is in the above range, the effect in the present disclosure can be obtained more remarkably. In addition, the storage stability of the coloring composition can be improved.
 分散剤は、市販品としても入手可能であり、そのような具体例としては、BYKChemie社製のDISPERBYKシリーズ(例えば、DISPERBYK-111、161など)、日本ルーブリゾール(株)製のソルスパースシリーズ(例えば、ソルスパース76500など)などが挙げられる。また、特開2014-130338号公報の段落0041~0130に記載された顔料分散剤を用いることもでき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。なお、上記分散剤として説明した樹脂は、分散剤以外の用途で使用することもできる。例えば、バインダーとして用いることもできる。
 また、国際公開第2016/104803号に記載の分散剤を使用することもできる。また、国際公開第2019/125940号に記載の樹脂を使用することもできる。また、特開2020-066687号公報に記載のブロック共重合体を使用することもできる。また、特開2020-066688号公報に記載のブロック共重合体を使用することもできる。
Dispersants are also available as commercial products, and specific examples thereof include DISPERBYK series manufactured by BYK Chemie (for example, DISPERBYK-111, 161 etc.) and Solsparse series manufactured by Japan Lubrizol Co., Ltd. (for example, DISPERBYK-111, 161 etc.). For example, Solsparse 76500) and the like. Further, the pigment dispersants described in paragraphs 0041 to 0130 of JP2014-130338A can also be used, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. The resin described as the dispersant can also be used for purposes other than the dispersant. For example, it can also be used as a binder.
Further, the dispersant described in International Publication No. 2016/10403 can also be used. Further, the resin described in International Publication No. 2019/125940 can also be used. Further, the block copolymer described in JP-A-2020-06667 can also be used. Further, the block copolymer described in JP-A-2020-066688 can also be used.
 本開示に係る着色組成物において、樹脂は1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。2種以上併用する場合はそれらの合計量が下記範囲であることが好ましい。
 樹脂の含有量は、現像残渣抑制性、分散液安定性、及び、密着性の観点から、着色組成物の全固形分中に対し、5質量%~40質量%であることが好ましく、10質量%~30質量%であることがより好ましく、10質量%~25質量%であることが特に好ましい。
 また、分散剤として用いられる上記樹脂の含有量は、上記式1で表される化合物の含有量よりも少ないことが好ましい。
In the coloring composition according to the present disclosure, only one kind of resin may be used, or two or more kinds of resins may be used in combination. When two or more types are used in combination, the total amount thereof is preferably in the following range.
The content of the resin is preferably 5% by mass to 40% by mass, preferably 10% by mass, based on the total solid content of the coloring composition from the viewpoint of suppressing development residue, stability of dispersion liquid, and adhesion. It is more preferably% to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 10% by mass to 25% by mass.
Further, the content of the resin used as the dispersant is preferably smaller than the content of the compound represented by the above formula 1.
<顔料誘導体>
 本開示に係る着色組成物は、式1で表される化合物以外の顔料誘導体(以下、単に「顔料誘導体」又は「誘導体」ともいう。)を含有することができる。
 顔料誘導体としては、発色団の一部分を、酸基又は塩基性基で置換した構造を有する化合物が挙げられる。顔料誘導体を構成する発色団としては、キノリン骨格、ベンゾイミダゾロン骨格、ジケトピロロピロール骨格、アゾ骨格、フタロシアニン骨格、アンスラキノン骨格、キナクリドン骨格、ジオキサジン骨格、ペリノン骨格、ペリレン骨格、チオインジゴ骨格、イソインドリン骨格、イソインドリノン骨格、キノフタロン骨格、スレン骨格、金属錯体系骨格等が挙げられ、キノリン骨格、ベンゾイミダゾロン骨格、ジケトピロロピロール骨格、アゾ骨格、キノフタロン骨格、イソインドリン骨格及びフタロシアニン骨格が好ましく、アゾ骨格及びベンゾイミダゾロン骨格がより好ましい。酸基としては、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、リン酸基及びこれらの塩が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子又は原子団としては、アルカリ金属イオン(Li+、Na+、K+など)、アルカリ土類金属イオン(Ca2+、Mg2+など)、アンモニウムイオン、イミダゾリウムイオン、ピリジニウムイオン、ホスホニウムイオンなどが挙げられる。塩基性基としては、アミノ基、ピリジニル基及びその塩、アンモニウム基の塩、並びにフタルイミドメチル基が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子又は原子団としては、水酸化物イオン、ハロゲンイオン、カルボン酸イオン、スルホン酸イオン、フェノキシドイオンなどが挙げられる。
<Pigment derivative>
The coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain a pigment derivative (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “pigment derivative” or “derivative”) other than the compound represented by the formula 1.
Examples of the pigment derivative include compounds having a structure in which a part of the chromophore is replaced with an acid group or a basic group. The chromogens constituting the pigment derivative include quinoline skeleton, benzoimidazolone skeleton, diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton, azo skeleton, phthalocyanine skeleton, anthracinone skeleton, quinacridone skeleton, dioxazine skeleton, perinone skeleton, perylene skeleton, thioindigo skeleton, and iso. Indoline skeleton, isoindolinone skeleton, quinophthalone skeleton, slene skeleton, metal complex skeleton, etc. Preferably, the azo skeleton and the benzoimidazolone skeleton are more preferable. Examples of the acid group include a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a phosphoric acid group and salts thereof. The atoms or atomic groups that make up the salt include alkali metal ions (Li + , Na + , K + , etc.), alkaline earth metal ions (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ , etc.), ammonium ions, imidazolium ions, and pyridiniums. Ions, phosphonium ions and the like can be mentioned. Examples of the basic group include an amino group, a pyridinyl group and a salt thereof, a salt of an ammonium group, and a phthalimidemethyl group. Examples of the atom or atomic group constituting the salt include hydroxide ion, halogen ion, carboxylate ion, sulfonic acid ion, and phenoxide ion.
 顔料誘導体としては、可視透明性に優れた顔料誘導体(以下、透明顔料誘導体ともいう)を用いることもできる。透明顔料誘導体の400nm~700nmの波長領域におけるモル吸光係数の最大値(εmax)は3,000L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることが好ましく、1,000L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることがより好ましく、100L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることが更に好ましい。εmaxの下限は、例えば1L・mol-1・cm-1以上であり、10L・mol-1・cm-1以上でもよい。 As the pigment derivative, a pigment derivative having excellent visible transparency (hereinafter, also referred to as a transparent pigment derivative) can be used. The maximum molar extinction coefficient (εmax) of the transparent pigment derivative in the wavelength region of 400 nm to 700 nm is preferably 3,000 L · mol -1 · cm -1 or less, and 1,000 L · mol -1 · cm -1 . It is more preferably 100 L · mol -1 · cm -1 or less, and further preferably 100 L · mol -1 · cm -1 or less. The lower limit of εmax is, for example, 1 L · mol -1 · cm -1 or more, and may be 10 L · mol -1 · cm -1 or more.
 顔料誘導体の具体例としては、特開昭56-118462号公報、特開昭63-264674号公報、特開平01-217077号公報、特開平03-009961号公報、特開平03-026767号公報、特開平03-153780号公報、特開平03-045662号公報、特開平04-285669号公報、特開平06-145546号公報、特開平06-212088号公報、特開平06-240158号公報、特開平10-030063号公報、特開平10-195326号公報、国際公開第2011/024896号の段落0086~0098、国際公開第2012/102399号の段落0063~0094、国際公開第2017/038252号の段落0082、特開2015-151530号公報の段落0171、特開2011-252065号公報の段落0162~0183、特開2003-081972号公報、特許第5299151号公報、特開2015-172732号公報、特開2014-199308号公報、特開2014-085562号公報、特開2014-035351号公報、特開2008-081565号公報、特開2019-109512号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the pigment derivative include Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 56-118462, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 63-264674, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 01-217077, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 03-009961, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 03-026767. Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 03-153780, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 03-405662, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 04-285646, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 06-145546, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 06-212088, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 06-240158, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-030063, JP-A-10-195326, International Publication No. 2011/024896, Paragraphs 0083-0098, International Publication No. 2012/102399, Paragraphs 0063-0094, International Publication No. 2017/038252, Paragraph 882 , Paragraph 0171 of JP-A-2015-151530, Paragraphs 0162 to 0183 of JP-A-2011-52065, JP-A-2003-081972, Japanese Patent No. 5299151, JP-A-2015-172732, JP-A-2014. Examples thereof include the compounds described in JP-A-1999308, JP-A-2014-085562, JP-A-2014-035351, JP-A-2008-081565, and JP-A-2019-109512.
 本開示に係る着色組成物は、式1で表される化合物以外の顔料誘導体を1種単独で含んでいても、2種以上を含んでいてもよい。
 式1で表される化合物以外の顔料誘導体の含有量は、顔料100質量部に対して、1質量部~30質量部が好ましく、3質量部~20質量部がより好ましい。式1で表される化合物以外の顔料誘導体は、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
 また、本開示に係る着色組成物において、式1で表される化合物以外の顔料誘導体の含有量は、式1で表される化合物の含有量よりも少ないことが好ましい。
The coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain one kind of pigment derivative other than the compound represented by the formula 1 alone, or may contain two or more kinds.
The content of the pigment derivative other than the compound represented by the formula 1 is preferably 1 part by mass to 30 parts by mass, and more preferably 3 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. As the pigment derivative other than the compound represented by the formula 1, only one kind may be used, or two or more kinds may be used in combination. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
Further, in the coloring composition according to the present disclosure, the content of the pigment derivative other than the compound represented by the formula 1 is preferably smaller than the content of the compound represented by the formula 1.
<環状エーテル基を有する化合物>
 本開示に係る着色組成物は、環状エーテル基を有する化合物を含有することができる。環状エーテル基としては、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基などが挙げられる。環状エーテル基を有する化合物は、エポキシ基を有する化合物であることが好ましい。エポキシ基を有する化合物としては、1分子内にエポキシ基を1つ以上有する化合物が挙げられ、エポキシ基を2つ以上有する化合物が好ましい。エポキシ基は、1分子内に1~100個有することが好ましい。エポキシ基の上限は、例えば、10個以下とすることもでき、5個以下とすることもできる。エポキシ基の下限は、2個以上が好ましい。エポキシ基を有する化合物としては、特開2013-011869号公報の段落0034~0036、特開2014-043556号公報の段落0147~0156、特開2014-089408号公報の段落0085~0092に記載された化合物、特開2017-179172号公報に記載された化合物を用いることもできる。これらの内容は、本明細書に組み込まれる。
<Compound having a cyclic ether group>
The coloring composition according to the present disclosure can contain a compound having a cyclic ether group. Examples of the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group. The compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably a compound having an epoxy group. Examples of the compound having an epoxy group include a compound having one or more epoxy groups in one molecule, and a compound having two or more epoxy groups is preferable. It is preferable to have 1 to 100 epoxy groups in one molecule. The upper limit of the epoxy group may be, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less. The lower limit of the epoxy group is preferably two or more. Examples of the compound having an epoxy group are described in paragraphs 0034 to 0036 of JP2013-011869A, paragraphs 0147 to 0156 of JP-A-2014-0435556, and paragraphs 0083 to 0092 of JP-A-2014-089408. Compounds, compounds described in JP-A-2017-179172 can also be used. These contents are incorporated herein.
 エポキシ基を有する化合物は、低分子化合物(例えば、分子量2,000未満、更には、分子量1,000未満)でもよいし、高分子化合物(macromolecule)(例えば、分子量1,000以上、ポリマーの場合は、重量平均分子量が1,000以上)のいずれでもよい。エポキシ基を有する化合物の重量平均分子量は、200~100,000が好ましく、500~50,000がより好ましい。重量平均分子量の上限は、10,000以下が更に好ましく、5,000以下が特に好ましく、3,000以下が最も好ましい。 The compound having an epoxy group may be a low molecular weight compound (for example, a molecular weight of less than 2,000, further, a molecular weight of less than 1,000), or a polymer compound (for example, a polymer having a molecular weight of 1,000 or more and a polymer). Has a weight average molecular weight of 1,000 or more). The weight average molecular weight of the compound having an epoxy group is preferably 200 to 100,000, more preferably 500 to 50,000. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 10,000 or less, particularly preferably 5,000 or less, and most preferably 3,000 or less.
 エポキシ基を有する化合物としては、エポキシ樹脂を好ましく用いることができる。エポキシ樹脂としては、例えばフェノール化合物のグリシジルエーテル化物であるエポキシ樹脂、各種ノボラック樹脂のグリシジルエーテル化物であるエポキシ樹脂、脂環式エポキシ樹脂、脂肪族系エポキシ樹脂、複素環式エポキシ樹脂、グリシジルエステル系エポキシ樹脂、グリシジルアミン系エポキシ樹脂、ハロゲン化フェノール類をグリシジル化したエポキシ樹脂、エポキシ基をもつケイ素化合物とそれ以外のケイ素化合物との縮合物、エポキシ基を持つ重合性不飽和化合物とそれ以外の他の重合性不飽和化合物との共重合体等が挙げられる。エポキシ樹脂のエポキシ当量は、310g/eq~3,300g/eqであることが好ましく、310g/eq~1,700g/eqであることがより好ましく、310g/eq~1,000g/eqであることが更に好ましい。 As the compound having an epoxy group, an epoxy resin can be preferably used. Examples of the epoxy resin include an epoxy resin which is a glycidyl etherified product of a phenol compound, an epoxy resin which is a glycidyl etherified product of various novolak resins, an alicyclic epoxy resin, an aliphatic epoxy resin, a heterocyclic epoxy resin, and a glycidyl ester type. Epoxy resin, glycidylamine-based epoxy resin, glycidylated epoxy resin of halogenated phenols, condensate of silicon compound having an epoxy group and other silicon compounds, polymerizable unsaturated compound having an epoxy group and other Examples thereof include a copolymer with another polymerizable unsaturated compound. The epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin is preferably 310 g / eq to 3,300 g / eq, more preferably 310 g / eq to 1,700 g / eq, and more preferably 310 g / eq to 1,000 g / eq. Is more preferable.
 環状エーテル基を有する化合物の市販品としては、例えば、EHPE3150((株)ダイセル製)、EPICLON N-695(DIC(株)製)、マープルーフG-0150M、G-0105SA、G-0130SP、G-0250SP、G-1005S、G-1005SA、G-1010S、G-2050M、G-01100、G-01758(以上、日油(株)製、エポキシ基含有ポリマー)等が挙げられる。 Commercially available products of compounds having a cyclic ether group include, for example, EHPE3150 (manufactured by Daicel Corporation), EPICLON N-695 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Marproof G-0150M, G-0105SA, G-0130SP, G. -0250SP, G-1005S, G-1005SA, G-1010S, G-2050M, G-01100, G-01758 (all manufactured by NOF CORPORATION, epoxy group-containing polymer) and the like can be mentioned.
 本開示に係る着色組成物が環状エーテル基を有する化合物を含有する場合、着色組成物の全固形分中における環状エーテル基を有する化合物の含有量は、0.1質量%~20質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1質量%以上が特に好ましい。上限は、15質量%以下がより好ましく、10質量%以下が特に好ましい。本開示に係る着色組成物において、環状エーテル基を有する化合物は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 When the coloring composition according to the present disclosure contains a compound having a cyclic ether group, the content of the compound having a cyclic ether group in the total solid content of the coloring composition is 0.1% by mass to 20% by mass. Is preferable. The lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 15% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or less. In the coloring composition according to the present disclosure, only one compound having a cyclic ether group may be used, or two or more compounds may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<シランカップリング剤>
 本開示に係る着色組成物は、シランカップリング剤を含有することができる。この態様によれば、得られる膜の支持体との密着性をより向上させることができる。本開示において、シランカップリング剤は、加水分解性基とそれ以外の官能基とを有するシラン化合物を意味する。また、加水分解性基とは、ケイ素原子に直結し、加水分解反応及び縮合反応の少なくともいずれかによってシロキサン結合を生じ得る置換基をいう。加水分解性基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アシルオキシ基などが挙げられ、アルコキシ基が好ましい。すなわち、シランカップリング剤は、アルコキシシリル基を有する化合物が好ましい。また、加水分解性基以外の官能基としては、例えば、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、メルカプト基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、アミノ基、ウレイド基、スルフィド基、イソシアネート基、フェニル基などが挙げられ、アミノ基、(メタ)アクリロイル基及びエポキシ基が好ましい。シランカップリング剤の具体例としては、N-β-アミノエチル-γ-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBM-602)、N-β-アミノエチル-γ-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBM-603)、N-β-ミノエチル-γ-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBE-602)、γ-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBM-903)、γ-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBE-903)、3-メタクリロキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBM-502)、3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBM-503)等がある。また、シランカップリング剤の具体例については、特開2009-288703号公報の段落0018~0036に記載の化合物、特開2009-242604号公報の段落0056~0066に記載の化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<Silane coupling agent>
The coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain a silane coupling agent. According to this aspect, the adhesion of the obtained membrane to the support can be further improved. In the present disclosure, the silane coupling agent means a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups. Further, the hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly linked to a silicon atom and can form a siloxane bond by at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction. Examples of the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group and the like, and an alkoxy group is preferable. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group. Examples of the functional group other than the hydrolyzable group include a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, a mercapto group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, an amino group, a ureido group, a sulfide group and an isocyanate group. , A phenyl group and the like, preferably an amino group, a (meth) acryloyl group and an epoxy group. Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-602), N-β-aminoethyl-γ-amino. Propyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-603), N-β-minoethyl-γ-aminopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBE-602), γ -Aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-903), γ-aminopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBE-903), 3-methacryloxypropyl Methyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-502), 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-503) and the like. Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include the compounds described in paragraphs 0018 to 0036 of JP2009-288703 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0056 to 0066 of JP2009-242604A. The contents of are incorporated herein by reference.
 本開示に係る着色組成物がシランカップリング剤を含有する場合、着色組成物の全固形分中におけるシランカップリング剤の含有量は、0.1質量%~5質量%が好ましい。上限は、3質量%以下がより好ましく、2質量%以下が特に好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1質量%以上が特に好ましい。本開示に係る着色組成物において、シランカップリング剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 When the coloring composition according to the present disclosure contains a silane coupling agent, the content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass. The upper limit is more preferably 3% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 2% by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 1% by mass or more. In the coloring composition according to the present disclosure, only one kind of silane coupling agent may be used, or two or more kinds may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<溶剤>
 本開示に係る着色組成物は、溶剤を含有することが好ましい。
 溶剤としては、有機溶剤が好ましく挙げられる。
 有機溶剤としては、エステル系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤などが挙げられる。これらの詳細については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落0223を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、環状アルキル基が置換したエステル系溶剤、環状アルキル基が置換したケトン系溶剤も好ましく用いることもできる。有機溶剤の具体例としては、ポリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジクロロメタン、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、酢酸シクロヘキシル、シクロペンタノン、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミドなどが挙げられる。ただし有機溶剤としての芳香族炭化水素類(ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、エチルベンゼン等)は、環境面等の理由により低減したほうがよい場合がある(例えば、有機溶剤全量に対して、50質量ppm(parts per million)以下とすることもでき、10質量ppm以下とすることもでき、1質量ppm以下とすることもできる)。
<Solvent>
The coloring composition according to the present disclosure preferably contains a solvent.
As the solvent, an organic solvent is preferably mentioned.
Examples of the organic solvent include ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, hydrocarbon-based solvents and the like. For these details, paragraph 0223 of International Publication No. 2015/166779 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. Further, an ester solvent substituted with a cyclic alkyl group and a ketone solvent substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be preferably used. Specific examples of the organic solvent include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2 -Heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethylcarbitol acetate, butylcarbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N , N-dimethylpropaneamide and the like. However, aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) as organic solvents may need to be reduced for environmental reasons (for example, 50 parts by mass (parts) with respect to the total amount of organic solvent. Per millision) or less, 10 mass ppm or less, or 1 mass ppm or less).
 本開示においては、金属含有量の少ない有機溶剤を用いることが好ましく、有機溶剤の金属含有量は、例えば10質量ppb(parts per billion)以下であることが好ましい。必要に応じて質量ppt(parts per trillion)レベルの有機溶剤を用いてもよく、そのような有機溶剤は例えば東洋合成社が提供している(化学工業日報、2015年11月13日)。 In the present disclosure, it is preferable to use an organic solvent having a low metal content, and the metal content of the organic solvent is preferably, for example, 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less. If necessary, an organic solvent at the mass ppt (parts per trillion) level may be used, and such an organic solvent is provided by, for example, Toyo Synthetic Co., Ltd. (The Chemical Daily, November 13, 2015).
 有機溶剤から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、蒸留(分子蒸留や薄膜蒸留等)やフィルタを用いたろ過を挙げることができる。ろ過に用いるフィルタのフィルタ孔径としては、10μm以下が好ましく、5μm以下がより好ましく、3μm以下が更に好ましい。フィルタの材質は、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、ポリエチレン又はナイロンが好ましい。 Examples of the method for removing impurities such as metals from the organic solvent include distillation (molecular distillation, thin film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter. The filter pore diameter of the filter used for filtration is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or less, and even more preferably 3 μm or less. The filter material is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.
 有機溶剤は、異性体(原子数が同じであるが構造が異なる化合物)が含まれていてもよい。また、異性体は、1種のみが含まれていてもよいし、複数種含まれていてもよい。 The organic solvent may contain isomers (compounds having the same number of atoms but different structures). Further, only one kind of isomer may be contained, or a plurality of kinds may be contained.
 本開示において、有機溶剤中の過酸化物の含有率が0.8mmol/L以下であることが好ましく、過酸化物を実質的に含まないことがより好ましい。 In the present disclosure, the content of peroxide in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol / L or less, and more preferably substantially free of peroxide.
 着色組成物中における有機溶剤の含有量は、10質量%~95質量%であることが好ましく、20質量%~90質量%であることがより好ましく、30質量%~90質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the organic solvent in the coloring composition is preferably 10% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 90% by mass, and preferably 30% by mass to 90% by mass. More preferred.
 また、本開示に係る着色組成物は、環境規制の観点から環境規制物質を実質的に含有しないことが好ましい。なお、本開示において、環境規制物質を実質的に含有しないとは、着色組成物中における環境規制物質の含有量が50質量ppm以下であることを意味し、30質量ppm以下であることが好ましく、10質量ppm以下であることがより好ましく、1質量ppm以下であることが特に好ましい。環境規制物質は、例えばベンゼン;トルエン、キシレン等のアルキルベンゼン類;クロロベンゼン等のハロゲン化ベンゼン類等が挙げられる。これらは、REACH(Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of CHemicals)規則、PRTR(Pollutant Release and Transfer Register)法、VOC(Volatile Organic Compounds)規制等のもとに環境規制物質として登録されており、使用量や取り扱い方法が厳しく規制されている。これらの化合物は、本開示に係る着色組成物に用いられる各成分などを製造する際に溶剤として用いられることがあり、残留溶剤として着色組成物中に混入することがある。人への安全性、環境への配慮の観点よりこれらの物質は可能な限り低減することが好ましい。環境規制物質を低減する方法としては、系中を加熱や減圧して環境規制物質の沸点以上にして系中から環境規制物質を留去して低減する方法が挙げられる。また、少量の環境規制物質を留去する場合においては、効率を上げる為に該当溶剤と同等の沸点を有する溶剤と共沸させることも有用である。また、ラジカル重合性を有する化合物を含有する場合、減圧留去中にラジカル重合反応が進行して分子間で架橋してしまうことを抑制するために重合禁止剤等を添加して減圧留去してもよい。これらの留去方法は、原料の段階、原料を反応させた生成物(例えば重合した後の樹脂溶液や多官能モノマー溶液)の段階、又はこれらの化合物を混ぜて作製した着色組成物の段階などのいずれの段階でも可能である。 Further, it is preferable that the coloring composition according to the present disclosure does not substantially contain an environmentally regulated substance from the viewpoint of environmental regulations. In the present disclosure, substantially free of the environmentally regulated substance means that the content of the environmentally regulated substance in the coloring composition is 50 mass ppm or less, and is preferably 30 mass ppm or less. It is more preferably 10 mass ppm or less, and particularly preferably 1 mass ppm or less. Examples of the environmentally regulated substance include benzene; alkylbenzenes such as toluene and xylene; and halogenated benzenes such as chlorobenzene. These are REACH (Registration Assessment and Restriction of Chemicals) rules, PRTR (Pollutant Release and Transfer Register) method, VOC (Volatile and Transfer Registor) method, VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds), and VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds). The method is strictly regulated. These compounds may be used as a solvent in producing each component used in the coloring composition according to the present disclosure, and may be mixed in the coloring composition as a residual solvent. From the viewpoint of human safety and consideration for the environment, it is preferable to reduce these substances as much as possible. As a method for reducing the environmentally regulated substance, there is a method of heating or depressurizing the inside of the system to raise the boiling point of the environmentally regulated substance or higher and distilling off the environmentally regulated substance from the system to reduce the amount. Further, when distilling off a small amount of an environmentally regulated substance, it is also useful to azeotrope with a solvent having a boiling point equivalent to that of the solvent in order to improve efficiency. When a compound having radical polymerization property is contained, a polymerization inhibitor or the like is added and distilled under reduced pressure in order to prevent the radical polymerization reaction from proceeding and cross-linking between molecules during distillation under reduced pressure. You may. These distillation methods include a raw material stage, a product obtained by reacting the raw materials (for example, a resin solution after polymerization or a polyfunctional monomer solution), or a colored composition stage prepared by mixing these compounds. It is possible at any stage of.
 環境規制の観点から、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の使用が規制されることがある。本開示に係る着色組成物において、上記した化合物の含有率を小さくする場合、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸(特にパーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数が6~8のパーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸)及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸(特にパーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数が6~8のパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸)及びその塩の含有率は、着色組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01ppb~1,000ppbの範囲であることが好ましく、0.05ppb~500ppbの範囲であることがより好ましく、0.1ppb~300ppbの範囲であることが更に好ましい。本開示に係る着色組成物は、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を実質的に含まなくてもよい。例えば、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩の代替となりうる化合物、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の代替となりうる化合物を用いることで、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を実質的に含まない着色組成物を選択してもよい。規制化合物の代替となりうる化合物としては、例えば、パーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数の違いによって規制対象から除外された化合物が挙げられる。ただし、上記した内容は、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の使用を妨げるものではない。本開示に係る着色組成物は、許容される最大の範囲内で、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を含んでもよい。 From the viewpoint of environmental regulation, the use of perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and its salt may be restricted. In the coloring composition according to the present disclosure, when the content of the above-mentioned compound is reduced, the perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid (particularly the perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group), a salt thereof, and a salt thereof, and The content of the perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid (particularly the perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group) and its salt is 0.01 ppb to 1, with respect to the total solid content of the coloring composition. It is preferably in the range of 000 ppb, more preferably in the range of 0.05 ppb to 500 ppb, and even more preferably in the range of 0.1 ppb to 300 ppb. The coloring composition according to the present disclosure may be substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and salts thereof, as well as perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and salts thereof. For example, by using a compound that can substitute for perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and a compound that can substitute for perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salt, perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid can be used. And a coloring composition that is substantially free of salts thereof may be selected. Examples of compounds that can substitute for the regulated compound include compounds excluded from the regulation due to the difference in the number of carbon atoms of the perfluoroalkyl group. However, the above-mentioned contents do not prevent the use of perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and its salt. The coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain a perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and a salt thereof, and a perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and a salt thereof within the maximum allowable range.
<重合禁止剤>
 本開示に係る着色組成物は、重合禁止剤を含有することができる。重合禁止剤としては、ハイドロキノン、p-メトキシフェノール、ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ピロガロール、tert-ブチルカテコール、ベンゾキノン、4,4’-チオビス(3-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、N-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミン塩(アンモニウム塩、第一セリウム塩等)が挙げられる。中でも、p-メトキシフェノールが好ましい。着色組成物の全固形分中における重合禁止剤の含有量は、0.0001質量%~5質量%が好ましい。
<Polymerization inhibitor>
The coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain a polymerization inhibitor. Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis (3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), and the like. Examples thereof include 2,2'-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol) and N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salt, first cerium salt, etc.). Of these, p-methoxyphenol is preferable. The content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.0001% by mass to 5% by mass.
<界面活性剤>
 本開示に係る着色組成物は、界面活性剤を含有することができる。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン系界面活性剤、カチオン系界面活性剤、アニオン系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤などの各種界面活性剤を使用することができる。界面活性剤については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落0238~0245に記載された界面活性剤が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<Surfactant>
The coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicone-based surfactant can be used. As for the surfactant, the surfactant described in paragraphs 0238 to 0245 of International Publication No. 2015/166779 is mentioned, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
 本開示において、界面活性剤はフッ素系界面活性剤であることが好ましい。着色組成物にフッ素系界面活性剤を含有させることで液特性(特に、流動性)がより向上し、省液性をより改善することができる。また、厚みムラの小さい膜を形成することもできる。 In the present disclosure, the surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based surfactant. By containing a fluorine-based surfactant in the coloring composition, the liquid characteristics (particularly, fluidity) can be further improved, and the liquid saving property can be further improved. It is also possible to form a film having a small thickness unevenness.
 フッ素系界面活性剤中のフッ素含有率は、3質量%~40質量%が好ましく、5質量%~30質量%がより好ましく、7質量%~25質量%が特に好ましい。フッ素含有率がこの範囲内であるフッ素系界面活性剤は、塗布膜の厚さの均一性や省液性の点で効果的であり、着色組成物中における溶解性も良好である。 The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3% by mass to 40% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7% by mass to 25% by mass. A fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity of the thickness of the coating film and liquid saving, and has good solubility in the coloring composition.
 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、特開2014-041318号公報の段落0060~0064(対応する国際公開第2014/017669号の段落0060~0064)等に記載の界面活性剤、特開2011-132503号公報の段落0117~0132に記載の界面活性剤が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。フッ素系界面活性剤の市販品としては、例えば、メガファックF-171、F-172、F-173、F-176、F-177、F-141、F-142、F-143、F-144、F-437、F-475、F-477、F-479、F-482、F-554、F-555-A、F-556、F-557、F-558、F-559、F-560、F-561、F-565、F-563、F-568、F-575、F-780、EXP、MFS-330、R-41、R-41-LM、R-01、R-40、R-40-LM、R-43、RS-43、TF-1956、RS-90、R-94、RS-72-K、DS-21(以上、DIC(株)製)、フロラードFC430、FC431、FC171(以上、住友スリーエム(株)製)、サーフロンS-382、SC-101、SC-103、SC-104、SC-105、SC-1068、SC-381、SC-383、S-393、KH-40(以上、AGC(株)製)、PolyFox PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上、OMNOVA社製)、フタージェント710FM、610FM、601AD、601ADH2、602A、215M、245F(以上、株)NEOS製)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the fluorine-based surfactant include the surfactants described in paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of JP-A-2014-014318 (corresponding paragraphs 0060-0064 of International Publication No. 2014/017669) and the like, JP-A-2011-132503. The surfactants described in paragraphs 0117 to 0132 of the publication are mentioned and their contents are incorporated herein by reference. Commercially available products of fluorine-based surfactants include, for example, Megafax F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F-143, F-144. , F-437, F-475, F-477, F-479, F-482, F-554, F-555-A, F-556, F-557, F-558, F-559, F-560. , F-561, F-565, F-563, F-568, F-575, F-780, EXP, MFS-330, R-41, R-41-LM, R-01, R-40, R -40-LM, R-43, RS-43, TF-1956, RS-90, R-94, RS-72-K, DS-21 (all manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.), Fluorard FC430, FC431, FC171 (The above is manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.), Surfron S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068, SC-381, SC-383, S-393, KH- 40 (above, manufactured by AGC Co., Ltd.), PolyFox PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (above, manufactured by OMNOVA), Fluorent 710FM, 610FM, 601AD, 601ADH2, 602A, 215M, 245F (above, Co., Ltd.) NEOS Made) and the like.
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素原子を含有する官能基を持つ分子構造を有し、熱を加えるとフッ素原子を含有する官能基の部分が切断されてフッ素原子が揮発するアクリル系化合物も好適に使用できる。このようなフッ素系界面活性剤としては、DIC(株)製のメガファックDSシリーズ(化学工業日報(2016年2月22日)、日経産業新聞(2016年2月23日))、例えばメガファックDS-21が挙げられる。 Further, the fluorine-based surfactant has a molecular structure having a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and an acrylic compound in which a portion of the functional group containing a fluorine atom is cut off and the fluorine atom volatilizes when heat is applied. Can be suitably used. Examples of such a fluorine-based surfactant include the Megafuck DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (The Chemical Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)), for example, Megafuck. DS-21 can be mentioned.
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素化アルキル基又はフッ素化アルキレンエーテル基を有するフッ素原子含有ビニルエーテル化合物と、親水性のビニルエーテル化合物との重合体を用いることも好ましい。このようなフッ素系界面活性剤は、特開2016-216602号公報の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Further, as the fluorine-based surfactant, it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound. For such a fluorine-based surfactant, the description in JP-A-2016-216602 can be referred to, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
 フッ素系界面活性剤は、ブロックポリマーを用いることもできる。例えば特開2011-089090号公報に記載された化合物が挙げられる。フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素原子を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、アルキレンオキシ基(好ましくはエチレンオキシ基、プロピレンオキシ基)を2以上(好ましくは5以上)有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、を含む含フッ素高分子化合物も好ましく用いることができる。また、特開2010-032698号公報の段落0016~0037に記載されたフッ素含有界面活性剤や、下記化合物も本開示で用いられるフッ素系界面活性剤として例示される。 A block polymer can also be used as the fluorine-based surfactant. For example, the compounds described in JP-A-2011-089090 can be mentioned. The fluorine-based surfactant has a repeating unit derived from a (meth) acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups) (meth). A fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used. Further, the fluorine-containing surfactants described in paragraphs 0016 to 0037 of JP-A-2010-032698 and the following compounds are also exemplified as the fluorine-based surfactants used in the present disclosure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 上記の化合物の重量平均分子量は、好ましくは3,000~50,000であり、例えば14,000である。上記の化合物中、繰り返し単位の割合を示す%はモル%である。 The weight average molecular weight of the above compound is preferably 3,000 to 50,000, for example, 14,000. Among the above compounds,% indicating the ratio of the repeating unit is mol%.
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤は、エチレン性不飽和結合基を側鎖に有する含フッ素重合体を用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2010-164965号公報の段落0050~0090及び段落0289~0295に記載された化合物、例えばDIC(株)製のメガファックRS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72-K等が挙げられる。また、フッ素系界面活性剤は、特開2015-117327号公報の段落0015~0158に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。また、特開2020-008634号公報に記載のアダマンタン骨格及びエチレン性二重結合を有するフッ素原子含有アクリル樹脂を用いることもできる。
 また、国際公開第2020/084854号に記載の界面活性剤を、炭素数6以上のパーフルオロアルキル基を有する界面活性剤の代替として用いることも、環境規制の観点から好ましい。
 また、式(fi-1)で表される含フッ素イミド塩化合物を界面活性剤として用いることも好ましい。
Further, as the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group in the side chain can also be used. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and paragraphs 0289 to 0295 of JP2010-164965, for example, Megafuck RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K, RS manufactured by DIC Corporation. -72-K and the like can be mentioned. Further, as the fluorine-based surfactant, the compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP-A-2015-117327 can also be used. Further, a fluorine atom-containing acrylic resin having an adamantane skeleton and an ethylenic double bond described in JP-A-2020-008634 can also be used.
It is also preferable from the viewpoint of environmental regulation to use the surfactant described in International Publication No. 2020/088544 as a substitute for the surfactant having a perfluoroalkyl group having 6 or more carbon atoms.
It is also preferable to use a fluorine-containing imide salt compound represented by the formula (fi-1) as a surfactant.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
式(fi-1)において、mは1又は2を表し、nは1~4の整数を表し、αは1又は2を表し、Xα+はα価の金属イオン、第一級アンモニウムイオン、第二級アンモニウムイオン、第三級アンモニウムイオン、第四級アンモニウムイオン又はNH を表す。 In the formula (fi-1), m represents 1 or 2, n represents an integer of 1 to 4, α represents 1 or 2, and X α + represents an α-valent metal ion, a primary ammonium ion, and the first. Represents a secondary ammonium ion, a tertiary ammonium ion , a quaternary ammonium ion or NH 4+ .
 ノニオン系界面活性剤としては、グリセロール、トリメチロールプロパン、トリメチロールエタン並びにそれらのエトキシレート及びプロポキシレート(例えば、グリセロールプロポキシレート、グリセロールエトキシレート等)、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオクチルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジラウレート、ポリエチレングリコールジステアレート、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、プルロニックL10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(BASF社製)、テトロニック304、701、704、901、904、150R1(BASF社製)、ソルスパース20000(日本ルーブリゾール(株)製)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)、パイオニンD-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(竹本油脂(株)製)、オルフィンE1010、サーフィノール104、400、440(日信化学工業(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of the nonionic surfactant include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, their ethoxylates and propoxylates (eg, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, and the like. Polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (BASF) , Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (manufactured by BASF), Solsparse 20000 (manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (Fuji Film Japanese) Kojunyaku Co., Ltd.), Pionin D-6112, D-6112-W, D-6315 (Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd.), Orfin E1010, Surfinol 104, 400, 440 (Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) ) And so on.
 シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、例えば、トーレシリコーンDC3PA、トーレシリコーンSH7PA、トーレシリコーンDC11PA、トーレシリコーンSH21PA、トーレシリコーンSH28PA、トーレシリコーンSH29PA、トーレシリコーンSH30PA、トーレシリコーンSH8400(以上、東レ・ダウコーニング(株)製)、TSF-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製)、KP-341、KF-6001、KF-6002(以上、信越化学工業(株)製)、BYK307、BYK323、BYK330(以上、ビックケミー社製)等が挙げられる。
 また、シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、下記構造の化合物を用いることもできる。
Examples of the silicone-based surfactant include Torre Silicone DC3PA, Torre Silicone SH7PA, Torre Silicone DC11PA, Torre Silicone SH21PA, Torre Silicone SH28PA, Torre Silicone SH29PA, Torre Silicone SH30PA, Torre Silicone SH8400 (all, Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.). ), TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (above, manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials), KP-341, KF-6001, KF-6002 (above, Examples thereof include Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), BYK307, BYK323, BYK330 (all manufactured by Big Chemie) and the like.
Further, as the silicone-based surfactant, a compound having the following structure can also be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 着色組成物の全固形分中における界面活性剤の含有量は、0.001質量%~5.0質量%が好ましく、0.005質量%~3.0質量%がより好ましい。本開示に係る着色組成物において、界面活性剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass, more preferably 0.005% by mass to 3.0% by mass. In the coloring composition according to the present disclosure, only one type of surfactant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<紫外線吸収剤>
 本開示に係る着色組成物は、紫外線吸収剤を含有することができる。紫外線吸収剤は、共役ジエン化合物、アミノジエン化合物、サリシレート化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物、アクリロニトリル化合物、ヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン化合物、インドール化合物、トリアジン化合物などを用いることができる。これらの詳細については、特開2012-208374号公報の段落0052~0072、特開2013-068814号公報の段落0317~0334、特開2016-162946号公報の段落0061~0080に記載された化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。紫外線吸収剤の市販品としては、UV-503(大東化学(株)製)などが挙げられる。また、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物としては、ミヨシ油脂(株)製のMYUAシリーズ(化学工業日報、2016年2月1日)が挙げられる。また、紫外線吸収剤は、特許第6268967号公報の段落0049~0059に記載された化合物を用いることもできる。
<UV absorber>
The coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain an ultraviolet absorber. As the ultraviolet absorber, a conjugated diene compound, an aminodiene compound, a salicylate compound, a benzophenone compound, a benzotriazole compound, an acrylonitrile compound, a hydroxyphenyltriazine compound, an indole compound, a triazine compound and the like can be used. For details of these, the compounds described in paragraphs 0052 to 0072 of JP2012-208374A, paragraphs 0317 to 0334 of JP2013-066814, and paragraphs 0061 to 0080 of JP2016-162946 can be used. These contents are incorporated herein by reference. Examples of commercially available ultraviolet absorbers include UV-503 (manufactured by Daito Kagaku Co., Ltd.). Examples of the benzotriazole compound include the MYUA series (The Chemical Daily, February 1, 2016) manufactured by Miyoshi Oil & Fat Co., Ltd. Further, as the ultraviolet absorber, the compounds described in paragraphs 0049 to 0059 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967 can also be used.
 着色組成物の全固形分中における紫外線吸収剤の含有量は、0.01質量%~10質量%が好ましく、0.01質量%~5質量%がより好ましい。本開示に係る着色組成物において、紫外線吸収剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass. In the coloring composition according to the present disclosure, only one kind of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more kinds may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<酸化防止剤>
 本開示に係る着色組成物は、酸化防止剤を含有することができる。酸化防止剤としては、フェノール化合物、亜リン酸エステル化合物、チオエーテル化合物などが挙げられる。フェノール化合物としては、フェノール系酸化防止剤として知られる任意のフェノール化合物を使用することができる。好ましいフェノール化合物としては、ヒンダードフェノール化合物が挙げられる。フェノール性ヒドロキシ基に隣接する部位(オルト位)に置換基を有する化合物が好ましい。前述の置換基としては炭素数1~22の置換又は無置換のアルキル基が好ましい。また、酸化防止剤は、同一分子内にフェノール基と亜リン酸エステル基を有する化合物も好ましい。また、酸化防止剤は、リン系酸化防止剤も好適に使用することができる。リン系酸化防止剤としてはトリス[2-[[2,4,8,10-テトラキス(1,1-ジメチルエチル)ジベンゾ[d,f][1,3,2]ジオキサホスフェピン-6-イル]オキシ]エチル]アミン、トリス[2-[(4,6,9,11-テトラ-tert-ブチルジベンゾ[d,f][1,3,2]ジオキサホスフェピン-2-イル)オキシ]エチル]アミン、亜リン酸エチルビス(2,4-ジ-tert-ブチル-6-メチルフェニル)などが挙げられる。酸化防止剤の市販品としては、例えば、アデカスタブ AO-20、アデカスタブ AO-30、アデカスタブ AO-40、アデカスタブ AO-50、アデカスタブ AO-50F、アデカスタブ AO-60、アデカスタブ AO-60G、アデカスタブ AO-80、アデカスタブ AO-330(以上、(株)ADEKA製)などが挙げられる。また、酸化防止剤は、特許第6268967号公報の段落0023~0048に記載された化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2019-0059371号公報に記載の化合物等を使用することもできる。
<Antioxidant>
The coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain an antioxidant. Examples of the antioxidant include a phenol compound, a phosphite ester compound, a thioether compound and the like. As the phenol compound, any phenol compound known as a phenolic antioxidant can be used. Preferred phenolic compounds include hindered phenolic compounds. A compound having a substituent at a site (ortho position) adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group is preferable. As the above-mentioned substituent, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferable. Further, as the antioxidant, a compound having a phenol group and a phosphite ester group in the same molecule is also preferable. Further, as the antioxidant, a phosphorus-based antioxidant can also be preferably used. As a phosphorus-based antioxidant, Tris [2-[[2,4,8,10-tetrakis (1,1-dimethylethyl) dibenzo [d, f] [1,3,2] dioxaphosphepine-6] -Il] Oxy] Ethyl] amine, Tris [2-[(4,6,9,11-tetra-tert-butyldibenzo [d, f] [1,3,2] dioxaphosphepin-2-yl] ) Oxy] ethyl] amine, ethylbis phosphite (2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl) and the like. Commercially available products of antioxidants include, for example, Adekastab AO-20, Adekastab AO-30, Adekastab AO-40, Adekastab AO-50, Adekastab AO-50F, Adekastab AO-60, Adekastab AO-60G, and Adekastab AO-80. , ADEKA STAB AO-330 (above, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) and the like. Further, as the antioxidant, the compounds described in paragraphs 0023 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967, the compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 10-2019-0059371, and the like can also be used.
 着色組成物の全固形分中における酸化防止剤の含有量は、0.01質量%~20質量%であることが好ましく、0.3質量%~15質量%であることがより好ましい。本開示に係る着色組成物において、酸化防止剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the antioxidant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.3% by mass to 15% by mass. In the coloring composition according to the present disclosure, only one type of antioxidant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<その他成分>
 本開示に係る着色組成物は、必要に応じて、増感剤、硬化促進剤、フィラー、熱硬化促進剤、可塑剤及びその他の助剤類(例えば、導電性粒子、充填剤、消泡剤、難燃剤、レベリング剤、剥離促進剤、香料、表面張力調整剤、連鎖移動剤など)を含有してもよい。これらの成分を適宜含有させることにより、膜物性などの性質を調整することができる。これらの成分は、例えば、特開2012-003225号公報の段落0183以降(対応する米国特許出願公開第2013/0034812号明細書の段落0237)の記載、特開2008-250074号公報の段落0101~0104、0107~0109等の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、本開示に係る着色組成物は、必要に応じて、潜在酸化防止剤を含有してもよい。潜在酸化防止剤としては、酸化防止剤として機能する部位が保護基で保護された化合物であって、100℃~250℃で加熱するか、又は酸/塩基触媒存在下で80℃~200℃で加熱することにより保護基が脱離して酸化防止剤として機能する化合物が挙げられる。潜在酸化防止剤としては、国際公開第2014/021023号、国際公開第2017/030005号、特開2017-008219号公報に記載された化合物が挙げられる。潜在酸化防止剤の市販品としては、アデカアークルズGPA-5001((株)ADEKA製)等が挙げられる。また、特開2018-155881号公報に記載されているように、C.I.Pigment Yellow129を耐候性改良の目的で添加してもよい。
<Other ingredients>
The coloring composition according to the present disclosure is, if necessary, a sensitizer, a curing accelerator, a filler, a thermosetting accelerator, a plasticizer and other auxiliary agents (for example, conductive particles, a filler, a defoaming agent). , Flame retardant, leveling agent, peeling accelerator, fragrance, surface tension modifier, chain transfer agent, etc.) may be contained. By appropriately containing these components, properties such as film physical characteristics can be adjusted. These components are described in, for example, paragraphs 0183 and later of JP2012-003225A (paragraph 0237 of the corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812), paragraphs 0101 to JP-A-2008-250074. The descriptions of 0104, 0107 to 0109, etc. can be taken into consideration, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification. In addition, the coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain a latent antioxidant, if necessary. The latent antioxidant is a compound whose site that functions as an antioxidant is protected by a protecting group and is heated at 100 ° C to 250 ° C or at 80 ° C to 200 ° C in the presence of an acid / base catalyst. Examples thereof include compounds in which the protecting group is desorbed by heating and the compound functions as an antioxidant. Examples of the latent antioxidant include compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and JP-A-2017-008219. Examples of commercially available products of latent antioxidants include ADEKA ARKULS GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation). Further, as described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2018-155881, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129 may be added for the purpose of improving weather resistance.
 本開示に係る着色組成物は、得られる膜の屈折率を調整するために金属酸化物を含有させてもよい。金属酸化物としては、TiO、ZrO、Al、SiO等が挙げられる。金属酸化物の一次粒子径は1nm~100nmが好ましく、3nm~70nmがより好ましく、5nm~50nmが特に好ましい。金属酸化物はコア-シェル構造を有していてもよい。また、この場合、コア部は中空状であってもよい。 The coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain a metal oxide in order to adjust the refractive index of the obtained film. Examples of the metal oxide include TiO 2 , ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , SiO 2 and the like. The primary particle size of the metal oxide is preferably 1 nm to 100 nm, more preferably 3 nm to 70 nm, and particularly preferably 5 nm to 50 nm. The metal oxide may have a core-shell structure. Further, in this case, the core portion may be hollow.
 また、本開示に係る着色組成物は、耐光性改良剤を含んでもよい。耐光性改良剤としては、特開2017-198787号公報の段落0036~0037に記載の化合物、特開2017-146350号公報の段落0029~0034に記載の化合物、特開2017-129774号公報の段落0036~0037、0049~0052に記載の化合物、特開2017-129674号公報の段落0031~0034、0058~0059に記載の化合物、特開2017-122803号公報の段落0036~0037、0051~0054に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/164127号の段落0025~0039に記載の化合物、特開2017-186546号公報の段落0034~0047に記載の化合物、特開2015-025116号公報の段落0019~0041に記載の化合物、特開2012-145604号公報の段落0101~0125に記載の化合物、特開2012-103475号公報の段落0018~0021に記載の化合物、特開2011-257591号公報の段落0015~0018に記載の化合物、特開2011-191483号公報の段落0017~0021に記載の化合物、特開2011-145668号公報の段落0108~0116に記載の化合物、特開2011-253174号公報の段落0103~0153に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。 Further, the coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain a light resistance improving agent. Examples of the light resistance improving agent include the compounds described in paragraphs 0036 to 0037 of JP-A-2017-198787, the compounds described in paragraphs 0029 to 0034 of JP-A-2017-146350, and paragraphs of JP-A-2017-129774. The compounds described in 0036 to 0037 and 0049 to 0052, the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0034 and 0058 to 0059 of JP-A-2017-129674, and paragraphs 0036 to 0037 and 0051-0054 of JP-A-2017-122803. The compound described, the compound described in paragraphs 0025 to 0039 of International Publication No. 2017/164127, the compound described in paragraphs 0034 to 0047 of JP-A-2017-186546, paragraphs 0019 to 0041 of JP-A-2015-025116. , The compounds described in paragraphs 0101 to 0125 of JP2012-145604, the compounds described in paragraphs 0018 to 0021 of JP2012-103475A, paragraphs 0015 to JP-A-2011-257591. The compound described in 0018, the compound described in paragraphs 0017 to 0021 of JP-A-2011-191483, the compound described in paragraphs 0108 to 0116 of JP-A-2011-145668, paragraph 0103 of JP-A-2011-253174. Examples thereof include the compounds described in 0153.
 本開示に係る着色組成物は、顔料などと結合又は配位していない遊離の金属の含有量が100ppm以下であることが好ましく、50ppm以下であることがより好ましく、10ppm以下であることが更に好ましく、実質的に含有しないことが特に好ましい。この態様によれば、顔料分散性の安定化(凝集抑止)、分散性向上に伴う分光特性の向上、硬化性成分の安定化、金属原子・金属イオンの溶出に伴う導電性変動の抑止、表示特性の向上などの効果が期待できる。また、特開2012-153796号公報、特開2000-345085号公報、特開2005-200560号公報、特開平08-043620号公報、特開2004-145078号公報、特開2014-119487号公報、特開2010-083997号公報、特開2017-090930号公報、特開2018-025612号公報、特開2018-025797号公報、特開2017-155228号公報、特開2018-036521号公報などに記載された効果が得られる。上記の遊離の金属の種類としては、Na、K、Ca、Sc、Ti、Mn、Cu、Zn、Fe、Cr、Co、Mg、Al、Sn、Zr、Ga、Ge、Ag、Au、Pt、Cs、Ni、Cd、Pb、Bi等が挙げられる。また、本開示に係る着色組成物は、顔料などと結合又は配位していない遊離のハロゲンの含有量が100ppm以下であることが好ましく、50ppm以下であることがより好ましく、10ppm以下であることが更に好ましく、実質的に含有しないことが特に好ましい。ハロゲンとしては、F、Cl、Br、I及びそれらの陰イオンが挙げられる。着色組成物中の遊離の金属やハロゲンの低減方法としては、イオン交換水による洗浄、ろ過、限外ろ過、イオン交換樹脂による精製等の方法が挙げられる。 The coloring composition according to the present disclosure preferably has a free metal content of 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less, and further preferably 10 ppm or less, which is not bonded or coordinated with a pigment or the like. It is preferable, and it is particularly preferable that it is not substantially contained. According to this aspect, stabilization of pigment dispersibility (agglomeration suppression), improvement of spectral characteristics due to improvement of dispersibility, stabilization of curable components, suppression of conductivity fluctuation due to elution of metal atoms / metal ions, and display. Effects such as improvement of characteristics can be expected. Further, JP-A-2012-153796, JP-A-2000-34585, JP-A-2005-2005, JP-A-08-043620, JP-A-2004-145878, JP-A-2014-119487, Described in JP-A-2010-083979, JP-A-2017-090930, JP-A-2018-025612, JP-A-2018-025797, JP-A-2017-155228, JP-A-2018-036521 and the like. The effect is obtained. Examples of the types of free metals include Na, K, Ca, Sc, Ti, Mn, Cu, Zn, Fe, Cr, Co, Mg, Al, Sn, Zr, Ga, Ge, Ag, Au, Pt, and the like. Examples thereof include Cs, Ni, Cd, Pb and Bi. Further, the coloring composition according to the present disclosure preferably has a free halogen content of 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less, and 10 ppm or less, which is not bonded or coordinated with a pigment or the like. Is more preferable, and it is particularly preferable that the substance is not substantially contained. Examples of the halogen include F, Cl, Br, I and their anions. Examples of the method for reducing free metals and halogens in the coloring composition include washing with ion-exchanged water, filtration, ultrafiltration, and purification with an ion-exchange resin.
 また、本開示に係る着色組成物は、染料を含んでいてもよい。染料としては、高知の染料を用いることができ、例えば、特開2019-73695号公報に記載のメチン染料、特開2019-073696号公報に記載のメチン染料、特開2019-73697号公報に記載のメチン染料、特開2019-73698号公報に記載のメチン染料等が挙げられる。
 本開示に係る着色組成物は、色素多量体を用いることもできる。色素多量体は、溶剤に溶解して用いられる染料であることが好ましい。また、色素多量体は、粒子を形成していてもよい。色素多量体が粒子である場合は通常溶剤に分散した状態で用いられる。粒子状態の色素多量体は、例えば乳化重合によって得ることができ、特開2015-214682号公報に記載されている化合物及び製造方法が具体例として挙げられる。色素多量体は、一分子中に色素構造を2以上有するものであり、色素構造を3以上有することが好ましい。上限は、特に限定はないが、100以下とすることもできる。一分子中に有する複数の色素構造は、同一の色素構造であってもよく、異なる色素構造であってもよい。色素多量体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、2,000~50,000が好ましい。下限は、3,000以上がより好ましく、6,000以上が更に好ましい。上限は、30,000以下がより好ましく、20,000以下が更に好ましい。色素多量体は、特開2011-213925号公報、特開2013-041097号公報、特開2015-028144号公報、特開2015-030742号公報、国際公開第2016/031442号等に記載されている化合物を用いることもできる。
 染料の含有量は、顔料の含有量よりも少ないことが好ましい。
 本開示に係る着色組成物は、特表2020-504758に記載の色素を使用することができる。また、国際公開第2020/071486号に記載のフタロシアニン化合物を使用することができる。また、国際公開2020/071470号に記載のフタロシアニン化合物を使用することができる。また、特開2020-075959号公報に記載のスクアリリウム色素を使用することができる。また、韓国公開特許第10-2019-0140741号公報に記載のアントラキノン化合物を使用することができる。また、韓国公開特許第10-2019-0140744号公報に記載のアントラキノン化合物を使用することができる。また、韓国公開特許第10-2019-0135217号公報に記載の銅錯体を使用することができる。また、特開2020-076995号公報に記載の着色剤を使用することができる。また、国際公開第2020/002106号に記載の化合物を顔料、染料、顔料誘導体として使用することができる。また、特開2020-093994号公報に記載のアゾ化合物を使用することができる。また、特開2020-083982号公報に記載の着色剤を使用することができる。また、国際公開第2020/105346号の式(I)に記載の化合物を使用することができる。また、特表2020-517791に記載の化合物を使用することができる。また、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0028160号公報に記載のトリアリールメタン重合体を使用することができる。また、特開2020-117638号公報に記載のキサンテン化合物を使用することができる。
Further, the coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain a dye. As the dye, a Kochi dye can be used, and for example, the methine dye described in JP-A-2019-73695, the methine dye described in JP-A-2019-073696, and the methine dye described in JP-A-2019-73697. Examples of the methine dye of the above, the methine dye described in JP-A-2019-73698, and the like.
The coloring composition according to the present disclosure may also use a dye multimer. The dye multimer is preferably a dye that is used by dissolving it in a solvent. Further, the dye multimer may form particles. When the dye multimer is a particle, it is usually used in a state of being dispersed in a solvent. The dye multimer in the particle state can be obtained, for example, by emulsion polymerization, and the compounds and production methods described in JP-A-2015-214682 are specific examples. The dye multimer has two or more dye structures in one molecule, and preferably has three or more dye structures. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but may be 100 or less. The plurality of dye structures contained in one molecule may have the same dye structure or may have different dye structures. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye multimer is preferably 2,000 to 50,000. The lower limit is more preferably 3,000 or more, and even more preferably 6,000 or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30,000 or less, further preferably 20,000 or less. The dye multimer is described in JP-A-2011-213925, JP-A-2013-041097, JP-A-2015-028144, JP-A-2015-030742, International Publication No. 2016/031442, and the like. Compounds can also be used.
The content of the dye is preferably less than the content of the pigment.
As the coloring composition according to the present disclosure, the dyes described in JP-T 2020-504758 can be used. Further, the phthalocyanine compound described in International Publication No. 2020/071486 can be used. Further, the phthalocyanine compound described in International Publication No. 2020/071470 can be used. Further, the squarylium dye described in JP-A-2020-075959 can be used. Further, the anthraquinone compound described in Korean Patent No. 10-2019-0140741 can be used. Further, the anthraquinone compound described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0140744 can be used. Further, the copper complex described in Korean Patent No. 10-2019-0135217 can be used. Further, the colorant described in JP-A-2020-07695 can be used. Further, the compound described in International Publication No. 2020/002106 can be used as a pigment, a dye, or a pigment derivative. Further, the azo compound described in JP-A-2020-09394 can be used. Further, the colorant described in JP-A-2020-083982 can be used. Further, the compound described in the formula (I) of International Publication No. 2020/105346 can be used. Further, the compounds shown in Special Table 2020-571791 can be used. Further, the triarylmethane polymer described in Korean Patent No. 10-2020-0028160 can be used. Further, the xanthene compound described in JP-A-2020-117638 can be used.
 本開示に係る着色組成物は、テレフタル酸エステルを実質的に含まないことも好ましい。
 本開示に係る着色組成物は、特開2020-079833号公報に記載の芳香族基含有ホスホニウム塩を含んでいてもよい。
 本開示に係る着色組成物は、特開2016-222891号公報に記載の低温解離型ブロックポリイソシアネート、解離触媒を含んでいてもよい。
 本開示に係る着色組成物は、国際公開第2020/137819号に記載の紫外線吸収剤を含んでいてもよい。
 本開示に係る着色組成物は、特開2019-014707に記載のエチレン化合物を含んでいてもよい。
It is also preferred that the coloring composition according to the present disclosure is substantially free of terephthalic acid esters.
The coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain an aromatic group-containing phosphonium salt described in JP-A-2020-079833.
The coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain a low temperature dissociation type block polyisocyanate and a dissociation catalyst described in JP-A-2016-222891.
The coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain the ultraviolet absorber described in International Publication No. 2020/137819.
The coloring composition according to the present disclosure may contain the ethylene compound described in JP-A-2019-014707.
 本開示に係る着色組成物の含水率は、3質量%以下であることが好ましく、0.01質量%~1.5質量%であることがより好ましく、0.1質量%~1.0質量%であることが特に好ましい。含水率は、カールフィッシャー法にて測定することができる。 The water content of the coloring composition according to the present disclosure is preferably 3% by mass or less, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 1.5% by mass, and 0.1% by mass to 1.0% by mass. % Is particularly preferable. The water content can be measured by the Karl Fischer method.
 本開示に係る着色組成物は、膜面状(平坦性など)の調整、膜厚の調整などを目的として粘度を調整して用いることができる。粘度の値は必要に応じて適宜選択することができるが、例えば、23℃において0.3mPa・s~50mPa・sが好ましく、0.5mPa・s~20mPa・sがより好ましい。粘度の測定方法としては、例えば、東機産業(株)製粘度計 RE85L(ローター:1°34’×R24、測定範囲0.6~1,200mPa・s)を使用し、23℃に温度調整を施した状態で測定することができる。 The coloring composition according to the present disclosure can be used by adjusting the viscosity for the purpose of adjusting the film surface (flatness, etc.), adjusting the film thickness, and the like. The viscosity value can be appropriately selected as needed, but for example, at 23 ° C., 0.3 mPa · s to 50 mPa · s is preferable, and 0.5 mPa · s to 20 mPa · s is more preferable. As a method for measuring the viscosity, for example, a viscometer RE85L (rotor: 1 ° 34'× R24, measuring range 0.6 to 1,200 mPa · s) manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd. is used, and the temperature is adjusted to 23 ° C. Can be measured in the state of being applied.
 本開示に係る着色組成物を液晶表示装置用途のカラーフィルタとして用いる場合、カラーフィルタを備えた液晶表示素子の電圧保持率は、70%以上であることが好ましく、90%以上であることがより好ましい。高い電圧保持率を得るための公知の手段を適宜組み込むことができ、典型的な手段としては純度の高い素材の使用(例えばイオン性不純物の低減)や、組成物中の酸基量の制御が挙げられる。電圧保持率は、例えば特開2011-008004号公報の段落0243、特開2012-224847号公報の段落0123~0129に記載の方法等で測定することができる。 When the coloring composition according to the present disclosure is used as a color filter for a liquid crystal display device, the voltage retention rate of the liquid crystal display element provided with the color filter is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 90% or more. preferable. Known means for obtaining a high voltage holding ratio can be appropriately incorporated, and typical means include the use of a high-purity material (for example, reduction of ionic impurities) and control of the amount of acid groups in the composition. Can be mentioned. The voltage retention rate can be measured by, for example, the method described in paragraph 0243 of JP2011-008004A, paragraphs 0123 to 0129 of JP2012-224847A.
<収容容器>
 本開示に係る着色組成物の収容容器としては、特に限定はなく、公知の収容容器を用いることができる。また、収容容器として、原材料又は着色組成物中への不純物混入を抑制することを目的に、容器内壁を6種6層の樹脂で構成する多層ボトルや6種の樹脂を7層構造にしたボトルを使用することも好ましい。このような容器としては例えば特開2015-123351号公報に記載の容器が挙げられる。また、収容容器の内壁は、容器内壁からの金属溶出を防ぎ、組成物の保存安定性を高めたり、成分変質を抑制するなど目的で、ガラス製やステンレス製などにすることも好ましい。本開示に係る着色組成物の保存条件としては特に限定はなく、従来公知の方法を用いることができる。また、特開2016-180058号公報に記載された方法を用いることもできる。
<Accommodation container>
The container for containing the colored composition according to the present disclosure is not particularly limited, and a known container can be used. In addition, as a storage container, a multi-layer bottle having a container inner wall made of 6 types and 6 layers of resin and a bottle having 6 types of resin having a 7-layer structure for the purpose of suppressing impurities from being mixed into raw materials or coloring compositions. It is also preferable to use. Examples of such a container include the container described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-123351. Further, the inner wall of the storage container is preferably made of glass or stainless steel for the purpose of preventing metal elution from the inner wall of the container, improving the storage stability of the composition, and suppressing the deterioration of the components. The storage conditions of the coloring composition according to the present disclosure are not particularly limited, and conventionally known methods can be used. Further, the method described in JP-A-2016-180058 can also be used.
<着色組成物の調製方法>
 本開示に係る着色組成物は、前述の成分を混合して調製できる。着色組成物の調製に際しては、全成分を同時に溶剤に溶解及び/又は分散して着色組成物を調製してもよいし、必要に応じて、各成分を適宜2つ以上の溶液又は分散液としておいて、使用時(塗布時)にこれらを混合して着色組成物を調製してもよい。
<Preparation method of coloring composition>
The coloring composition according to the present disclosure can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. In preparing the coloring composition, all the components may be dissolved and / or dispersed in a solvent at the same time to prepare a coloring composition, or each component may be appropriately used as two or more solutions or dispersions, if necessary. Then, these may be mixed at the time of use (at the time of application) to prepare a coloring composition.
 また、着色組成物の調製に際して、顔料を分散させるプロセスを含むことも好ましい。顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいて、顔料の分散に用いる機械力としては、圧縮、圧搾、衝撃、剪断、キャビテーションなどが挙げられる。これらプロセスの具体例としては、ビーズミル、サンドミル、ロールミル、ボールミル、ペイントシェーカー、マイクロフルイダイザー、高速インペラー、サンドグラインダー、フロージェットミキサー、高圧湿式微粒化、超音波分散などが挙げられる。またサンドミル(ビーズミル)における顔料の粉砕においては、径の小さいビーズを使用する、ビーズの充填率を大きくする事等により粉砕効率を高めた条件で処理することが好ましい。また、粉砕処理後にろ過、遠心分離などで粗粒子を除去することが好ましい。また、顔料を分散させるプロセス及び分散機は、「分散技術大全、株式会社情報機構発行、2005年7月15日」や「サスペンション(固/液分散系)を中心とした分散技術と工業的応用の実際 総合資料集、経営開発センター出版部発行、1978年10月10日」、特開2015-157893号公報の段落0022に記載のプロセス及び分散機を好適に使用できる。また顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいては、ソルトミリング工程にて粒子の微細化処理を行ってもよい。ソルトミリング工程に用いられる素材、機器、処理条件等は、例えば特開2015-194521号公報、特開2012-046629号公報の記載を参酌できる。 It is also preferable to include a process of dispersing the pigment when preparing the coloring composition. In the process of dispersing the pigment, the mechanical force used for dispersing the pigment includes compression, squeezing, impact, shearing, cavitation and the like. Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high pressure wet atomization, ultrasonic dispersion and the like. Further, in the pulverization of the pigment in the sand mill (bead mill), it is preferable to use beads having a small diameter and to perform the treatment under the condition that the pulverization efficiency is increased by increasing the filling rate of the beads. Further, it is preferable to remove coarse particles by filtration, centrifugation or the like after the pulverization treatment. In addition, the process and disperser for dispersing pigments are "Dispersion Technology Taizen, published by Information Organization Co., Ltd., July 15, 2005" and "Dispersion technology and industrial application centered on suspension (solid / liquid dispersion system)". The process and disperser described in paragraph 0022 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-157893, "Practice of General Materials, Published by Management Development Center Publishing Department, October 10, 1978" can be preferably used. Further, in the process of dispersing the pigment, the particles may be miniaturized in the salt milling step. For the materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt milling step, for example, the descriptions in JP-A-2015-194521 and JP-A-2012-046629 can be referred to.
 着色組成物の調製にあたり、異物の除去や欠陥の低減などの目的で、着色組成物をフィルタでろ過することが好ましい。フィルタとしては、従来からろ過用途等に用いられているフィルタであれば特に限定されることなく用いることができる。例えば、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン(PTFE)等のフッ素樹脂、ナイロン(例えばナイロン-6、ナイロン-6,6)等のポリアミド樹脂、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン(PP)等のポリオレフィン樹脂(高密度、超高分子量のポリオレフィン樹脂を含む)等の素材を用いたフィルタが挙げられる。これら素材の中でもポリプロピレン(高密度ポリプロピレンを含む)及びナイロンが好ましい。 In preparing the coloring composition, it is preferable to filter the coloring composition with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign substances and reducing defects. As the filter, any filter that has been conventionally used for filtration or the like can be used without particular limitation. For example, a fluororesin such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), a polyamide resin such as nylon (for example, nylon-6, nylon-6,6), and a polyolefin resin such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP) (high density, ultrahigh molecular weight). A filter using a material such as (including a polyolefin resin) can be mentioned. Among these materials, polypropylene (including high-density polypropylene) and nylon are preferable.
 フィルタの孔径は、0.01μm~7.0μmが好ましく、0.01μm~3.0μmがより好ましく、0.05μm~0.5μmが更に好ましい。フィルタの孔径が上記範囲であれば、微細な異物をより確実に除去できる。フィルタの孔径値については、フィルタメーカーの公称値を参照することができる。フィルタは、日本ポール株式会社(DFA4201NIEYなど)、アドバンテック東洋株式会社、日本インテグリス株式会社(旧日本マイクロリス株式会社)及び株式会社キッツマイクロフィルタ等が提供する各種フィルタを用いることができる。 The pore diameter of the filter is preferably 0.01 μm to 7.0 μm, more preferably 0.01 μm to 3.0 μm, and even more preferably 0.05 μm to 0.5 μm. If the pore diameter of the filter is within the above range, fine foreign matter can be removed more reliably. For the hole diameter value of the filter, the nominal value of the filter manufacturer can be referred to. As the filter, various filters provided by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd. (DFA4201NIEY, etc.), Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd., Nippon Entegris Co., Ltd. (formerly Nippon Microlith Co., Ltd.), KITZ Microfilter Co., Ltd., etc. can be used.
 また、フィルタとしてファイバ状のろ材を用いることも好ましい。ファイバ状のろ材としては、例えばポリプロピレンファイバ、ナイロンファイバ、グラスファイバ等が挙げられる。市販品としては、ロキテクノ社製のSBPタイプシリーズ(SBP008など)、TPRタイプシリーズ(TPR002、TPR005など)、SHPXタイプシリーズ(SHPX003など)が挙げられる。 It is also preferable to use a fiber-like filter medium as the filter. Examples of the fiber-like filter medium include polypropylene fiber, nylon fiber, glass fiber and the like. Examples of commercially available products include SBP type series (SBP008, etc.), TPR type series (TPR002, TPR005, etc.) and SHPX type series (SHPX003, etc.) manufactured by Roki Techno Co., Ltd.
 フィルタを使用する際、異なるフィルタ(例えば、第1のフィルタと第2のフィルタなど)を組み合わせてもよい。その際、各フィルタでのろ過は、1回のみでもよいし、2回以上行ってもよい。また、上述した範囲内で異なる孔径のフィルタを組み合わせてもよい。また、第1のフィルタでのろ過は、分散液のみに対して行い、他の成分を混合した後で、第2のフィルタでろ過を行ってもよい。 When using a filter, different filters (for example, a first filter and a second filter) may be combined. At that time, the filtration with each filter may be performed only once or twice or more. Further, filters having different pore diameters may be combined within the above-mentioned range. Further, the filtration with the first filter may be performed only on the dispersion liquid, and after mixing the other components, the filtration may be performed with the second filter.
(硬化物)
 本開示に係る硬化物は、本開示に係る着色組成物を硬化してなる硬化物である。
 また、硬化の前に乾燥を行い、着色組成物に含有される溶剤を少なくとも一部除去した後、硬化を行い、硬化物を形成してもよい。
 本開示に係る硬化物は、カラーフィルタなどに好適に用いることができる。具体的には、カラーフィルタの着色層(画素)として好ましく用いることができ、より具体的には、カラーフィルタの赤色着色層(赤色画素)として好ましく用いることができる。
 本開示に係る硬化物は、膜状の硬化物であることが好ましく、その膜厚は、目的に応じて適宜調整できる。例えば、膜厚は、20μm以下が好ましく、10μm以下がより好ましく、5μm以下が更に好ましい。膜厚の下限は、0.1μm以上が好ましく、0.2μm以上がより好ましく、0.3μm以上が更に好ましい。
(Cursed product)
The cured product according to the present disclosure is a cured product obtained by curing the coloring composition according to the present disclosure.
Further, it may be dried before curing to remove at least a part of the solvent contained in the coloring composition, and then cured to form a cured product.
The cured product according to the present disclosure can be suitably used for a color filter or the like. Specifically, it can be preferably used as a colored layer (pixel) of a color filter, and more specifically, it can be preferably used as a red colored layer (red pixel) of a color filter.
The cured product according to the present disclosure is preferably a film-like cured product, and the film thickness thereof can be appropriately adjusted according to the intended purpose. For example, the film thickness is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and even more preferably 5 μm or less. The lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.2 μm or more, still more preferably 0.3 μm or more.
(カラーフィルタ)
 次に、本開示に係るカラーフィルタについて説明する。本開示に係るカラーフィルタは、上述した本開示に係る硬化物を備える。より好ましくは、カラーフィルタの画素として、本開示に係る硬化膜を有する。本開示に係るカラーフィルタは、CCD(電荷結合素子)やCMOS(相補型金属酸化膜半導体)などの固体撮像素子や画像表示装置などに用いることができる。
(Color filter)
Next, the color filter according to the present disclosure will be described. The color filter according to the present disclosure includes the cured product according to the present disclosure described above. More preferably, the pixel of the color filter has a cured film according to the present disclosure. The color filter according to the present disclosure can be used for a solid-state image pickup device such as a CCD (charge-coupled device) or CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor), an image display device, or the like.
 本開示に係るカラーフィルタにおいて本開示に係る膜の膜厚は、目的に応じて適宜調整できる。膜厚は、20μm以下が好ましく、10μm以下がより好ましく、5μm以下が更に好ましい。膜厚の下限は、0.1μm以上が好ましく、0.2μm以上がより好ましく、0.3μm以上が更に好ましい。 In the color filter according to the present disclosure, the film thickness according to the present disclosure can be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose. The film thickness is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and even more preferably 5 μm or less. The lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.2 μm or more, still more preferably 0.3 μm or more.
 本開示に係るカラーフィルタは、画素の幅が0.5μm~20.0μmであることが好ましい。下限は、1.0μm以上であることがより好ましく、2.0μm以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は、15.0μm以下であることがより好ましく、10.0μm以下であることが特に好ましい。また、画素のヤング率は、0.5GPa~20GPaであることが好ましく、2.5GPa~15GPaがより好ましい。 The color filter according to the present disclosure preferably has a pixel width of 0.5 μm to 20.0 μm. The lower limit is more preferably 1.0 μm or more, and particularly preferably 2.0 μm or more. The upper limit is more preferably 15.0 μm or less, and particularly preferably 10.0 μm or less. The Young's modulus of the pixel is preferably 0.5 GPa to 20 GPa, more preferably 2.5 GPa to 15 GPa.
 本開示に係るカラーフィルタに含まれる各画素は高い平坦性を有することが好ましい。具体的には、画素の表面粗さRaは、100nm以下であることが好ましく、40nm以下であることがより好ましく、15nm以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は規定されないが、例えば0.1nm以上であることが好ましい。画素の表面粗さは、例えばVeeco社製のAFM(原子間力顕微鏡) Dimension3100を用いて測定することができる。また、画素上の水の接触角は適宜好ましい値に設定することができるが、典型的には、50°~110°の範囲である。接触角は、例えば接触角計CV-DT・A型(協和界面科学(株)製)を用いて測定できる。また、画素の体積抵抗値は高いことが好ましい。具体的には、画素の体積抵抗値は109Ω・cm以上であることが好ましく、1011Ω・cm以上であることがより好ましい。上限は規定されないが、例えば1014Ω・cm以下であることが好ましい。画素の体積抵抗値は、例えば超高抵抗計5410(アドバンテスト社製)を用いて測定することができる。 It is preferable that each pixel included in the color filter according to the present disclosure has high flatness. Specifically, the surface roughness Ra of the pixel is preferably 100 nm or less, more preferably 40 nm or less, and further preferably 15 nm or less. The lower limit is not specified, but it is preferably 0.1 nm or more, for example. The surface roughness of the pixel can be measured using, for example, an AFM (atomic force microscope) Measurement 3100 manufactured by Veeco. Further, the contact angle of water on the pixel can be appropriately set to a preferable value, but is typically in the range of 50 ° to 110 °. The contact angle can be measured using, for example, a contact angle meter CV-DT · A type (manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.). Further, it is preferable that the volume resistance value of the pixel is high. Specifically, the volume resistance value of the pixel is preferably 109 Ω · cm or more, and more preferably 10 11 Ω · cm or more. The upper limit is not specified, but it is preferably 10 14 Ω · cm or less, for example. The volume resistance value of the pixel can be measured using, for example, an ultra-high resistance meter 5410 (manufactured by Advantest).
 また、本開示に係るカラーフィルタは、本開示に係る膜の表面に保護層が設けられていてもよい。保護層を設けることで、酸素遮断化、低反射化、親疎水化、特定波長の光(紫外線、近赤外線等)の遮蔽等の種々の機能を付与することができる。保護層の厚さとしては、0.01μm~10μmが好ましく、0.1μm~5μmがより好ましい。保護層の形成方法としては、有機溶剤に溶解した樹脂組成物を塗布して形成する方法、化学気相蒸着法、成型した樹脂を接着材で貼りつける方法等が挙げられる。保護層を構成する成分としては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、エン・チオール樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレン樹脂、ポリアリーレンエーテルホスフィンオキシド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、ポリオール樹脂、ポリ塩化ビニリデン樹脂、メラミン樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、アラミド樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、アルキド樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、変性シリコーン樹脂、フッ素樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリアクリロニトリル樹脂、セルロース樹脂、Si、C、W、Al、Mo、SiO、Siなどが挙げられ、これらの成分を二種以上含有しても良い。例えば、酸素遮断化を目的とした保護層の場合、保護層はポリオール樹脂と、SiOと、Siを含むことが好ましい。また、低反射化を目的とした保護層の場合、保護層は(メタ)アクリル樹脂とフッ素樹脂を含むことが好ましい。 Further, the color filter according to the present disclosure may be provided with a protective layer on the surface of the film according to the present disclosure. By providing the protective layer, various functions such as oxygen blocking, low reflection, prohydrophobicity, and shielding of light of a specific wavelength (ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.) can be imparted. The thickness of the protective layer is preferably 0.01 μm to 10 μm, more preferably 0.1 μm to 5 μm. Examples of the method for forming the protective layer include a method of applying a resin composition dissolved in an organic solvent to form the protective layer, a chemical vapor deposition method, and a method of attaching a molded resin with an adhesive. The components constituting the protective layer include (meth) acrylic resin, en-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, and polyimide. Resin, polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, polyol resin, polyvinylidene chloride resin, melamine resin, urethane resin, aramid resin, polyamide resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin, modified silicone resin, fluorine Examples thereof include resins, polycarbonate resins, polyacrylonitrile resins, cellulose resins, Si, C, W, Al 2 O 3 , Mo, SiO 2 , Si 2 N 4 , and the like, and two or more of these components may be contained. For example, in the case of a protective layer for the purpose of blocking oxygen, it is preferable that the protective layer contains a polyol resin, SiO 2 , and Si 2 N 4 . Further, in the case of a protective layer for the purpose of reducing reflection, it is preferable that the protective layer contains a (meth) acrylic resin and a fluororesin.
 樹脂組成物を塗布して保護層を形成する場合、樹脂組成物の塗布方法としては、スピンコート法、キャスト法、スクリーン印刷法、インクジェット法等の公知の方法を用いることができる。樹脂組成物に含まれる有機溶剤は、公知の有機溶剤(例えば、プロピレングリコール1-モノメチルエーテル2-アセテート、シクロペンタノン、乳酸エチル等)を用いることが出来る。保護層を化学気相蒸着法にて形成する場合、化学気相蒸着法としては、公知の化学気相蒸着法(熱化学気相蒸着法、プラズマ化学気相蒸着法、光化学気相蒸着法)を用いることができる。 When the resin composition is applied to form the protective layer, a known method such as a spin coating method, a casting method, a screen printing method, or an inkjet method can be used as the application method of the resin composition. As the organic solvent contained in the resin composition, a known organic solvent (for example, propylene glycol 1-monomethyl ether 2-acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl lactate, etc.) can be used. When the protective layer is formed by the chemical vapor deposition method, the known chemical vapor deposition method (thermochemical vapor deposition method, plasma chemical vapor deposition method, photochemical vapor deposition method) is used as the chemical vapor deposition method. Can be used.
 保護層は、必要に応じて、有機粒子、無機粒子、特定波長の光(例えば、紫外線、近赤外線等)の吸収剤、屈折率調整剤、酸化防止剤、密着剤、界面活性剤等の添加剤を含有しても良い。有機粒子及び無機粒子の例としては、例えば、高分子粒子(例えば、シリコーン樹脂粒子、ポリスチレン粒子、メラミン樹脂粒子)、酸化チタン、酸化亜鉛、酸化ジルコニウム、酸化インジウム、酸化アルミニウム、窒化チタン、酸窒化チタン、フッ化マグネシウム、中空シリカ、シリカ、炭酸カルシウム、硫酸バリウム等が挙げられる。特定波長の光の吸収剤は公知の吸収剤を用いることができる。これらの添加剤の含有量は適宜調整できるが、保護層の全質量に対して、0.1質量%~70質量%が好ましく、1質量%~60質量%がより好ましい。 As necessary, the protective layer is added with organic particles, inorganic particles, an absorber for light of a specific wavelength (for example, ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.), a refractive index adjusting agent, an antioxidant, an adhesive, a surfactant, and the like. It may contain an agent. Examples of organic particles and inorganic particles include, for example, polymer particles (eg, silicone resin particles, polystyrene particles, melamine resin particles), titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium oxide, aluminum oxide, titanium nitride, oxynitride. Examples thereof include titanium, magnesium fluoride, hollow silica, silica, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate and the like. As the absorber of light having a specific wavelength, a known absorber can be used. The content of these additives can be adjusted as appropriate, but is preferably 0.1% by mass to 70% by mass, more preferably 1% by mass to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the protective layer.
 また、保護層としては、特開2017-151176号公報の段落0073~0092に記載の保護層を用いることもできる。 Further, as the protective layer, the protective layer described in paragraphs 0073 to 0092 of JP-A-2017-151176 can also be used.
 カラーフィルタは、下地層を有していてもよい。下地層は、例えば、上述した本開示に係る着色組成物から顔料等の着色剤を除いた組成物などを用いて形成することもできる。下地層の表面接触角は、ジヨードメタンで測定した際に20°~70°であることが好ましい。また、水で測定した際に30°~80°であることが好ましい。下地層の表面接触角が上記範囲であれば、着色組成物の塗れ性が良好である。下地層の表面接触角の調整は、たとえば、界面活性剤の添加などの方法で行うことができる。 The color filter may have a base layer. The base layer can also be formed, for example, by using a composition obtained by removing a colorant such as a pigment from the above-mentioned coloring composition according to the present disclosure. The surface contact angle of the base layer is preferably 20 ° to 70 ° when measured with diiodomethane. Further, it is preferably 30 ° to 80 ° when measured with water. When the surface contact angle of the base layer is within the above range, the coating property of the coloring composition is good. The surface contact angle of the base layer can be adjusted by, for example, adding a surfactant.
<カラーフィルタの製造方法>
 次に、本開示に係る着色組成物を用いたカラーフィルタの製造方法について説明する。カラーフィルタの製造方法は、上述した本開示に係る着色組成物を用いて支持体上に着色組成物層を形成する工程と、フォトリソグラフィ法又はドライエッチング法により着色組成物層に対してパターンを形成する工程と、を経て製造できる。本開示に係る着色組成物は、現像残渣の発生も抑制することができるので、フォトリソグラフィ法により着色組成物層に対してパターンを形成してカラーフィルタを製造する場合において特に効果的である。
<Manufacturing method of color filter>
Next, a method for manufacturing a color filter using the coloring composition according to the present disclosure will be described. The method for producing a color filter includes a step of forming a coloring composition layer on a support using the coloring composition according to the present disclosure described above, and a pattern on the coloring composition layer by a photolithography method or a dry etching method. It can be manufactured through the forming process. Since the coloring composition according to the present disclosure can also suppress the generation of development residues, it is particularly effective in the case of producing a color filter by forming a pattern on the coloring composition layer by a photolithography method.
-フォトリソグラフィ法-
 まず、フォトリソグラフィ法によりパターンを形成してカラーフィルタを製造する場合について説明する。この製造方法は、本開示に係る着色組成物を用いて支持体上に着色組成物層を形成する工程と、着色組成物層をパターン状に露光する工程と、着色組成物層の未露光部を現像除去してパターン(画素)を形成する工程と、を含むことが好ましい。必要に応じて、着色組成物層をベークする工程(プリベーク工程)、及び、現像されたパターン(画素)をベークする工程(ポストベーク工程)を設けてもよい。
-Photolithography method-
First, a case where a pattern is formed by a photolithography method to manufacture a color filter will be described. This production method includes a step of forming a colored composition layer on a support using the colored composition according to the present disclosure, a step of exposing the colored composition layer in a pattern, and an unexposed portion of the colored composition layer. It is preferable to include a step of developing and removing the above to form a pattern (pixel). If necessary, a step of baking the colored composition layer (pre-baking step) and a step of baking the developed pattern (pixels) (post-baking step) may be provided.
 着色組成物層を形成する工程では、本開示に係る着色組成物を用いて、支持体上に着色組成物層を形成する。支持体としては、特に限定は無く、用途に応じて適宜選択できる。例えば、ガラス基板、シリコン基板などが挙げられ、シリコン基板であることが好ましい。また、シリコン基板には、電荷結合素子(CCD)、相補型金属酸化膜半導体(CMOS)、透明導電膜などが形成されていてもよい。また、シリコン基板には、各画素を隔離するブラックマトリクスが形成されている場合もある。また、シリコン基板には、上部の層との密着性改良、物質の拡散防止或いは基板表面の平坦化のために下地層が設けられていてもよい。下地層は、本明細書に記載の着色組成物から着色剤を除いた組成物や、本明細書記載の樹脂、重合性化合物、界面活性剤などを含む組成物などを用いて形成してもよい。 In the step of forming the coloring composition layer, the coloring composition layer according to the present disclosure is used to form the coloring composition layer on the support. The support is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the intended use. Examples thereof include a glass substrate and a silicon substrate, and a silicon substrate is preferable. Further, a charge-coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, or the like may be formed on the silicon substrate. Further, a black matrix that separates each pixel may be formed on the silicon substrate. Further, the silicon substrate may be provided with a base layer for improving the adhesion with the upper layer, preventing the diffusion of substances, or flattening the surface of the substrate. The underlayer may be formed by using a composition obtained by removing the coloring agent from the coloring composition described in the present specification, a composition containing the resin, the polymerizable compound, the surfactant and the like described in the present specification, and the like. good.
 着色組成物の塗布方法としては、公知の方法を用いることができる。例えば、滴下法(ドロップキャスト);スリットコート法;スプレー法;ロールコート法;回転塗布法(スピンコーティング);流延塗布法;スリットアンドスピン法;プリウェット法(例えば、特開2009-145395号公報に記載されている方法);インクジェット(例えばオンデマンド方式、ピエゾ方式、サーマル方式)、ノズルジェット等の吐出系印刷、フレキソ印刷、スクリーン印刷、グラビア印刷、反転オフセット印刷、メタルマスク印刷法などの各種印刷法;金型等を用いた転写法;ナノインプリント法などが挙げられる。インクジェットでの適用方法としては、特に限定されず、例えば「広がる・使えるインクジェット-特許に見る無限の可能性-、2005年2月発行、住ベテクノリサーチ」に示された方法(特に115ページ~133ページ)や、特開2003-262716号公報、特開2003-185831号公報、特開2003-261827号公報、特開2012-126830号公報、特開2006-169325号公報などに記載の方法が挙げられる。また、着色組成物の塗布方法については、国際公開第2017/030174号、国際公開第2017/018419号の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 As a method for applying the coloring composition, a known method can be used. For example, a drop method (drop cast); a slit coat method; a spray method; a roll coat method; a rotary coating method (spin coating); a cast coating method; a slit and spin method; a pre-wet method (for example, JP-A-2009-145395). Methods described in the publication); Inkjet (for example, on-demand method, piezo method, thermal method), ejection system printing such as nozzle jet, flexographic printing, screen printing, gravure printing, reverse offset printing, metal mask printing, etc. Various printing methods; transfer method using a mold or the like; nano-imprint method and the like can be mentioned. The method of application in inkjet is not particularly limited, and is, for example, the method shown in "Expandable / usable inkjet-infinite possibilities seen in patents-, published in February 2005, Sumi Betechno Research" (especially from page 115). Page 133), JP-A-2003-262716, JP-A-2003-185831, JP-A-2003-261827, JP-A-2012-126830, JP-A-2006-169325, and the like. Can be mentioned. Further, regarding the method of applying the coloring composition, the description of International Publication No. 2017/030174 and International Publication No. 2017/018419 can be referred to, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification.
 支持体上に形成した着色組成物層は、乾燥(プリベーク)してもよい。低温プロセスにより膜を製造する場合は、プリベークを行わなくてもよい。プリベークを行う場合、プリベーク温度は、150℃以下が好ましく、120℃以下がより好ましく、110℃以下が更に好ましい。下限は、例えば、50℃以上とすることができ、80℃以上とすることもできる。プリベーク時間は、10秒~300秒が好ましく、40秒~250秒がより好ましく、80秒~220秒が更に好ましい。プリベークは、ホットプレート、オーブン等で行うことができる。 The colored composition layer formed on the support may be dried (prebaked). When the membrane is manufactured by a low temperature process, prebaking may not be performed. When prebaking is performed, the prebake temperature is preferably 150 ° C. or lower, more preferably 120 ° C. or lower, still more preferably 110 ° C. or lower. The lower limit can be, for example, 50 ° C. or higher, or 80 ° C. or higher. The prebake time is preferably 10 seconds to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 seconds to 250 seconds, still more preferably 80 seconds to 220 seconds. Pre-baking can be performed on a hot plate, an oven, or the like.
<<露光工程>>
 次に、着色組成物層をパターン状に露光する(露光工程)。例えば、着色組成物層に対し、ステッパー露光機やスキャナ露光機などを用いて、所定のマスクパターンを有するマスクを介して露光することで、パターン状に露光することができる。これにより、露光部分を硬化することができる。
<< Exposure process >>
Next, the colored composition layer is exposed in a pattern (exposure step). For example, the colored composition layer can be exposed in a pattern by exposing the colored composition layer through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern using a stepper exposure machine, a scanner exposure machine, or the like. As a result, the exposed portion can be cured.
 露光に際して用いることができる放射線(光)としては、g線、i線等が挙げられる。また、波長300nm以下の光(好ましくは波長180nm~300nmの光)を用いることもできる。波長300nm以下の光としては、KrF線(波長248nm)、ArF線(波長193nm)などが挙げられ、KrF線(波長248nm)が好ましい。また、300nm以上の長波な光源も利用できる。 Examples of radiation (light) that can be used for exposure include g-line and i-line. Further, light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light having a wavelength of 180 nm to 300 nm) can also be used. Examples of the light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF line (wavelength 248 nm), ArF line (wavelength 193 nm) and the like, and KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) is preferable. Further, a long wave light source having a diameter of 300 nm or more can also be used.
 また、露光に際して、光を連続的に照射して露光してもよく、パルス的に照射して露光(パルス露光)してもよい。なお、パルス露光とは、短時間(例えば、ミリ秒レベル以下)のサイクルで光の照射と休止を繰り返して露光する方式の露光方法のことである。 Further, at the time of exposure, light may be continuously irradiated for exposure, or pulsed irradiation may be performed for exposure (pulse exposure). The pulse exposure is an exposure method of a method in which light irradiation and pause are repeated in a cycle of a short time (for example, a millisecond level or less).
 照射量(露光量)は、例えば、0.03J/cm~2.5J/cmが好ましく、0.05J/cm~1.0J/cmがより好ましい。露光時における酸素濃度については適宜選択することができ、大気下で行う他に、例えば酸素濃度が19体積%以下の低酸素雰囲気下(例えば、15体積%、5体積%、又は、実質的に無酸素)で露光してもよく、酸素濃度が21体積%を超える高酸素雰囲気下(例えば、22体積%、30体積%、又は、50体積%)で露光してもよい。また、露光照度は適宜設定することが可能であり、好ましくは1,000W/m~100,000W/m(例えば、5,000W/m、15,000W/m、又は、35,000W/m)の範囲から選択することができる。酸素濃度と露光照度は適宜条件を組み合わせてよく、例えば、酸素濃度10体積%で照度10,000W/m、酸素濃度35体積%で照度20,000W/mなどとすることができる。 The irradiation amount (exposure amount) is, for example, preferably 0.03 J / cm 2 to 2.5 J / cm 2 , and more preferably 0.05 J / cm 2 to 1.0 J / cm 2 . The oxygen concentration at the time of exposure can be appropriately selected, and in addition to the operation in the atmosphere, for example, in a low oxygen atmosphere having an oxygen concentration of 19% by volume or less (for example, 15% by volume, 5% by volume, or substantially). It may be exposed in an oxygen-free environment), or may be exposed in a high oxygen atmosphere (for example, 22% by volume, 30% by volume, or 50% by volume) in which the oxygen concentration exceeds 21% by volume. The exposure illuminance can be appropriately set, preferably 1,000 W / m 2 to 100,000 W / m 2 (for example, 5,000 W / m 2 , 15,000 W / m 2 , or 35, It can be selected from the range of 000 W / m 2 ). The oxygen concentration and the exposure illuminance may be appropriately combined with each other, and for example, the illuminance may be 10,000 W / m 2 when the oxygen concentration is 10% by volume, the illuminance may be 20,000 W / m 2 when the oxygen concentration is 35% by volume, and the like.
 次に、着色組成物層の未露光部を現像除去してパターン(画素)を形成する。着色組成物層の未露光部の現像除去は、現像液を用いて行うことができる。これにより、露光工程における未露光部の着色組成物層が現像液に溶出し、光硬化した部分だけが残る。現像液としては、下地の素子や回路などにダメージを起さない有機アルカリ現像液が好ましい。現像液の温度は、例えば、20℃~30℃が好ましい。現像時間は、20秒~180秒が好ましい。また、残渣除去性を向上するため、現像液を60秒ごとに振り切り、更に新たに現像液を供給する工程を数回繰り返してもよい。 Next, the unexposed portion of the coloring composition layer is developed and removed to form a pattern (pixel). The development and removal of the unexposed portion of the coloring composition layer can be performed using a developing solution. As a result, the colored composition layer of the unexposed portion in the exposure step is eluted in the developing solution, and only the photocured portion remains. As the developing solution, an organic alkaline developing solution that does not cause damage to the underlying element or circuit is preferable. The temperature of the developer is preferably, for example, 20 ° C to 30 ° C. The development time is preferably 20 seconds to 180 seconds. Further, in order to improve the residue removability, the steps of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and supplying a new developer may be repeated several times.
 現像液は、有機溶剤、アルカリ現像液などが挙げられ、アルカリ現像液が好ましく用いられる。アルカリ現像液としては、アルカリ剤を純水で希釈したアルカリ性水溶液(アルカリ現像液)が好ましい。アルカリ剤としては、例えば、アンモニア、エチルアミン、ジエチルアミン、ジメチルエタノールアミン、ジグリコールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、ヒドロキシアミン、エチレンジアミン、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラプロピルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、エチルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ベンジルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ジメチルビス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)アンモニウムヒドロキシド、コリン、ピロール、ピペリジン、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセンなどの有機アルカリ性化合物や、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、ケイ酸ナトリウム、メタケイ酸ナトリウムなどの無機アルカリ性化合物が挙げられる。アルカリ剤は、分子量が大きい化合物の方が環境面及び安全面で好ましい。アルカリ性水溶液のアルカリ剤の濃度は、0.001質量%~10質量%が好ましく、0.01質量%~1質量%がより好ましい。また、現像液は、更に界面活性剤を含有していてもよい。界面活性剤としては、上述した界面活性剤が挙げられ、ノニオン系界面活性剤が好ましい。現像液は、移送や保管の便宜などの観点より、一旦濃縮液として製造し、使用時に必要な濃度に希釈してもよい。希釈倍率は特に限定されないが、例えば1.5~100倍の範囲に設定することができる。また、現像後純水で洗浄(リンス)することも好ましい。また、リンスは、現像後の着色組成物層が形成された支持体を回転させつつ、現像後の着色組成物層へリンス液を供給して行うことが好ましい。また、リンス液を吐出させるノズルを支持体の中心部から支持体の周縁部に移動させて行うことも好ましい。この際、ノズルの支持体中心部から周縁部へ移動させるにあたり、ノズルの移動速度を徐々に低下させながら移動させてもよい。このようにしてリンスを行うことで、リンスの面内ばらつきを抑制できる。また、ノズルを支持体中心部から周縁部へ移動させつつ、支持体の回転速度を徐々に低下させても同様の効果が得られる。 Examples of the developing solution include organic solvents and alkaline developing solutions, and alkaline developing solutions are preferably used. As the alkaline developer, an alkaline aqueous solution (alkaline developer) obtained by diluting an alkaline agent with pure water is preferable. Examples of the alkaline agent include ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, diglycolamine, diethanolamine, hydroxyamine, ethylenediamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, and tetrabutylammonium hydroxide. , Ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, dimethylbis (2-hydroxyethyl) ammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] -7-undecene and other organic substances. Examples thereof include alkaline compounds and inorganic alkaline compounds such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, sodium silicate and sodium metasilicate. As the alkaline agent, a compound having a large molecular weight is preferable in terms of environment and safety. The concentration of the alkaline agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 1% by mass. Further, the developer may further contain a surfactant. Examples of the surfactant include the above-mentioned surfactants, and nonionic surfactants are preferable. From the viewpoint of convenience of transfer and storage, the developer may be once produced as a concentrated solution and diluted to a concentration required for use. The dilution ratio is not particularly limited, but can be set in the range of, for example, 1.5 to 100 times. It is also preferable to wash (rinse) with pure water after development. Further, it is preferable that the rinsing is performed by supplying the rinsing liquid to the developed colored composition layer while rotating the support on which the developed colored composition layer is formed. It is also preferable to move the nozzle for discharging the rinse liquid from the central portion of the support to the peripheral edge of the support. At this time, when moving the nozzle from the central portion of the support to the peripheral portion, the nozzle may be moved while gradually reducing the moving speed. By rinsing in this way, in-plane variation of the rinse can be suppressed. Further, the same effect can be obtained by gradually reducing the rotation speed of the support while moving the nozzle from the central portion of the support to the peripheral portion.
 現像後、乾燥を施した後に追加露光処理や加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行うことが好ましい。追加露光処理やポストベークは、硬化を完全なものとするための現像後の硬化処理である。ポストベークにおける加熱温度は、例えば100℃~240℃が好ましく、200~240℃がより好ましい。ポストベークは、現像後の膜を、上記条件になるようにホットプレートやコンベクションオーブン(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高周波加熱機等の加熱手段を用いて、連続式あるいはバッチ式で行うことができる。追加露光処理を行う場合、露光に用いられる光は、波長400nm以下の光であることが好ましい。また、追加露光処理は、韓国公開特許第10-2017-0122130号公報に記載された方法で行ってもよい。 It is preferable to perform additional exposure treatment or heat treatment (post-baking) after development and drying. Additional exposure processing and post-baking are post-development curing treatments to complete the curing. The heating temperature in the post-bake is, for example, preferably 100 ° C to 240 ° C, more preferably 200 to 240 ° C. Post-baking can be performed on the developed film in a continuous or batch manner using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation type dryer), or a high frequency heater so as to meet the above conditions. .. When the additional exposure process is performed, the light used for the exposure is preferably light having a wavelength of 400 nm or less. Further, the additional exposure process may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.
-ドライエッチング法-
 次に、ドライエッチング法によりパターンを形成してカラーフィルタを製造する場合について説明する。ドライエッチング法でのパターン形成は、本開示に係る着色組成物を用いて支持体上に着色組成物層を形成し、この着色組成物層の全体を硬化させて硬化物層を形成する工程と、この硬化物層上にフォトレジスト層を形成する工程と、フォトレジスト層をパターン状に露光したのち、現像してレジストパターンを形成する工程と、このレジストパターンをマスクとして硬化物層に対してエッチングガスを用いてドライエッチングする工程と、を含むことが好ましい。フォトレジスト層の形成においては、更にプリベーク処理を施すことが好ましい。特に、フォトレジスト層の形成プロセスとしては、露光後の加熱処理、現像後の加熱処理(ポストベーク処理)を実施する形態が望ましい。ドライエッチング法でのパターン形成については、特開2013-064993号公報の段落0010~0067の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
-Dry etching method-
Next, a case where a pattern is formed by a dry etching method to manufacture a color filter will be described. The pattern formation by the dry etching method is a step of forming a colored composition layer on a support using the colored composition according to the present disclosure and curing the entire colored composition layer to form a cured product layer. A step of forming a photoresist layer on the cured product layer, a step of exposing the photoresist layer in a pattern and then developing to form a resist pattern, and a step of using this resist pattern as a mask for the cured product layer. It is preferable to include a step of dry etching using an etching gas. In forming the photoresist layer, it is preferable to further perform a prebaking treatment. In particular, as a process for forming the photoresist layer, it is desirable to carry out a heat treatment after exposure and a heat treatment (post-baking treatment) after development. Regarding the pattern formation by the dry etching method, the description in paragraphs 0010 to 0067 of JP2013-064993 can be referred to, and this content is incorporated in the present specification.
(固体撮像素子)
 本開示に係る固体撮像素子は、本開示に係る硬化物を有し、上述した本開示に係るカラーフィルタを有することが好ましい。本開示に係る固体撮像素子の構成としては、本開示に係る膜を備え、固体撮像素子として機能する構成であれば特に限定はないが、例えば、以下のような構成が挙げられる。
(Solid image sensor)
The solid-state image sensor according to the present disclosure preferably has the cured product according to the present disclosure and preferably has the color filter according to the present disclosure described above. The configuration of the solid-state image pickup device according to the present disclosure is not particularly limited as long as it includes the film according to the present disclosure and functions as a solid-state image pickup device, and examples thereof include the following configurations.
 基板上に、固体撮像素子(CCD(電荷結合素子)イメージセンサ、CMOS(相補型金属酸化膜半導体)イメージセンサ等)の受光エリアを構成する複数のフォトダイオード及びポリシリコン等からなる転送電極を有し、フォトダイオード及び転送電極上にフォトダイオードの受光部のみ開口した遮光膜を有し、遮光膜上に遮光膜全面及びフォトダイオード受光部を覆うように形成された窒化シリコン等からなるデバイス保護膜を有し、デバイス保護膜上に、カラーフィルタを有する構成である。更に、デバイス保護膜上であってカラーフィルタの下(基板に近い側)に集光手段(例えば、マイクロレンズ等。以下同じ)を有する構成や、カラーフィルタ上に集光手段を有する構成等であってもよい。また、カラーフィルタは、隔壁により例えば格子状に仕切られた空間に、各着色画素が埋め込まれた構造を有していてもよい。この場合の隔壁は各着色画素よりも低屈折率であることが好ましい。このような構造を有する撮像装置の例としては、特開2012-227478号公報、特開2014-179577号公報、国際公開第2018/043654号、米国特許出願公開第2018/0040656号明細書に記載の装置が挙げられる。本開示に係る固体撮像素子を備えた撮像装置は、デジタルカメラや、撮像機能を有する電子機
器(携帯電話等)の他、車載カメラや監視カメラ用としても用いることができる。
 また、本開示に係る固体撮像素子は、特開2019-211559号公報に記載されているように、固体撮像素子の構造内に紫外線吸収層(UVカットフィルタ)を設けることにより、カラーフィルタの耐光性を改良してもよい。
On the substrate, there are a plurality of photodiodes constituting the light receiving area of a solid-state image sensor (CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor, CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor) image sensor, etc.) and a transfer electrode made of polysilicon or the like. A device protective film made of silicon nitride or the like formed on the photodiode and the transfer electrode so as to have a light-shielding film in which only the light-receiving part of the photodiode is open, and to cover the entire surface of the light-shielding film and the light-receiving part of the photodiode on the light-shielding film. And has a color filter on the device protective film. Further, a configuration having a condensing means (for example, a microlens or the like; the same applies hereinafter) on the device protective film under the color filter (near the substrate), a configuration having a condensing means on the color filter, and the like. There may be. Further, the color filter may have a structure in which each colored pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by a partition wall, for example, in a grid pattern. In this case, the partition wall preferably has a lower refractive index than each colored pixel. Examples of the image pickup apparatus having such a structure are described in JP-A-2012-227478, JP-A-2014-179757, International Publication No. 2018/043654, and US Patent Application Publication No. 2018/0040656. Equipment is mentioned. The image pickup device provided with the solid-state image pickup device according to the present disclosure can be used not only for digital cameras and electronic devices having an image pickup function (mobile phones and the like), but also for in-vehicle cameras and surveillance cameras.
Further, as described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2019-21159, the solid-state image sensor according to the present disclosure is provided with an ultraviolet absorbing layer (UV cut filter) in the structure of the solid-state image sensor to withstand light of a color filter. The sex may be improved.
(画像表示装置)
 本開示に係る画像表示装置は、本開示に係る硬化物を有し、上述した本開示に係るカラーフィルタを有することが好ましい。画像表示装置としては、液晶表示装置や有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置などが挙げられる。画像表示装置の定義や各画像表示装置の詳細については、例えば「電子ディスプレイデバイス(佐々木昭夫著、(株)工業調査会、1990年発行)」、「ディスプレイデバイス(伊吹順章著、産業図書(株)平成元年発行)」などに記載されている。また、液晶表示装置については、例えば「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術(内田龍男編集、(株)工業調査会、1994年発行)」に記載されている。本開示が適用できる液晶表示装置に特に制限はなく、例えば、上記の「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術」に記載されている色々な方式の液晶表示装置に適用できる。
(Image display device)
The image display device according to the present disclosure preferably has the cured product according to the present disclosure and preferably has the color filter according to the present disclosure described above. Examples of the image display device include a liquid crystal display device and an organic electroluminescence display device. For details on the definition of image display devices and the details of each image display device, see, for example, "Electronic Display Devices (Akio Sasaki, Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd., published in 1990)", "Display Devices (Junaki Ibuki, Industrial Books). Co., Ltd. (issued in 1989) ”. Further, the liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd., published in 1994)". The liquid crystal display device to which the present disclosure is applicable is not particularly limited, and can be applied to, for example, various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above-mentioned "next-generation liquid crystal display technology".
(式1で表される化合物)
 本開示に係る化合物は、下記式1で表される化合物である。
 下記式1で表される化合物は、顔料を分散する分散剤として好適に用いることができる。
(Compound represented by Formula 1)
The compound according to the present disclosure is a compound represented by the following formula 1.
The compound represented by the following formula 1 can be suitably used as a dispersant for dispersing the pigment.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 式1及び式2中、Mは、2つの水素原子、又は、対イオン若しくは酸素原子が結合していてもよい金属原子を表し、芳香環A~Dはそれぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい芳香環又は複素芳香環を表し、芳香環A~Dの少なくとも1つは、式2で表される構造であり、Xは窒素原子又はCRを表し、Xは窒素原子又はCRを表し、Xは窒素原子又はCRを表し、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は-O-R-(NRを表し、Rは、n+1価の連結基を表し、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表し、R及びR、R及びR、並びに、R及びRは互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよく、nはそれぞれ独立に、1~5の整数を表し、2つの*で示された炭素-炭素結合は、式1における含窒素5員芳香環と共通する炭素-炭素結合を表し、各芳香環A~Dにおいて、式2で表される構造は、R及びRがフタロシアニン構造の3位及び4位の位置となるように結合しても、6位及び5位の位置となるように結合してもよい。 In formulas 1 and 2, M represents two hydrogen atoms or a metal atom to which a counter ion or an oxygen atom may be bonded, and aromatic rings A to D each independently have a substituent. May represent an aromatic ring or a heteroaromatic ring, at least one of the aromatic rings A to D is a structure represented by the formula 2, where X 1 represents a nitrogen atom or CR 1 and X 2 is a nitrogen atom or CR 2 is represented, X 3 represents a nitrogen atom or CR 3 , and R 1 to R 3 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or -OR 4- (NR 5 R 6 ) n , and R 4 Represents an n + 1 valent linking group, R 5 and R 6 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R 2 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , and R 5 and R 6 bond to each other. Each of n independently represents an integer of 1 to 5, and the two carbon-carbon bonds represented by * are common to the nitrogen-containing 5-membered aromatic ring in Equation 1. Representing a carbon-carbon bond, in each of the aromatic rings A to D, the structure represented by the formula 2 is 6 even if R 1 and R 2 are bonded so as to be at the 3rd and 4th positions of the phthalocyanine structure. They may be combined so as to be in the positions of the 5th position and the 5th position.
 本開示に係る化合物における式1で表される化合物の好ましい態様は、上述した式1で表される化合物の好ましい態様と同様である。 The preferred embodiment of the compound represented by the formula 1 in the compound according to the present disclosure is the same as the preferred embodiment of the compound represented by the above-mentioned formula 1.
 以下、実施例により本開示を詳細に説明するが、本開示はこれらに限定されるものではない。
 本実施例において、「%」、「部」とは、特に断りのない限り、それぞれ「質量%」、「質量部」を意味する。なお、高分子化合物において、特別に規定したもの以外は、分子量は重量平均分子量(Mw)であり、構成単位の比率はモル百分率である。
 重量平均分子量(Mw)は、ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィー(GPC)法によるポリスチレン換算値として測定した値である。
 また、実施例において使用した式1で表される化合物であるA-1~A-23はそれぞれ、上述したA-1~A-23と同じ化合物である。
Hereinafter, the present disclosure will be described in detail by way of examples, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto.
In this embodiment, "%" and "part" mean "% by mass" and "part by mass", respectively, unless otherwise specified. In the polymer compound, the molecular weight is the weight average molecular weight (Mw), and the ratio of the constituent units is the molar percentage, except for those specified specifically.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) is a value measured as a polystyrene-equivalent value by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method.
Further, A-1 to A-23, which are the compounds represented by the formula 1 used in the examples, are the same compounds as the above-mentioned A-1 to A-23, respectively.
<合成例1:化合物A-2の合成>
 以下のスキームに従い化合物A-2を合成した。
<Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of Compound A-2>
Compound A-2 was synthesized according to the following scheme.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 テトラクロロフタロニトリル17.0質量部、4-ヒドロキシベンジルアミン10.7質量部、炭酸リチウム9.50質量部、ジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO)127.5質量部を混合し、撹拌した。撹拌後、60℃に昇温し6時間加熱撹拌した。反応完結を確認後、反応液に冷水170質量部、酢酸エチルを340質量部添加し、分液操作により有機層を取り出した。1N(=1mol/L)の水酸化ナトリウム水溶液を170質量部、飽和食塩水を170質量部で洗浄し、有機層を硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させたのち、溶媒を減圧留去した。カラムクロマトグラフィーを実施することで、淡黄色液体(A-2a)12.0質量部を得た。NMRのプロトン比H-NMR(重DMSO(ジメチルスルホキシド)):δ=7.29(d、2H),6.96(d、2H),3.31(s、2H),2.12(s、6H).
 化合物(A-2a)を4.80質量部、1-ペンタノール48.0質量部を混合し、撹拌した。撹拌後加熱還流をし、共沸した水分を除去した。反応器を冷却後、無水塩化銅(II)1.70質量部とジアザビシクロウンデセン(DBU)9.60質量部を添加した。反応器を昇温し、2時間加熱還流した。反応終了後冷却し、アセトニトリル:水=90:10の混合溶媒を192質量部添加した。析出した結晶を濾別し、アセトニトリル30質量部で洗浄した。得られた結晶を50℃12時間送風乾燥させることで、化合物(A-2)を3.5質量部得た。MALDI-MS(マトリックス支援レーザー脱離イオン化質量分析、Matrix Assisted Laser Desorption/Ionization-Mass Spectrometry)により、分子量1,578.95がメインピークで観測され、化合物A-2と同定した。
17.0 parts by mass of tetrachlorophthalonitrile, 10.7 parts by mass of 4-hydroxybenzylamine, 9.50 parts by mass of lithium carbonate, and 127.5 parts by mass of dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) were mixed and stirred. After stirring, the temperature was raised to 60 ° C. and the mixture was heated and stirred for 6 hours. After confirming the completion of the reaction, 170 parts by mass of cold water and 340 parts by mass of ethyl acetate were added to the reaction solution, and the organic layer was taken out by a liquid separation operation. The 1N (= 1 mol / L) sodium hydroxide aqueous solution was washed with 170 parts by mass and the saturated saline solution was washed with 170 parts by mass, the organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, and then the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. By performing column chromatography, 12.0 parts by mass of a pale yellow liquid (A-2a) was obtained. NMR proton ratio 1 H-NMR (deuterium DMSO (dimethyl sulfoxide)): δ = 7.29 (d, 2H), 6.96 (d, 2H), 3.31 (s, 2H), 2.12 ( s, 6H).
4.80 parts by mass of compound (A-2a) and 48.0 parts by mass of 1-pentanol were mixed and stirred. After stirring, the mixture was heated under reflux to remove azeotropic water. After cooling the reactor, 1.70 parts by mass of anhydrous copper (II) chloride and 9.60 parts by mass of diazabicycloundecene (DBU) were added. The temperature of the reactor was raised and the mixture was heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the mixture was cooled and 192 parts by mass of a mixed solvent of acetonitrile: water = 90:10 was added. The precipitated crystals were separated by filtration and washed with 30 parts by mass of acetonitrile. The obtained crystals were air-dried at 50 ° C. for 12 hours to obtain 3.5 parts by mass of compound (A-2). A molecular weight of 1,578.95 was observed at the main peak by MALDI-MS (Matrix Assisted Laser Desorption / Ionization-Mass Spectrometry) and identified as compound A-2.
(合成例2:化合物A-1及びA-3~A-26の合成)
 使用する原料を対応する化合物に変更した以外は、合成例1と同様にして、化合物A-1及びA-3~A-23をそれぞれ作製した。
(Synthesis Example 2: Synthesis of Compounds A-1 and A-3 to A-26)
Compounds A-1 and A-3 to A-23 were prepared in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that the raw materials used were changed to the corresponding compounds.
<分散液G1~G53、及び、比較分散液g1~g3の作製>
 下記表2又は表3に記載の各成分を下記表2又は表3に記載の量にて混合したのち、直径0.3mmのジルコニアビーズを加えて、ペイントシェーカーを用いて5時間分散処理を行い、ビーズをろ過で分離して分散液G1~G53、及び、比較分散液g1~g3をそれぞれ作製した。
<Preparation of dispersions G1 to G53 and comparative dispersions g1 to g3>
After mixing each component shown in Table 2 or Table 3 in the amount shown in Table 2 or Table 3 below, zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.3 mm are added and dispersed for 5 hours using a paint shaker. , Beads were separated by filtration to prepare dispersions G1 to G53 and comparative dispersions g1 to g3, respectively.
<分散性評価:粘度>
 E型粘度計を用いて、25℃での分散液の粘度を、回転数1,000rpm(revolutions per minute)の条件で測定し、下記基準で評価した。
  A:1mPa・s以上15mPa・s以下
  B:15mPa・sを超え30mPa・s以下
  C:30mPa・sを超える
<Dispersity evaluation: Viscosity>
Using an E-type viscometer, the viscosity of the dispersion at 25 ° C. was measured under the condition of a rotation speed of 1,000 rpm (revolutions per minute), and evaluated according to the following criteria.
A: 1 mPa · s or more and 15 mPa · s or less B: More than 15 mPa · s and 30 mPa · s or less C: More than 30 mPa · s
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000038
 なお、表2又は表3に記載の混練研磨処理の有無の欄にて「あり」と記載されるものについては、以下の方法で混練研磨処理を行った着色剤を用いた。 For those described as "Yes" in the column of presence / absence of kneading and polishing treatment shown in Table 2 or Table 3, a colorant that had been kneaded and polished by the following method was used.
<混練研磨処理条件>
 顔料5.3質量部、摩砕剤74.7質量部及び粘結剤14質量部をラボプラストミル((株)東洋精機製作所製)に添加し、装置中の混練物の温度が70℃になるように温度コントロールして、2時間混練した。顔料は、表2又は表3に記載の緑色顔料の種類の欄に記載の素材、又は、表2又は表3に記載の黄色顔料の欄に記載の素材を用いた。摩砕剤は中性無水芒硝E(平均粒子径(体積基準の50%径(D50))=20μm、三田尻化学工業(株)製)を使用した。粘結剤はジエチレングリコールを使用した。混練研磨後の混練物を、24℃の水10,000質量部で水洗処理して摩砕剤及び粘結剤を取り除き、加熱オーブンで80℃24時間の処理を行った。
<Kneading and polishing treatment conditions>
5.3 parts by mass of pigment, 74.7 parts by mass of grinding agent and 14 parts by mass of binder were added to Laboplast Mill (manufactured by Toyo Seiki Seisakusho Co., Ltd.) to bring the temperature of the kneaded product in the apparatus to 70 ° C. The temperature was controlled so as to be, and the mixture was kneaded for 2 hours. As the pigment, the material described in the column of the type of green pigment described in Table 2 or Table 3 or the material described in the column of yellow pigment described in Table 2 or Table 3 was used. As the grinding agent, neutral anhydrous Glauber's salt E (average particle size (50% diameter based on volume (D 50 )) = 20 μm, manufactured by Mitajiri Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was used. Diethylene glycol was used as the binder. The kneaded product after kneading and polishing was washed with 10,000 parts by mass of water at 24 ° C. to remove the grinding agent and the binder, and treated in a heating oven at 80 ° C. for 24 hours.
 以下に、上述した以外の表2及び表3に記載の略称の詳細を示す。
<緑色顔料(G顔料)>
 PG36:C.I.Pigment Green 36、フタロシアニン環構造を有する緑色顔料
 PG58:C.I.Pigment Green 58、フタロシアニン環構造を有する緑色顔料
The details of the abbreviations shown in Tables 2 and 3 other than those described above are shown below.
<Green pigment (G pigment)>
PG36: C.I. I. Pigment Green 36, a green pigment having a phthalocyanine ring structure PG58: C.I. I. Pigment Green 58, a green pigment with a phthalocyanine ring structure
<黄色顔料(Y顔料)>
 PY129:C.I.Pigment Yellow 129
 PY139:C.I.Pigment Yellow 139
 PY150:C.I.Pigment Yellow 150
 PY185:C.I.Pigment Yellow 185
 PY215:C.I.Pigment Yellow 215
 Y1:下記化合物
 Y2:下記化合物
<Yellow pigment (Y pigment)>
PY129: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129
PY139: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139
PY150: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150
PY185: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185
PY215: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 215
Y1: The following compound Y2: The following compound
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
<式1で表される化合物以外の顔料誘導体>
 a-1~a-4:下記化合物
<Pigment derivatives other than the compound represented by the formula 1>
a-1 to a-4: The following compounds
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
<分散剤>
 D1:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。重量平均分子量(Mw)=24,000)
 D2:下記構造の樹脂(Mw=11,000、主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。)
 D3:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。Mw=17,000)
 D4:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。Mw=9,000)
 D5:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。Mw=16,000)
 D6:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。Mw=10,000)
 D7:特許第6432077号公報に記載のブロックポリマーEB-1
 D8:下記構造の樹脂(Mw=11,000、主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。)
 D9:DISPERBYK-142(BYKChemie社製)
 D10:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。Mw=6,000)
 D11:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。Mw=7,500)
<Dispersant>
D1: Resin with the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value added to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Weight average molecular weight (Mw) = 24,000)
D2: Resin having the following structure (Mw = 11,000, the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio).
D3: Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value added to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw = 17,000)
D4: Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value added to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw = 9,000)
D5: Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value added to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw = 16,000)
D6: Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value added to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw = 10,000)
D7: Block polymer EB-1 described in Japanese Patent No. 6432077
D8: Resin having the following structure (Mw = 11,000, the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio).
D9: DISPERBYK-142 (manufactured by BYK Chemie)
D10: Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio. Mw = 6,000)
D11: Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value added to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw = 7,500).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
<溶剤>
 S1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 S2:シクロヘキサノン
 S3:酢酸ブチル
 S4:乳酸エチル(EL)
 S5:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)
 S6:シクロペンタノン
<Solvent>
S1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
S2: Cyclohexanone S3: Butyl acetate S4: Ethyl lactate (EL)
S5: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
S6: Cyclopentanone
<重合禁止剤>
 H1:p-メトキシフェノール
<Polymerization inhibitor>
H1: p-methoxyphenol
(実施例1~74、及び、比較例1~3)
<着色組成物の調製>
 表4~表7に記載の各原料を混合して、着色組成物を調製した。
(Examples 1 to 74 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3)
<Preparation of coloring composition>
Each raw material shown in Tables 4 to 7 was mixed to prepare a coloring composition.
<分散性評価:粘度>
 E型粘度計を用いて、25℃での着色組成物の粘度を、回転数1,000rpmの条件で測定し、下記基準で評価した。
  A:1mPa・s以上15mPa・s以下
  B:15mPa・sを超え30mPa・s以下
  C:30mPa・sを超える
<Dispersity evaluation: Viscosity>
The viscosity of the colored composition at 25 ° C. was measured using an E-type viscometer under the condition of a rotation speed of 1,000 rpm, and evaluated according to the following criteria.
A: 1 mPa · s or more and 15 mPa · s or less B: More than 15 mPa · s and 30 mPa · s or less C: More than 30 mPa · s
<分光特性の評価>
 各着色組成物をポストベーク後の膜厚が0.6μmとなるようにガラス基板上にスピンコートし、100℃、120秒間ホットプレートで乾燥した後、更に、200℃のホットプレートを用いて300秒間加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行い、膜を形成した。膜が形成されたガラス基板を、紫外可視近赤外分光光度計U-4100((株)日立ハイテクノロジーズ製)(ref.(参照);ガラス基板)を用いて、波長300nm~1,000nmの範囲における光の透過率を測定した。分光特性の評価は、下記式から算出した透過率比Tを用いて評価した。透過率比Tの値が低い値であるほど分光が優れることを示す。
 T=(Tmin/Tmax)×100(%)
 Tmax:波長500nm~600nmでの最大透過率
 Tmin:波長620nm~730nmでの最低透過率
〔評価基準〕
  A:T<10
  B:10≦T<20
  C:20≦T<30
  D:30≦T
<Evaluation of spectral characteristics>
Each coloring composition was spin-coated on a glass substrate so that the film thickness after post-baking was 0.6 μm, dried on a hot plate at 100 ° C. for 120 seconds, and then further 300 using a hot plate at 200 ° C. A film was formed by heat treatment (post-baking) for 2 seconds. A glass substrate on which a film was formed was subjected to an ultraviolet-visible near-infrared spectrophotometer U-4100 (manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation) (ref. (Reference); glass substrate) with a wavelength of 300 nm to 1,000 nm. The light transmittance in the range was measured. The spectral characteristics were evaluated using the transmittance ratio T calculated from the following formula. The lower the value of the transmittance ratio T, the better the spectroscopy.
T = (Tmin / Tmax) x 100 (%)
Tmax: Maximum transmittance at wavelengths of 500 nm to 600 nm Tmin: Minimum transmittance at wavelengths of 620 nm to 730 nm [evaluation criteria]
A: T <10
B: 10 ≦ T <20
C: 20≤T <30
D: 30 ≤ T
<耐熱拡散性の評価試験>
 下塗り層付き8インチ(203.2mm)のガラスウェハ上に、上記で得られた各緑色組成物を用いて、5.0μm四方のパターンを有するマスクを介して露光する以外はフォトリソグラフィ性の評価試験と同様にして、5μm四方のパターン(緑色画素)を形成した。
 次に、緑色画素が形成されたガラスウェハ上に、青色組成物1と赤色組成物1を用い、フォトリソグラフィ性の評価試験と同様の方法で、シリコンウェハ上の緑色画素の抜け部に、青色のパターン(青色画素)及び赤色のパターン(赤色画素)をそれぞれ形成した。この赤色画素、青色画素について、顕微システム(LVmicro V、ラムダビジョン(株)製)を用いて波長400nm~700nmの範囲の透過率(分光1)を測定した。
 その後、緑色画素、青色画素及び赤色画素が形成されたガラスウェハを空気雰囲気下のホットプレートを用いて260℃で5分加熱した後、青色画素及び赤色画素について顕微システム(LVmicro V、ラムダビジョン(株)製)を用いて波長400nm~700nmの範囲の透過率(分光2)を測定した。
 青色画素及び赤色画素の分光1と分光2とを用いて透過率の変化量の最大値を求め、以下の基準で混色を評価した。
 なお、透過率の測定は、各試料につき5回行い、最大値と最小値を除いた3回の結果の平均値を採用した。また、透過率の変化量の最大値とは、加熱前後の赤色画素又は青色画素の、波長400~700nmの範囲における透過率の変化量が最も大きい波長における変化量を意味する。
  A:透過率の変化量の最大値が3%未満である。
  B:透過率の変化量の最大値が3%以上4%未満である。
  C:透過率の変化量の最大値が4%以上5%未満である。
  D:透過率の変化量の最大値が5%以上である。
<Evaluation test for heat resistance and diffusivity>
Evaluation of photolithography except that each green composition obtained above is exposed on an 8-inch (203.2 mm) glass wafer with an undercoat layer through a mask having a 5.0 μm square pattern. Similar to the test, a 5 μm square pattern (green pixel) was formed.
Next, the blue composition 1 and the red composition 1 are used on the glass wafer on which the green pixels are formed, and the blue color is formed on the missing portion of the green pixels on the silicon wafer by the same method as the photolithography evaluation test. Pattern (blue pixel) and red pattern (red pixel) were formed, respectively. For these red pixels and blue pixels, the transmittance (spectroscopy 1) in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm was measured using a microscopic system (LVmicro V, manufactured by Lambda Vision Co., Ltd.).
Then, the glass wafer on which the green pixel, the blue pixel and the red pixel were formed was heated at 260 ° C. for 5 minutes using a hot plate in an air atmosphere, and then the microscopic system (LVmicro V, Lambdavision) was applied to the blue pixel and the red pixel. The transmittance (spectroscopic 2) in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm was measured using (manufactured by Co., Ltd.).
The maximum value of the amount of change in the transmittance was obtained using the spectra 1 and 2 of the blue pixels and the red pixels, and the color mixing was evaluated according to the following criteria.
The transmittance was measured 5 times for each sample, and the average value of the results of 3 times excluding the maximum value and the minimum value was adopted. Further, the maximum value of the change amount of the transmittance means the change amount of the red pixel or the blue pixel before and after heating at the wavelength where the change amount of the transmittance is the largest in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm.
A: The maximum value of the change in transmittance is less than 3%.
B: The maximum value of the change in transmittance is 3% or more and less than 4%.
C: The maximum value of the change in transmittance is 4% or more and less than 5%.
D: The maximum value of the change in transmittance is 5% or more.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000049
 以下に、上述した以外の表4~表7に記載の略称の詳細を示す。
<バインダーポリマー>
 D1~D3及びD8:それぞれ、分散剤として上述したD1~D3及びD8
The details of the abbreviations shown in Tables 4 to 7 other than those described above are shown below.
<Binder polymer>
D1 to D3 and D8: D1 to D3 and D8 described above as dispersants, respectively.
<重合性化合物>
 M1~M3:下記化合物
 M4:コハク酸変性ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート(酸価:67mgKOH/g)
 M5及びM6:下記化合物
<Polymerizable compound>
M1 to M3: The following compounds M4: Succinic acid-modified dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (acid value: 67 mgKOH / g)
M5 and M6: The following compounds
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
<光重合開始剤>
 F1~F6:下記化合物
<Photopolymerization initiator>
F1 to F6: The following compounds
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
<界面活性剤>
 W1:下記構造の化合物(Mw=14,000、繰り返し単位の割合を示す%の数値はモル%である、フッ素系界面活性剤)
 W2:KF-6001、信越化学工業(株)製、両末端カルビノール変性ポリジメチルシロキサン、水酸基価62mgKOH/g
<Surfactant>
W1: A compound having the following structure (Mw = 14,000, the value of% indicating the ratio of repeating units is mol%, a fluorine-based surfactant)
W2: KF-6001, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., both-terminal carbinol-modified polydimethylsiloxane, hydroxyl value 62 mgKOH / g
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
<紫外線吸収剤>
 UV1及びUV2:下記化合物
<UV absorber>
UV1 and UV2: The following compounds
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
<酸化防止剤>
 I1:下記化合物
<Antioxidant>
I1: The following compounds
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
<エポキシ化合物>
 G1:EHPE3150、(株)ダイセル製、2,2-ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)-1-ブタノールの1,2-エポキシ-4-(2-オキシラニル)シクロヘキサン付加物
<Epoxy compound>
G1: EHPE3150, manufactured by Daicel Corporation, 1,2-epoxy-4- (2-oxylanyl) cyclohexane adduct of 2,2-bis (hydroxymethyl) -1-butanol.
 表4~表7に示すように、実施例の着色組成物は、比較例の着色組成物に比べ、顔料の分散性、及び、得られる膜の分光特性に優れるものであった。
 また、表4~表7に示すように、実施例の着色組成物は、耐熱拡散性に優れるものであった。
 また、実施例1において、界面活性剤を除いても同様の結果が得られる。また、実施例1において、重合禁止剤を除いても同様の結果が得られる。
As shown in Tables 4 to 7, the coloring compositions of Examples were superior in dispersibility of pigments and spectral characteristics of the obtained film as compared with the coloring compositions of Comparative Examples.
Further, as shown in Tables 4 to 7, the coloring compositions of Examples were excellent in heat-resistant diffusivity.
Further, in Example 1, the same result can be obtained even if the surfactant is removed. Further, in Example 1, the same result can be obtained even if the polymerization inhibitor is removed.
(実施例201:固体撮像素子の作製)
 シリコンウェハ上に、実施例1の着色組成物を製膜後の膜厚が0.4μmになるようにスピンコート法で塗布した。次いで、ホットプレートを用いて、100℃で2分間加熱した。次いで、i線ステッパー露光装置FPA-3000i5+(キヤノン(株)製)を用い、1,000mJ/cmで1.0μm四方のドットパターンのマスクを介して露光した。次いで、水酸化テトラメチルアンモニウム(TMAH)0.3質量%水溶液を用い、23℃で60秒間パドル現像を行った。その後、スピンシャワーにてリンスを行い、更に純水にて水洗した。次いで、ホットプレートを用いて、200℃で5分間加熱することで、シリコンウェハ上に、実施例1の着色組成物を硬化してなるパターンを形成した。同様に下記Red組成物、下記Blue組成物を順次パターニングし、赤、緑及び青の着色パターン(Bayerパターン)を形成した。
 なお、Bayerパターンとは、米国特許第3,971,065号明細書に開示されているような、一個の赤色(Red)素子と、二個の緑色(Green)素子と、一個の青色(Blue)素子とを有する色フィルタ素子の2×2アレイを繰り返したパターンである。
 得られたカラーフィルタを公知の方法に従い固体撮像素子に組み込んだ。実施例で作製したいずれの着色組成物を使用した場合でも、固体撮像素子は硬化膜における密着性に優れ、また、好適な画像認識能を有する固体撮像素子が得られたことが確認された。
(Example 201: Fabrication of solid-state image sensor)
The colored composition of Example 1 was applied onto a silicon wafer by a spin coating method so that the film thickness after film formation was 0.4 μm. Then, using a hot plate, it was heated at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes. Next, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5 + (manufactured by Canon Inc.), exposure was performed at 1,000 mJ / cm 2 via a mask with a 1.0 μm square dot pattern. Then, paddle development was performed at 23 ° C. for 60 seconds using a 0.3% by mass aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH). Then, it was rinsed with a spin shower and then washed with pure water. Next, a pattern formed by curing the coloring composition of Example 1 was formed on a silicon wafer by heating at 200 ° C. for 5 minutes using a hot plate. Similarly, the following Red composition and the following Blue composition were sequentially patterned to form red, green and blue coloring patterns (Bayer patterns).
The Bayer pattern is a red element, two green elements, and one blue element as disclosed in US Pat. No. 3,971,065. ) It is a pattern in which a 2 × 2 array of color filter elements having an element is repeated.
The obtained color filter was incorporated into a solid-state image sensor according to a known method. It was confirmed that no matter which of the coloring compositions prepared in the examples was used, the solid-state image sensor was excellent in adhesion in the cured film, and a solid-state image sensor having suitable image recognition ability was obtained.
 実施例201で使用したRed組成物、及び、Blue組成物は、以下の通りである。 The Red composition and Blue composition used in Example 201 are as follows.
-Red組成物-
 下記成分を混合し、撹拌した後、孔径0.45μmのナイロン製フィルタ(日本ポール(株)製)でろ過して、Red組成物を調製した。
 Red顔料分散液:51.7質量部
 樹脂4(40質量%PGMEA溶液):0.6質量部
 重合性化合物4:0.6質量部
 光重合開始剤1:0.3質量部
 界面活性剤1:4.2質量部
 PGMEA:42.6質量部
-Red composition-
The following components were mixed, stirred, and then filtered through a nylon filter (manufactured by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd.) having a pore size of 0.45 μm to prepare a Red composition.
Red pigment dispersion: 51.7 parts by mass Resin 4 (40% by mass PGMEA solution): 0.6 parts by mass Polymerizable compound 4: 0.6 parts by mass Photopolymerization initiator 1: 0.3 parts by mass Surfactant 1 : 4.2 parts by mass PGMEA: 42.6 parts by mass
-Blue組成物-
 下記成分を混合し、撹拌した後、孔径0.45μmのナイロン製フィルタ(日本ポール(株)製)でろ過して、Blue組成物を調製した。
 Blue顔料分散液:44.9質量部
 樹脂4(40質量%PGMEA溶液):2.1質量部
 重合性化合物1:1.5質量部
 重合性化合物4:0.7質量部
 光重合開始剤1:0.8質量部
 界面活性剤1:4.2質量部
 PGMEA:45.8質量部
-Blue composition-
The following components were mixed, stirred, and then filtered through a nylon filter (manufactured by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd.) having a pore size of 0.45 μm to prepare a Blue composition.
Blue pigment dispersion: 44.9 parts by mass Resin 4 (40% by mass PGMEA solution): 2.1 parts by mass Polymerizable compound 1: 1.5 parts by mass Polymerizable compound 4: 0.7 parts by mass Photopolymerization initiator 1 : 0.8 parts by mass Surface active agent 1: 4.2 parts by mass PGMEA: 45.8 parts by mass
 Red組成物、及び、Blue組成物に使用した原料は、以下の通りである。 The raw materials used for the Red composition and the Blue composition are as follows.
・Red顔料分散液
 C.I.Pigment Red 254を9.6質量部、C.I.Pigment Yellow 139を4.3質量部、分散剤(DISPERBYK-161、BYKChemie社製)を6.8質量部、PGMEAを79.3質量部とからなる混合液を、ビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.3mm径)により3時間混合及び分散して、顔料分散液を調製した。その後更に、減圧機構付き高圧分散機NANO-3000-10(日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、2,000kg/cmの圧力下で流量500g/minとして分散処理を行った。この分散処理を10回繰り返し、Red顔料分散液を得た。
-Red pigment dispersion liquid C. I. Pigment Red 254 in 9.6 parts by mass, C.I. I. A mixture consisting of 4.3 parts by mass of Pigment Yellow 139, 6.8 parts by mass of a dispersant (DISPERBYK-161, manufactured by BYK Chemie), and 79.3 parts by mass of PGMEA is mixed with a bead mill (zirconia beads 0.3 mm diameter). ) Was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours to prepare a pigment dispersion. After that, a high-pressure disperser with a decompression mechanism NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) was used to carry out a dispersion treatment at a flow rate of 500 g / min under a pressure of 2,000 kg / cm 3 . This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain a Red pigment dispersion liquid.
・Blue顔料分散液
 C.I.Pigment Blue 15:6を9.7質量部、C.I.Pigment Violet 23を2.4質量部、分散剤(DISPERBYK-161、BYKChemie社製)を5.5部、PGMEAを82.4部からなる混合液を、ビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.3mm径)により3時間混合及び分散して、顔料分散液を調製した。その後更に、減圧機構付き高圧分散機NANO-3000-10(日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、2,000kg/cmの圧力下で流量500g/minとして分散処理を行った。この分散処理を10回繰り返し、Blue顔料分散液を得た。
-Blue pigment dispersion liquid C. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6 in 9.7 parts by mass, C.I. I. A mixture consisting of 2.4 parts by mass of Pigment Violet 23, 5.5 parts of dispersant (DISPERBYK-161, manufactured by BYK Chemie) and 82.4 parts of PGMEA was prepared by a bead mill (zirconia beads 0.3 mm diameter). A pigment dispersion was prepared by time mixing and dispersion. After that, a high-pressure disperser with a decompression mechanism NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) was used to carry out a dispersion treatment at a flow rate of 500 g / min under a pressure of 2,000 kg / cm 3 . This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain a Blue pigment dispersion liquid.
・重合性化合物1:KAYARAD DPHA(ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレートとジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレートとの混合物、日本化薬(株)製)
・重合性化合物4:下記構造
Polymerizable compound 1: KAYARAD DPHA (mixture of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
Polymerizable compound 4: The following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
・樹脂4:下記構造(酸価:70mgKOH/g、Mw=11,000、各構成単位における比はモル比である。) -Resin 4: The following structure (acid value: 70 mgKOH / g, Mw = 11,000, the ratio in each structural unit is a molar ratio).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
・光重合開始剤1:IRGACURE-OXE01(1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル]-1,2-オクタンジオン-2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)、BASF社製) -Photopolymerization initiator 1: IRGACURE-OXE01 (1- [4- (phenylthio) phenyl] -1,2-octanedione-2- (O-benzoyloxime), manufactured by BASF)
・界面活性剤1:下記混合物(Mw=14,000)の1質量%PGMEA溶液。下記の式中、構成単位の割合を示す%(62%及び38%)の単位は、質量%である。 Surfactant 1: 1 mass% PGMEA solution of the following mixture (Mw = 14,000). In the following formula, the unit of% (62% and 38%) indicating the ratio of the constituent units is mass%.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
 2020年11月24日に出願された日本国特許出願第2020-194656号の開示は、その全体が参照により本明細書に取り込まれる。
 本明細書に記載された全ての文献、特許出願、及び、技術規格は、個々の文献、特許出願、及び、技術規格が参照により取り込まれることが具体的かつ個々に記された場合と同程度に、本明細書中に参照により取り込まれる。
The disclosure of Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-194656 filed November 24, 2020 is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
All documents, patent applications, and technical standards described herein are to the same extent as if the individual documents, patent applications, and technical standards were specifically and individually stated to be incorporated by reference. Is incorporated herein by reference.

Claims (19)

  1.  顔料、
     下記式1で表される化合物、
     重合性化合物、及び、
     重合開始剤を含む
     着色組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

     式1及び式2中、Mは、2つの水素原子、又は、対イオン若しくは酸素原子が結合していてもよい金属原子を表し、芳香環A~Dはそれぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい芳香環又は複素芳香環を表し、芳香環A~Dの少なくとも1つは、式2で表される構造であり、Xは窒素原子又はCRを表し、Xは窒素原子又はCRを表し、Xは窒素原子又はCRを表し、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は-O-R-(NRを表し、Rは、n+1価の連結基を表し、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表し、R及びR、R及びR、並びに、R及びRは互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよく、nはそれぞれ独立に、1~5の整数を表し、2つの*で示された炭素-炭素結合は、式1における含窒素5員芳香環と共通する炭素-炭素結合を表し、各芳香環A~Dにおいて、式2で表される構造は、R及びRがフタロシアニン構造の3位及び4位の位置となるように結合しても、6位及び5位の位置となるように結合してもよい。
    Pigment,
    The compound represented by the following formula 1,
    Polymerizable compounds and
    A coloring composition containing a polymerization initiator.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    In formulas 1 and 2, M represents two hydrogen atoms or a metal atom to which a counter ion or an oxygen atom may be bonded, and aromatic rings A to D each independently have a substituent. May represent an aromatic ring or a heteroaromatic ring, at least one of the aromatic rings A to D is a structure represented by the formula 2, where X 1 represents a nitrogen atom or CR 1 and X 2 is a nitrogen atom or CR 2 is represented, X 3 represents a nitrogen atom or CR 3 , and R 1 to R 3 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or -OR 4- (NR 5 R 6 ) n , and R 4 Represents an n + 1 valent linking group, R 5 and R 6 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R 2 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , and R 5 and R 6 bond to each other. Each of n independently represents an integer of 1 to 5, and the two carbon-carbon bonds represented by * are common to the nitrogen-containing 5-membered aromatic ring in Equation 1. Representing a carbon-carbon bond, in each of the aromatic rings A to D, the structure represented by the formula 2 is 6 even if R 1 and R 2 are bonded so as to be at the 3rd and 4th positions of the phthalocyanine structure. They may be combined so as to be in the positions of the 5th position and the 5th position.
  2.  前記式2におけるR~Rの全てが、ハロゲン原子である請求項1に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to claim 1, wherein all of R 1 to R 3 in the above formula 2 are halogen atoms.
  3.  前記式2におけるR~Rの全てが、塩素原子である請求項2に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to claim 2, wherein all of R 1 to R 3 in the above formula 2 are chlorine atoms.
  4.  前記式2におけるnが1であり、Rが、下記式3で表される連結基である請求項1~請求項3のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

     式3中、Rは、単結合又は二価の連結基を表し、Rは、二価の脂肪族炭化水素基を表し、#は、式2における酸素原子との結合位置を表し、##は、式2における窒素原子との結合位置を表す。
    The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein n in the formula 2 is 1 and R 4 is a linking group represented by the following formula 3.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    In formula 3, R 7 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, R 8 represents a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group, # represents a bond position with an oxygen atom in formula 2, and # represents. # Represents the bond position with the nitrogen atom in Equation 2.
  5.  前記式2におけるR及びRがそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は脂肪族炭化水素基である請求項1~請求項4のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein R 5 and R 6 in the above formula 2 are independently hydrogen atoms or aliphatic hydrocarbon groups.
  6.  前記式1におけるMが、Cu、Zn、Fe、VO又はAlClである請求項1~請求項5のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein M in the above formula 1 is Cu, Zn, Fe, VO or AlCl.
  7.  前記式1におけるMが、Cuである請求項6に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to claim 6, wherein M in the above formula 1 is Cu.
  8.  前記式2で表される基における窒素原子の共役酸のpKaが、7を超える値である請求項1~請求項7のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the pKa of the conjugated acid of the nitrogen atom in the group represented by the above formula 2 is a value exceeding 7.
  9.  前記顔料が、緑色顔料を含む請求項1~請求項8のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the pigment contains a green pigment.
  10.  前記緑色顔料が、C.I.Pigment Green 36、C.I.Pigment Green 58、及び、C.I.Pigment Green 63よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含む請求項9に記載の着色組成物。 The green pigment is C.I. I. Pigment Green 36, C.I. I. Pigment Green 58 and C.I. I. The coloring composition according to claim 9, which comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of Pigment Green 63.
  11.  前記顔料が、黄色顔料を更に含む請求項9又は請求項10に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the pigment further contains a yellow pigment.
  12.  前記黄色顔料が、C.I.Pigment Yellow 129、C.I.Pigment Yellow 138、C.I.Pigment Yellow 139、C.I.Pigment Yellow 150、C.I.Pigment Yellow 185、C.I.Pigment Yellow 213、及び、C.I.Pigment Yellow 215よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含む請求項11に記載の着色組成物。 The yellow pigment is C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 213 and C.I. I. The coloring composition according to claim 11, which comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of Pigment Yellow 215.
  13.  前記式1で表される化合物の含有量が、着色組成物の全固形分に対し、3質量%以上である請求項1~請求項12のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the content of the compound represented by the above formula 1 is 3% by mass or more with respect to the total solid content of the coloring composition.
  14.  前記式1で表される化合物の含有量が、前記顔料の含有量100質量部に対し、1質量部~50質量部である、請求項1~請求項13のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the content of the compound represented by the formula 1 is 1 part by mass to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment content. Composition.
  15.  請求項1~請求項14のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物を硬化してなる硬化物。 A cured product obtained by curing the coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 14.
  16.  請求項15に記載の硬化物を備えるカラーフィルタ。 A color filter comprising the cured product according to claim 15.
  17.  請求項16に記載のカラーフィルタを有する固体撮像素子。 A solid-state image sensor having the color filter according to claim 16.
  18.  請求項16に記載のカラーフィルタを有する画像表示装置。 An image display device having the color filter according to claim 16.
  19.  下記式1で表される化合物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

     式1及び式2中、Mは、2つの水素原子、又は、対イオン若しくは酸素原子が結合していてもよい金属原子を表し、芳香環A~Dはそれぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい芳香環又は複素芳香環を表し、芳香環A~Dの少なくとも1つは、式2で表される構造であり、Xは窒素原子又はCRを表し、Xは窒素原子又はCRを表し、Xは窒素原子又はCRを表し、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は-O-R-(NRを表し、Rは、n+1価の連結基を表し、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表し、R及びR、R及びR、並びに、R及びRは互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよく、nはそれぞれ独立に、1~5の整数を表し、2つの*で示された炭素-炭素結合は、式1における含窒素5員芳香環と共通する炭素-炭素結合を表し、各芳香環A~Dにおいて、式2で表される構造は、R及びRがフタロシアニン構造の3位及び4位の位置となるように結合しても、6位及び5位の位置となるように結合してもよい。
    A compound represented by the following formula 1.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

    In formulas 1 and 2, M represents two hydrogen atoms or a metal atom to which a counter ion or an oxygen atom may be bonded, and aromatic rings A to D each independently have a substituent. May represent an aromatic ring or a heteroaromatic ring, at least one of the aromatic rings A to D is a structure represented by the formula 2, where X 1 represents a nitrogen atom or CR 1 and X 2 is a nitrogen atom or CR 2 is represented, X 3 represents a nitrogen atom or CR 3 , and R 1 to R 3 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or -OR 4- (NR 5 R 6 ) n , and R 4 Represents an n + 1 valent linking group, R 5 and R 6 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R 2 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , and R 5 and R 6 bond to each other. Each of n independently represents an integer of 1 to 5, and the two carbon-carbon bonds represented by * are common to the nitrogen-containing 5-membered aromatic ring in Equation 1. Representing a carbon-carbon bond, in each of the aromatic rings A to D, the structure represented by the formula 2 is 6 even if R 1 and R 2 are bonded so as to be at the 3rd and 4th positions of the phthalocyanine structure. They may be combined so as to be in the positions of the 5th position and the 5th position.
PCT/JP2021/041590 2020-11-24 2021-11-11 Coloring composition, cured product, color filter, solid state imaging element, image display device, and compound WO2022113756A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020237017426A KR20230096017A (en) 2020-11-24 2021-11-11 Coloring composition, cured product, color filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and compound
JP2022565211A JPWO2022113756A1 (en) 2020-11-24 2021-11-11

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020-194656 2020-11-24
JP2020194656 2020-11-24

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022113756A1 true WO2022113756A1 (en) 2022-06-02

Family

ID=81755833

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/041590 WO2022113756A1 (en) 2020-11-24 2021-11-11 Coloring composition, cured product, color filter, solid state imaging element, image display device, and compound

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2022113756A1 (en)
KR (1) KR20230096017A (en)
TW (1) TW202229465A (en)
WO (1) WO2022113756A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024004619A1 (en) * 2022-06-27 2024-01-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH07286108A (en) * 1994-04-20 1995-10-31 Ricoh Co Ltd Phthalocyanine compound
US5965598A (en) * 1997-08-14 1999-10-12 Molteni L. & C. Dei Fratelli Alitti Societa Di Esercizio S.P.A. Zinc-phthalocyanines and corresponding conjugates, their preparation and use in photodynamic therapy and as diagnostic agents
JP2013182213A (en) * 2012-03-02 2013-09-12 Fujifilm Corp Curable coloring composition and color filter
US20140114077A1 (en) * 2012-09-17 2014-04-24 Seoul National University R&Db Foundation High transmissional green dye for lcd and synthetic method thereof
WO2019107015A1 (en) * 2017-11-29 2019-06-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, film, infrared transmission filter, solid state imaging device, and optical sensor
WO2019167950A1 (en) * 2018-02-28 2019-09-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, cured product, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH07286108A (en) * 1994-04-20 1995-10-31 Ricoh Co Ltd Phthalocyanine compound
US5965598A (en) * 1997-08-14 1999-10-12 Molteni L. & C. Dei Fratelli Alitti Societa Di Esercizio S.P.A. Zinc-phthalocyanines and corresponding conjugates, their preparation and use in photodynamic therapy and as diagnostic agents
JP2013182213A (en) * 2012-03-02 2013-09-12 Fujifilm Corp Curable coloring composition and color filter
US20140114077A1 (en) * 2012-09-17 2014-04-24 Seoul National University R&Db Foundation High transmissional green dye for lcd and synthetic method thereof
WO2019107015A1 (en) * 2017-11-29 2019-06-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, film, infrared transmission filter, solid state imaging device, and optical sensor
WO2019167950A1 (en) * 2018-02-28 2019-09-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, cured product, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
LI WEI-LI, MA JI-CHENG, LI WEN-JU, FU QIANG, WANG KUN: "Synthesis and Spectroscopic Properties of a Series of Metal-Free and Metallo-Phthalocyanines Substituted with 8-Quinolinoxy Moieties", JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL RESEARCH, SCIENCE REVIEWS LTD., GB, vol. 35, no. 3, 1 March 2011 (2011-03-01), GB , pages 135 - 139, XP055934080, ISSN: 1747-5198, DOI: 10.3184/174751911X12970818575209 *
MUTHUKUMAR PALANISAMY; KIM HAK-SOO; JEONG JONG WOO; SON YOUNG-A.: "Synthesis and characterization of tetra phenoxy-substituted halogen-rich metallophthalocyanine derivatives: A study on their LCD color filter requirements", JOURNAL OF MOLECULAR STRUCTURE, ELSEVIER AMSTERDAM, NL, vol. 1119, 3 May 2016 (2016-05-03), NL , pages 325 - 331, XP029564792, ISSN: 0022-2860, DOI: 10.1016/j.molstruc.2016.05.007 *
RAPULENYANE NOMASONTO, ANTUNES EDITH, NYOKONG TEBELLO: "A study of the photophysicochemical and antimicrobial properties of two zinc phthalocyanine–silver nanoparticle conjugates", NEW JOURNAL OF CHEMISTRY, ROYAL SOCIETY OF CHEMISTRY, GB, vol. 37, no. 4, 1 January 2013 (2013-01-01), GB , pages 1216 - 1223, XP055934076, ISSN: 1144-0546, DOI: 10.1039/c3nj41107a *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024004619A1 (en) * 2022-06-27 2024-01-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20230096017A (en) 2023-06-29
JPWO2022113756A1 (en) 2022-06-02
TW202229465A (en) 2022-08-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7170732B2 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP7113899B2 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
WO2021215133A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2022059394A1 (en) Curable composition, cured product, color filter, solid state imaging device, image display device, and polymer compound
WO2021157501A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP7147044B2 (en) Colored photosensitive composition, cured product, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP2024014989A (en) Colored photosensitive compositions, cured products, color filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices
JP7233518B2 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP2024012409A (en) Colored photosensitive composition, cured product, color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and asymmetric diketopyrrolopyrrole compound
JP7080325B2 (en) Curable composition, film, color filter, manufacturing method of color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
WO2023243414A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2022113756A1 (en) Coloring composition, cured product, color filter, solid state imaging element, image display device, and compound
JP7383146B2 (en) Photosensitive compositions, films, color filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices
WO2022024554A1 (en) Coloring composition, cured product, color filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and resin and method for producing same
JP7316962B2 (en) Photosensitive composition, cured product, color filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and compound
WO2021039409A1 (en) Curable composition, cured product, color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2022168742A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound
WO2022044616A1 (en) Photosensitive composition, optical filter manufacturing method, and solid image pickup element manufacturing method
WO2021256361A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
JP7302014B2 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device
WO2022004683A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2022044972A1 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, and display device
WO2021039216A1 (en) Resin, curable composition, cured product, color filter, solid image pickup element, image display apparatus, and polymer compound
WO2021235373A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid image pickup element, and image display apparatus
WO2021039410A1 (en) Curable composition, cured product, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21897730

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022565211

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20237017426

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21897730

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1